Main Page

<mediawiki xmlns="http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.11/" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.11/ http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.11.xsd" version="0.11" xml:lang="en">
  <siteinfo>
    <sitename>Kaipedia</sitename>
    <dbname>kaipawiki</dbname>
    <base>https://kaipa.miraheze.org/wiki/Main_Page</base>
    <generator>MediaWiki 1.41.0</generator>
    <case>first-letter</case>
    <namespaces>
      <namespace key="-2" case="first-letter">Media</namespace>
      <namespace key="-1" case="first-letter">Special</namespace>
      <namespace key="0" case="first-letter" />
      <namespace key="1" case="first-letter">Talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="2" case="first-letter">User</namespace>
      <namespace key="3" case="first-letter">User talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="4" case="first-letter">Kaipedia</namespace>
      <namespace key="5" case="first-letter">Kaipedia talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="6" case="first-letter">File</namespace>
      <namespace key="7" case="first-letter">File talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="8" case="first-letter">MediaWiki</namespace>
      <namespace key="9" case="first-letter">MediaWiki talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="10" case="first-letter">Template</namespace>
      <namespace key="11" case="first-letter">Template talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="12" case="first-letter">Help</namespace>
      <namespace key="13" case="first-letter">Help talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="14" case="first-letter">Category</namespace>
      <namespace key="15" case="first-letter">Category talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="828" case="first-letter">Module</namespace>
      <namespace key="829" case="first-letter">Module talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="860" case="first-letter">Item</namespace>
      <namespace key="861" case="first-letter">Item talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="862" case="first-letter">Property</namespace>
      <namespace key="863" case="first-letter">Property talk</namespace>
    </namespaces>
  </siteinfo>
<page arvcontinue="">
  <title>Main Page</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>1</id>
  <revision>
    <id>1</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T11:14:54Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>MediaWiki default</username>
      <id>1</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Welcome to Miraheze!</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1611" xml:space="preserve">__NOTOC__
== Welcome to {{SITENAME}}! ==
This Main Page was created automatically and it seems it hasn't been replaced yet.

=== For the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki ===
Hello, and welcome to your new wiki! Thank you for choosing Miraheze for the hosting of your wiki, we hope you will enjoy our hosting.

You can immediately start working on your wiki or whenever you want.

Need help? No problem! We will help you with your wiki as needed. To start, try checking out these helpful links:
* [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|MediaWiki guide]] (e.g. navigation, editing, deleting pages, blocking users)
* [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/FAQ|Miraheze FAQ]]
* [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Request features|Request settings changes on your wiki]]. (Extensions, Skin and Logo/Favicon changes should be done through [[Special:ManageWiki]] on your wiki, see [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/ManageWiki|ManageWiki]] for more information.)

==== I still don't understand X! ====
Well, that's no problem. Even if something isn't explained in the documentation/FAQ, we are still happy to help you. You can find us here:
* [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Help center|On our own Miraheze wiki]]
* On [[phorge:|Phorge]]
* On [https://miraheze.org/discord Discord]
* On IRC in #miraheze on irc.libera.chat ([irc://irc.libera.chat/%23miraheze direct link]; [https://web.libera.chat/?channel=#miraheze webchat])

=== For visitors of this wiki ===
Hello, the default Main Page of this wiki (this page) has not yet been replaced by the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki. The bureaucrat(s) might still be working on a Main Page, so please check again later!</text>
    <sha1>070d9e6457eab136df99905438a1f57c037772b0</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="">
  <title>File:Mangalia map.svg</title>
  <ns>6</ns>
  <id>2</id>
  <revision>
    <id>2</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T12:55:51Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="60" xml:space="preserve">Map svg of Mangalia, with its provinces and regions in color</text>
    <sha1>bac121c498f367f14ec4e793a80159108f0bc9aa</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>28</id>
    <parentid>2</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T18:36:16Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>NoKiAthami uploaded a new version of [[File:Mangalia map.svg]]</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="60" xml:space="preserve">Map svg of Mangalia, with its provinces and regions in color</text>
    <sha1>bac121c498f367f14ec4e793a80159108f0bc9aa</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>29</id>
    <parentid>28</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T18:38:55Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>NoKiAthami uploaded a new version of [[File:Mangalia map.svg]]</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="60" xml:space="preserve">Map svg of Mangalia, with its provinces and regions in color</text>
    <sha1>bac121c498f367f14ec4e793a80159108f0bc9aa</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>30</id>
    <parentid>29</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T19:56:48Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>NoKiAthami uploaded a new version of [[File:Mangalia map.svg]]</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="60" xml:space="preserve">Map svg of Mangalia, with its provinces and regions in color</text>
    <sha1>bac121c498f367f14ec4e793a80159108f0bc9aa</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="">
  <title>File:Mangalia Flag.png</title>
  <ns>6</ns>
  <id>3</id>
  <revision>
    <id>3</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T13:00:06Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="13" xml:space="preserve">Mangalia flag</text>
    <sha1>b4e9e9cbaf9e37e083a7d42b71616d080085f5e8</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="">
  <title>Template:Infobox country</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>4</id>
  <revision>
    <id>4</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T14:32:19Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;infobox&gt;   &lt;title source="name"&gt;     &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;   &lt;/title&gt;   &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;image source="image" /&gt;   &lt;data source="capital"&gt;     &lt;label&gt;Capital&lt;/label&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;data source="largestcity"&gt;     &lt;label&gt;Largest city&lt;/label&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;data source="languages"&gt;     &lt;label&gt;Languages&lt;/label&gt;   &lt;/data&gt; &lt;/infobox&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="359" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="capital"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Capital&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="largestcity"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Largest city&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="languages"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Languages&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>b324db047e5a4b0036754f411b040de010c74377</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>9</id>
    <parentid>4</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T15:11:00Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="462" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="capital"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Capital&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="largestcity"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Largest city&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="languages"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Languages&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>3de29498c7a406246ba08038a0651682cb03d478</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>16</id>
    <parentid>9</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T16:35:29Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="602" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="capital"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Capital&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="largestcity"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Largest city&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="languages"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Languages&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="typegovernment"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Type of government&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="ruler"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Ruler&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>1196d74844cb93920feab2cd9664a15eceeb0c9b</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>17</id>
    <parentid>16</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T16:36:43Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="609" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="capital"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Capital&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="largestcity"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Largest city&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="languages"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Languages&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="typegovernment"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Type of government&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="ruler"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Actual Ruler&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>74a612de14dbec4b249b2e0a8c4c9cae7a39b729</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>26</id>
    <parentid>17</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T17:59:26Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="610" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="capital"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Capital&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="largestcity"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Largest city&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="languages"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Languages&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="typegovernment"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Type of government&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="ruler"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Current Ruler&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>a19e841e40e4ed9510dbb1e60b9916435ec7e335</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>37</id>
    <parentid>26</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T09:40:45Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="598" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="capital"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Capital&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="largestcity"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Largest city&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="languages"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Languages&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="government"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Government&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="ruler"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Current Ruler&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>5121a4d368e8df75049cb15d2196963675be5905</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="">
  <title>Mangalia</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>5</id>
  <revision>
    <id>5</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T14:44:10Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{Infobox country  |name = Empire of Mangalia  |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese|Mangalese]])  |image = Mangalia_Flag.png  |imagesub = Flag  |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]  |languages = [[Mangalese|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]] }} The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'')is one of the nations on the Kaipan archipelago."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="411" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'')is one of the nations on the Kaipan archipelago.</text>
    <sha1>8bb86506dc3d9f768af0be0c31dd1b14604266e4</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>6</id>
    <parentid>5</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T14:44:22Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="412" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the Kaipan archipelago.</text>
    <sha1>d9e1b8f334dc7d3a7bbf0a85c6791fdeba2758ba</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>7</id>
    <parentid>6</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T14:47:28Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="435" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].</text>
    <sha1>92afe6659bc84f30999e691fe299b52d2f34a508</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>10</id>
    <parentid>7</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T15:13:38Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="483" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].</text>
    <sha1>c1e49b6cca75a4511fbb2f611965dde43181afcb</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>11</id>
    <parentid>10</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T15:52:22Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="492" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese_Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].</text>
    <sha1>4a2ca17201bf57971e6047bf7f202ba2bfe09b73</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>12</id>
    <parentid>11</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T15:53:04Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="491" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese Langage|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].</text>
    <sha1>f5352fbeb9c2666c623f01db1254c20ff755cfb9</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>13</id>
    <parentid>12</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T15:53:14Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="492" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].</text>
    <sha1>dc8573dde3939656ac50607ded189e03fb8d7f2d</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>15</id>
    <parentid>13</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T16:24:16Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="510" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].</text>
    <sha1>d451fbfc1087cf7adfb1bc2ca658cde51bd3a4a3</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>18</id>
    <parentid>15</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T16:37:16Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="613" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |typegovernment = Monarchy absolute
 |ruler = Emperor Kauk (since 2016)
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an empire, ruled by the</text>
    <sha1>5cce0e61af0ffc63c6dcb60cd5d076d03ba9845e</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>19</id>
    <parentid>18</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T16:38:05Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="659" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |typegovernment = Monarchy absolute
 |ruler = Emperor Kauk (since 2016)
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an empire, ruled by the Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''</text>
    <sha1>d94d9777d902e8d6d172cddd68f383bcc13edc40</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>20</id>
    <parentid>19</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T16:43:06Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="917" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |typegovernment = Monarchy absolute
 |ruler = Emperor Kauk (since 2016)
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''.

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.</text>
    <sha1>71fa3dcdb651fc79d00fe3acfe7432807b87c399</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>21</id>
    <parentid>20</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T16:45:26Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="917" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |typegovernment = Absolute monarchy
 |ruler = Emperor Kauk (since 2016)
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''.

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.</text>
    <sha1>350fe52867f6b41870466a251de1fc5e311a13a8</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>31</id>
    <parentid>21</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T20:07:21Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1799" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |typegovernment = Absolute monarchy
 |ruler = Emperor Kauk (since 2016)
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''.

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== Divisions ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces (capital): 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]] ([[Piapao]]), 2-[[Oloparunga]] ([[Chuqatsi]]), 3-[[Whurawhurani]] ([[Druiuna]]), 4-[[Tanilaparang]] ([[Uraxaalaparang]]), 5-[[Qulaku]] ([[Lakuaralaluma]]), 6-[[Suruniqu]] ([[Trotoni]]), 7-[[Olobuni]] ([[Whurama]]), 8-[[Puna]] ([[Maniaka]]), 9-[[Gahlani]] ([[Kharii]]), 10-[[Basharlakuara]] ([[Suna]]), 11-[[Mawiaikan]] ([[Talaria]]), 12-[[Saruna]] ([[Huuni]]), 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]] ([[Khanijana]]), 14-[[Babania]] ([[Sira]]), 15-[[Jalapo]] ([[Tsinaa]])]]</text>
    <sha1>f489fb5f19de72d390190121d3490695b57ce1fa</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>32</id>
    <parentid>31</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T08:55:32Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* Divisions */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1951" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |typegovernment = Absolute monarchy
 |ruler = Emperor Kauk (since 2016)
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''.

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces (capital): 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]] ([[Piapao]]), 2-[[Oloparunga]] ([[Chuqatsi]]), 3-[[Whurawhurani]] ([[Druiuna]]), 4-[[Tanilaparang]] ([[Uraxaalaparang]]), 5-[[Qulaku]] ([[Lakuaralaluma]]), 6-[[Suruniqu]] ([[Trotoni]]), 7-[[Olobuni]] ([[Whurama]]), 8-[[Puna]] ([[Maniaka]]), 9-[[Gahlani]] ([[Kharii]]), 10-[[Basharlakuara]] ([[Suna]]), 11-[[Mawiaikan]] ([[Talaria]]), 12-[[Saruna]] ([[Huuni]]), 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]] ([[Khanijana]]), 14-[[Babania]] ([[Sira]]), 15-[[Jalapo]] ([[Tsinaa]])]]</text>
    <sha1>a82742a8732afcfd032147b16eba6811172692dd</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>33</id>
    <parentid>32</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T08:56:30Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* Name */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1965" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |typegovernment = Absolute monarchy
 |ruler = Emperor Kauk (since 2016)
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''.

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.
== History ==

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces (capital): 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]] ([[Piapao]]), 2-[[Oloparunga]] ([[Chuqatsi]]), 3-[[Whurawhurani]] ([[Druiuna]]), 4-[[Tanilaparang]] ([[Uraxaalaparang]]), 5-[[Qulaku]] ([[Lakuaralaluma]]), 6-[[Suruniqu]] ([[Trotoni]]), 7-[[Olobuni]] ([[Whurama]]), 8-[[Puna]] ([[Maniaka]]), 9-[[Gahlani]] ([[Kharii]]), 10-[[Basharlakuara]] ([[Suna]]), 11-[[Mawiaikan]] ([[Talaria]]), 12-[[Saruna]] ([[Huuni]]), 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]] ([[Khanijana]]), 14-[[Babania]] ([[Sira]]), 15-[[Jalapo]] ([[Tsinaa]])]]</text>
    <sha1>30918172ebdd46fb4ebeda7784b01d60e9889c86</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>34</id>
    <parentid>33</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T09:13:49Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="2342" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |typegovernment = Absolute monarchy
 |ruler = Emperor Kauk (since 2016)
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''.

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== History ==
=== Beginning of Empire ===
Many city-states begin to gain power and establish their kingdoms. Each kingdom is ruled by a Pawa or lord/king. One of the more powerful is the City of Piapao, which starts to assimilate other kingdoms. The Pawa of Piapao, whose name was Pailamu, became the first Piukama, and all the other Pawas became the first Pakamas of the modern provinces.

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces (capital): 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]] ([[Piapao]]), 2-[[Oloparunga]] ([[Chuqatsi]]), 3-[[Whurawhurani]] ([[Druiuna]]), 4-[[Tanilaparang]] ([[Uraxaalaparang]]), 5-[[Qulaku]] ([[Lakuaralaluma]]), 6-[[Suruniqu]] ([[Trotoni]]), 7-[[Olobuni]] ([[Whurama]]), 8-[[Puna]] ([[Maniaka]]), 9-[[Gahlani]] ([[Kharii]]), 10-[[Basharlakuara]] ([[Suna]]), 11-[[Mawiaikan]] ([[Talaria]]), 12-[[Saruna]] ([[Huuni]]), 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]] ([[Khanijana]]), 14-[[Babania]] ([[Sira]]), 15-[[Jalapo]] ([[Tsinaa]])]]</text>
    <sha1>6ed4f61f283f9d9966fc0a1eb17cb3fa0f2e3153</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>35</id>
    <parentid>34</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T09:27:16Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* Divisions - Administration */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="2866" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |typegovernment = Absolute monarchy
 |ruler = Emperor Kauk (since 2016)
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''.

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== History ==
=== Beginning of Empire ===
Many city-states begin to gain power and establish their kingdoms. Each kingdom is ruled by a Pawa or lord/king. One of the more powerful is the City of Piapao, which starts to assimilate other kingdoms. The Pawa of Piapao, whose name was Pailamu, became the first Piukama, and all the other Pawas became the first Pakamas of the modern provinces.

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces: 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]], 2-[[Oloparunga]], 3-[[Whurawhurani]], 4-[[Tanilaparang]], 5-[[Qulaku]], 6-[[Suruniqu]], 7-[[Olobuni]], 8-[[Puna]], 9-[[Gahlani]], 10-[[Basharlakuara]], 11-[[Mawiaikan]], 12-[[Saruna]], 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]], 14-[[Babania]], 15-[[Jalapo]]]]

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Northern region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Aatsulaoparunga || Piapao || WIP
|-
| Oloparunga || Chuqatsi || WIP
|-
| Whurawhurani || Druiuna || WIP
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Central region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Tanilaparang || Uraxaalaparang || WIP
|-
| Qulaku || Lakuaralaluma || WIP
|-
| Suruniqu || Trotoni || WIP
|-
| Olobuni || Whurama || WIP
|-
| Puna || Maniaka || WIP
|-
| Gahlani || Xarii || WIP
|-
| Basharlakuara|| Suna || WIP
|-
| Mawiaikan || Talaria || WIP
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Southern region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Saruna || Huuni || WIP
|-
| Babasharhuplalakuara || Xanijana || WIP
|-
| Babania || Sira || WIP
|-
| Jalapo || Tsinaa || WIP
|}</text>
    <sha1>6abbffd85027aabcf023cc917528bc952a4bab26</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>36</id>
    <parentid>35</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T09:30:53Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="2885" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]]
 |languages = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |typegovernment = Absolute monarchy
 |ruler = Emperor Kauk (since 2016)
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''.

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== History ==
=== Beginning of Empire ===
Many city-states begin to gain power and establish their kingdoms. Each kingdom is ruled by a Pawa or lord/king. One of the more powerful is the City of Piapao, which starts to assimilate other kingdoms. The [[Pawa]] of Piapao, whose name was [[Pailamu]], became the first Piukama, and all the other Pawas became the first [[Pakama|Pakamas]] of the modern provinces.

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces: 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]], 2-[[Oloparunga]], 3-[[Whurawhurani]], 4-[[Tanilaparang]], 5-[[Qulaku]], 6-[[Suruniqu]], 7-[[Olobuni]], 8-[[Puna]], 9-[[Gahlani]], 10-[[Basharlakuara]], 11-[[Mawiaikan]], 12-[[Saruna]], 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]], 14-[[Babania]], 15-[[Jalapo]]]]

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Northern region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Aatsulaoparunga || Piapao || WIP
|-
| Oloparunga || Chuqatsi || WIP
|-
| Whurawhurani || Druiuna || WIP
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Central region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Tanilaparang || Uraxaalaparang || WIP
|-
| Qulaku || Lakuaralaluma || WIP
|-
| Suruniqu || Trotoni || WIP
|-
| Olobuni || Whurama || WIP
|-
| Puna || Maniaka || WIP
|-
| Gahlani || Xarii || WIP
|-
| Basharlakuara|| Suna || WIP
|-
| Mawiaikan || Talaria || WIP
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Southern region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Saruna || Huuni || WIP
|-
| Babasharhuplalakuara || Xanijana || WIP
|-
| Babania || Sira || WIP
|-
| Jalapo || Tsinaa || WIP
|}</text>
    <sha1>b75e5587ffd09ab163fef8858dbbaaa0aaf2976f</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>38</id>
    <parentid>36</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T09:40:57Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="2970" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = Empire of Mangalia
 |nativename = ''Mangalelakuara''  ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Itsi]] (former), [[Piapao]] (former northern), [[Tsinaa]] (former southern), [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]] (current)
 |languages = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |government = Absolute monarchy
 |ruler = Emperor Kauk (since 2016)
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''.

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== History ==
=== Beginning of Empire ===
Many city-states begin to gain power and establish their kingdoms. Each kingdom is ruled by a Pawa or lord/king. One of the more powerful is the City of Piapao, which starts to assimilate other kingdoms. The [[Pawa]] of Piapao, whose name was [[Pailamu]], became the first Piukama, and all the other Pawas became the first [[Pakama|Pakamas]] of the modern provinces.

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces: 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]], 2-[[Oloparunga]], 3-[[Whurawhurani]], 4-[[Tanilaparang]], 5-[[Qulaku]], 6-[[Suruniqu]], 7-[[Olobuni]], 8-[[Puna]], 9-[[Gahlani]], 10-[[Basharlakuara]], 11-[[Mawiaikan]], 12-[[Saruna]], 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]], 14-[[Babania]], 15-[[Jalapo]]]]

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Northern region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Aatsulaoparunga || Piapao || WIP
|-
| Oloparunga || Chuqatsi || WIP
|-
| Whurawhurani || Druiuna || WIP
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Central region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Tanilaparang || Uraxaalaparang || WIP
|-
| Qulaku || Lakuaralaluma || WIP
|-
| Suruniqu || Trotoni || WIP
|-
| Olobuni || Whurama || WIP
|-
| Puna || Maniaka || WIP
|-
| Gahlani || Xarii || WIP
|-
| Basharlakuara|| Suna || WIP
|-
| Mawiaikan || Talaria || WIP
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Southern region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Saruna || Huuni || WIP
|-
| Babasharhuplalakuara || Xanijana || WIP
|-
| Babania || Sira || WIP
|-
| Jalapo || Tsinaa || WIP
|}</text>
    <sha1>b2e9a7f7c0bf052d8f2e91b9165a927e8eb54087</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="">
  <title>File:Mangalia map 2.svg</title>
  <ns>6</ns>
  <id>6</id>
  <revision>
    <id>8</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T15:09:15Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="17" xml:space="preserve">A map of Mangalia</text>
    <sha1>62b23b51aa84adb3e3e03a779d04ad441bbfd7ca</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="">
  <title>Mangalese Language</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>7</id>
  <revision>
    <id>14</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T16:21:43Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "The '''Mangalese language''' is the main language of the mangalese people, spoken mainly in [[Mangalia|Mangalia]]."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="114" xml:space="preserve">The '''Mangalese language''' is the main language of the mangalese people, spoken mainly in [[Mangalia|Mangalia]].</text>
    <sha1>10e034da10d5e350d80770e06a55317f9e530821</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>40</id>
    <parentid>14</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T12:49:27Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="355" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |name = mangalese
 |nativename = ''Mangalemang''
 |native = [[File:Mangalia_Flag.png|20px|frameless]] Mangalia
 |ethnicity = [[mangalese]], [[Mauri karaka]]
 |family = [[Mangalic]]
 |official = [[Mangalia]] (de facto)
}}
The '''Mangalese language''' is the main language of the mangalese people, spoken mainly in [[Mangalia|Mangalia]].</text>
    <sha1>15f20683d7a160a3f39bdd885abff5bed58ed13e</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>41</id>
    <parentid>40</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T12:55:22Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="392" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ''Mangalemang''
 |native = [[File:Mangalia_Flag.png|20px|frameless]] Mangalia
 |ethnicity = [[mangalese]], [[Mauri karaka]]
 |family = [[Mangalic]]
 |official = [[Mangalia]] (de facto)
 |regulated = Mangalese corpus, [[Wailamang|Wailamang]]
}}
The '''Mangalese language''' is the main language of the mangalese people, spoken mainly in [[Mangalia|Mangalia]].</text>
    <sha1>af462ae6a8b087fe3c93a2cb77750db2cca5da08</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>42</id>
    <parentid>41</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T13:03:04Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="396" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ''Mangalemang''
 |native = [[File:Mangalia_Flag.png|20px|frameless]] [[Mangalia]]
 |ethnicity = [[mangalese]], [[Mauri karaka]]
 |family = [[Mangalic]]
 |official = [[Mangalia]] (de facto)
 |regulated = Mangalese corpus, [[Wailamang|Wailamang]]
}}
The '''Mangalese language''' is the main language of the mangalese people, spoken mainly in [[Mangalia|Mangalia]].</text>
    <sha1>2c488f17e05c5cb88462ee32ad114f5a80aa6ade</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>43</id>
    <parentid>42</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T13:08:33Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="485" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ''Mangalemang''
 |native = [[File:Mangalia_Flag.png|20px|frameless]] [[Mangalia]]
 |ethnicity = [[mangalese]], [[Mauri karaka]]
 |family = [[Mangalic]]
 |earlyforms = 
  * [[Proto-Mangalic]]
  ** Eastern-Mangalic
  *** [[Ancient Mangalese]]
 |official = [[Mangalia]] (de facto)
 |regulated = Mangalese corpus, [[Wailamang|Wailamang]]
}}
The '''Mangalese language''' is the main language of the mangalese people, spoken mainly in [[Mangalia|Mangalia]].</text>
    <sha1>3e69e3c4ce4c40ed0bbe24f5766b2ddd79ce1715</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>44</id>
    <parentid>43</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T13:09:06Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="479" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ''Mangalemang''
 |native = [[File:Mangalia_Flag.png|20px|frameless]] [[Mangalia]]
 |ethnicity = [[mangalese]], [[Mauri karaka]]
 |family = [[Mangalic]]
 |earlyforms = 
* [[Proto-Mangalic]]
** Eastern-Mangalic
*** [[Ancient Mangalese]]
 |official = [[Mangalia]] (de facto)
 |regulated = Mangalese corpus, [[Wailamang|Wailamang]]
}}
The '''Mangalese language''' is the main language of the mangalese people, spoken mainly in [[Mangalia|Mangalia]].</text>
    <sha1>177e008115271ee84eaa0836a44a8eb2bbf18ecc</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>46</id>
    <parentid>44</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T13:16:23Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="520" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ''Mangalemang''
 |image = [[File:Mangalemang.svg|thumb]]
 |native = [[File:Mangalia_Flag.png|20px|frameless]] [[Mangalia]]
 |ethnicity = [[mangalese]], [[Mauri karaka]]
 |family = [[Mangalic]]
 |earlyforms = 
* [[Proto-Mangalic]]
** Eastern-Mangalic
*** [[Ancient Mangalese]]
 |official = [[Mangalia]] (de facto)
 |regulated = Mangalese corpus, [[Wailamang|Wailamang]]
}}
The '''Mangalese language''' is the main language of the mangalese people, spoken mainly in [[Mangalia|Mangalia]].</text>
    <sha1>343bec6e9fbf619fef262665dd5316abc20f6003</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="">
  <title>Uraxaalaparang</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>8</id>
  <revision>
    <id>22</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T17:25:58Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "'''Uraxaalaparang''', formerly known as '''Whiaka''' is the political capital and religious capital of [[Mangalia]].  ==History==  ===Reunion of the two Mangalias=== After centuries of scission, the [[Northern Mangalia|Northern]] and [[Southern Mangalia|Southern]] Mangalias reunited and decided a new Capital city for the empire. The main goal of choosing a new Capital instead of choosing one of the capitals of each former state, [[Piapao]] on Northern Mangalia, or Tsin..."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="794" xml:space="preserve">'''Uraxaalaparang''', formerly known as '''Whiaka''' is the political capital and religious capital of [[Mangalia]].

==History==

===Reunion of the two Mangalias===
After centuries of scission, the [[Northern Mangalia|Northern]] and [[Southern Mangalia|Southern]] Mangalias reunited and decided a new Capital city for the empire. The main goal of choosing a new Capital instead of choosing one of the capitals of each former state, [[Piapao]] on Northern Mangalia, or [[Tsinaa]] on Southern Mangalia, is not to cause any other scission or war. If, for example, Piapao was chosen, it would be implied that Northern Mangalia was the "winner" and vice-versa.

The chosen city was Whiaka, which was then given a new name: ''Uraxaalaparang'' - "the World's centre" or literally "the World's navel."</text>
    <sha1>79855e1c28e618bdd1100e3769f74fd23482d3aa</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>23</id>
    <parentid>22</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T17:27:08Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="791" xml:space="preserve">'''Uraxaalaparang''', formerly known as '''Whiaka''' is the political capital and religious capital of [[Mangalia]].

==History==

===Reunion of the two Mangalias===
After centuries of scission, the [[Northern Mangalia|Northern]] and [[Southern Mangalia|Southern]] Mangalias reunited and decided a new Capital city for the empire. The main goal of choosing a new Capital instead of choosing one of the capitals of each former state, [[Piapao]] on Northern Mangalia, or [[Tsinaa]] on Southern Mangalia, is not to cause any other scission or war. If, for example, Piapao was chosen, it would be implied that Northern Mangalia was the "winner" and vice-versa.

The chosen city was Whiaka and was then given a new name: ''Uraxaalaparang'' - "the World's centre" or literally "the World's navel".</text>
    <sha1>d48a868a7d1f6f7efefd7173d2c35359373a6153</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>27</id>
    <parentid>23</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T18:01:18Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="906" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement
 |name = Uraxaalaparang
 |province = [[Tanilaparang]]
 |ruler = Emperor Kauk (since 2016)
}}

'''Uraxaalaparang''', formerly known as '''Whiaka''' is the political capital and religious capital of [[Mangalia]].

==History==

===Reunion of the two Mangalias===
After centuries of scission, the [[Northern Mangalia|Northern]] and [[Southern Mangalia|Southern]] Mangalias reunited and decided a new Capital city for the empire. The main goal of choosing a new Capital instead of choosing one of the capitals of each former state, [[Piapao]] on Northern Mangalia, or [[Tsinaa]] on Southern Mangalia, is not to cause any other scission or war. If, for example, Piapao was chosen, it would be implied that Northern Mangalia was the "winner" and vice-versa.

The chosen city was Whiaka and was then given a new name: ''Uraxaalaparang'' - "the World's centre" or literally "the World's navel".</text>
    <sha1>09a7756ec3a9f615625c6e0b8b9cb0032be88e9e</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="">
  <title>Template:Infobox settlement</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>9</id>
  <revision>
    <id>24</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T17:54:38Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;infobox&gt;   &lt;title source="name"&gt;     &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;   &lt;/title&gt;   &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;image source="image" /&gt;   &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;   &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;data source="province"&gt;     &lt;label&gt;Province&lt;/label&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;data source="ruler"&gt;     &lt;label&gt;Actual Ruler&lt;/label&gt;   &lt;/data&gt; &lt;/infobox&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="391" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="province"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Province&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="ruler"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Actual Ruler&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>e9631db4264d366ba9b7224f326c76630acb2125</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>25</id>
    <parentid>24</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-10T17:59:19Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="392" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="province"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Province&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="ruler"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Current Ruler&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>965c99392902e929406516f8984d9243e3504457</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="">
  <title>Template:Infobox language</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>10</id>
  <revision>
    <id>39</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T12:38:07Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;infobox&gt;   &lt;title source="name"&gt;     &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;   &lt;/title&gt;   &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;image source="image" /&gt;   &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;data source="pronunciation"&gt;     &lt;label&gt;Pronunciation&lt;/label&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;data source="native"&gt;     &lt;label&gt;Native to&lt;/label&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;data source="ethnicity"&gt;     &lt;label&gt;Ethnicity&lt;/label&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;data source="natnumber"&gt;     &lt;label&gt;Native speakers&lt;/label&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;data sour..."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1052" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="pronunciation"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Pronunciation&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="native"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Native to&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="ethnicity"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Ethnicity&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="natnumber"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Native speakers&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="family"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Language family&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="earlyforms"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Early forms&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="dialects"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Dialects&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="writing"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Writing system&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="signlang"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Signed forms&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="official"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Official language in&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="minority"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Recognised minority language in&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="regulated"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Regulated by&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>cae6c889d7a41d001e2a64f558fae7f1bafa62a4</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="">
  <title>File:Mangalemang.svg</title>
  <ns>6</ns>
  <id>11</id>
  <revision>
    <id>45</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T13:15:12Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="47" xml:space="preserve">Mangalese written in the native writing system.</text>
    <sha1>852e2194e7eeb21b64bd8fc64829d797d1d1d4fa</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>47</id>
    <parentid>45</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T15:50:31Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>NoKiAthami uploaded a new version of [[File:Mangalemang.svg]]</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="47" xml:space="preserve">Mangalese written in the native writing system.</text>
    <sha1>852e2194e7eeb21b64bd8fc64829d797d1d1d4fa</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="">
  <title>Paleo-Kaipan Language</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>13</id>
  <revision>
    <id>49</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T16:24:52Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{Infobox language  |nativename = ?  |ethnicity = [[Paleo-Kaipan people]]  |natnumber = 0  |family = unclassified }} The '''Paleo-Kaipan''' or '''Tsian language''' is an hypothetical language from a people before mangalic arrival on [[Mangalitia island]] or even other [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan people]] arrival on other lands. The basis of this hypothesis is some toponyms and hydronyms with names that don't seem to be from any other known mangalic language."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="462" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ?
 |ethnicity = [[Paleo-Kaipan people]]
 |natnumber = 0
 |family = unclassified
}}
The '''Paleo-Kaipan''' or '''Tsian language''' is an hypothetical language from a people before mangalic arrival on [[Mangalitia island]] or even other [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan people]] arrival on other lands. The basis of this hypothesis is some toponyms and hydronyms with names that don't seem to be from any other known mangalic language.</text>
    <sha1>1fae3d7c33ec44ceb26468c8d3fb5bde6d76fbf9</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>50</id>
    <parentid>49</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T16:59:08Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1283" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ?
 |ethnicity = [[Paleo-Kaipan people]]
 |natnumber = 0
 |family = unclassified
}}
The '''Paleo-Kaipan''' or '''Tsian language''' is a hypothetical language from a people before mangalic arrival on [[Mangalitia island]] or even other [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan people]] arrival on other lands. The basis of this hypothesis is some toponyms and hydronyms with names that don't seem to be from any other known mangalic language.
Many hydronyms are written ending &lt;-i&gt; or &lt;-iy&gt; or are written in two words:

Hydronyms in [[Mangalia]]:

* &lt;Tsi&gt; - &lt;Tsi i&gt;
* &lt;Gai&gt; - &lt;Ga i&gt;
* &lt;Tsiki&gt; - &lt;Tsiki i&gt;
* &lt;Sui&gt; - &lt;Su i&gt;
* &lt;Maai&gt; - &lt;Maa i&gt;
* &lt;Liei&gt; - &lt;Lie i&gt;

Hydronyms in [[Balopal]]:

* &lt;Bei iy&gt;
* &lt;Xi iy&gt;
* &lt;Ibi i&gt;

Some scholars speculate &lt;i&gt; could mean "river" or "waters" while the other part could be the name of the river. Reconstruct it as *i or *ʔi. It is speculated of having an initial glottal stop due to the orthography, especially in mangalese, of some river names. Some old texts have &lt;Tsi i&gt; written with two consecutive &lt;i&gt;s, as well as many other hydronyms ending with i (e.g. &lt;Tsiki&gt; - &lt;Tsikii&gt;). Mangalese doesn't have a glottal stop, so the mangalese writers could have separated the name of the river and *ʔi to indicate a pause between.</text>
    <sha1>366b8aef83a623d7f46b8f58fb354218f842e11a</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>51</id>
    <parentid>50</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T17:04:48Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1371" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ?
 |ethnicity = [[Paleo-Kaipan people]]
 |natnumber = 0
 |family = unclassified
}}
The '''Paleo-Kaipan''' or '''Tsian language''' is a hypothetical language from a people before mangalic arrival on [[Mangalitia island]] or even other [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan people]] arrival on other lands. The basis of this hypothesis is some toponyms and hydronyms with names that don't seem to be from any other known mangalic language.
Many hydronyms are written ending ⟨-i⟩ or ⟨-iy⟩ or are written in two words:

Hydronyms in [[Mangalia]]:

* ⟨Tsi⟩ - ⟨Tsi i⟩
* ⟨Gai⟩ - ⟨Ga i⟩
* ⟨Tsiki⟩ - ⟨Tsiki i⟩
* ⟨Sui⟩ - ⟨Su i⟩
* ⟨Maai⟩ - ⟨Maa i⟩
* ⟨Liei⟩ - ⟨Lie i⟩

Hydronyms in [[Balopal]]:

* ⟨Bei iy⟩
* ⟨Xi iy⟩
* ⟨Ibi i⟩

Some scholars speculate ⟨i⟩ could mean "river" or "waters" while the other part could be the name of the river. Reconstruct it as *i or *ʔi. It is speculated of having an initial glottal stop due to the orthography, especially in mangalese, of some river names. Some old texts have ⟨Tsi i⟩ written with two consecutive ⟨i⟩s, as well as many other hydronyms ending with i (e.g. ⟨Tsiki⟩ - ⟨Tsikii⟩). Mangalese doesn't have a glottal stop, so the mangalese writers could have separated the name of the river and *ʔi to indicate a pause between.</text>
    <sha1>700da0c967c4b97d1ec3f7ccb107637cbc8a224e</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Mangalese Language</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>7</id>
  <revision>
    <id>52</id>
    <parentid>46</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T20:34:07Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="571" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ''Mangalemang''
 |image = [[File:Mangalemang.svg|thumb]]
 |native = [[File:Mangalia_Flag.png|20px|frameless]] [[Mangalia]]
 |ethnicity = [[mangalese]], [[Mauri karaka]]
 |family = [[Mangalic]]
 |earlyforms = 
* [[Proto-Mangalic]]
** Eastern-Mangalic
*** [[Ancient Mangalese]]
 |signlang = 
[[Mangalese military sign language]]
 |official = [[Mangalia]] (de facto)
 |regulated = Mangalese corpus, [[Wailamang|Wailamang]]
}}
The '''Mangalese language''' is the main language of the mangalese people, spoken mainly in [[Mangalia|Mangalia]].</text>
    <sha1>76b0381e4aa4b7255730fbd911dd2f679dab6df8</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>53</id>
    <parentid>52</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T20:50:31Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="849" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ''Mangalemang''
 |image = [[File:Mangalemang.svg|thumb]]
 |native = [[File:Mangalia_Flag.png|20px|frameless]] [[Mangalia]]
 |ethnicity = [[mangalese]], [[Mauri karaka]]
 |family = [[Mangalic]]
 |earlyforms = 
* [[Proto-Mangalic]]
** Eastern-Mangalic
*** [[Ancient Mangalese]]
 |dialects = 
* [[Mangalese northern dialects]]
** [[Piapao dialect]]
* [[Mangalese central dialects]]
** [[Uraxaalaparang dialect]]
* [[Mangalese southern dialects]]
** [[Jalapo dialects]]
*** [[Tsinaa dialect]]
* [[Insular polyphyletic dialects]]
** [[Mawiaikanian dialects]]
 |signlang = 
[[Mangalese military sign language]]
 |official = [[Mangalia]] (de facto)
 |regulated = Mangalese corpus, [[Wailamang|Wailamang]]
}}
The '''Mangalese language''' is the main language of the mangalese people, spoken mainly in [[Mangalia|Mangalia]].</text>
    <sha1>7b9a5ebc0ff771116eaec72aba3388211a87ef48</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>54</id>
    <parentid>53</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T20:57:09Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="918" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ''Mangalemang''
 |image = [[File:Mangalemang.svg|thumb]]
 |native = [[File:Mangalia_Flag.png|20px|frameless]] [[Mangalia]]
 |ethnicity = [[mangalese]], [[Mauri karaka]]
 |family = [[Mangalic]]
 |earlyforms = 
* [[Proto-Mangalic]]
** Eastern-Mangalic
*** [[Ancient Mangalese]]
 |dialects = 
* [[Mangalese northern dialects]]
** [[Piapao dialect]]
* [[Mangalese central dialects]]
** [[Uraxaalaparang dialect]]
* [[Mangalese southern dialects]]
** [[Jalapo dialects]]
*** [[Tsinaa dialect]]
* [[Insular polyphyletic dialects]]
** [[Mawiaikanian dialects]]
 |signlang = 
[[Mangalese military sign language]]
 |official = [[Mangalia]] (de facto)
 |minority = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/New_Zealand New Zealand]
 |regulated = Mangalese corpus, [[Wailamang|Wailamang]]
}}
The '''Mangalese language''' is the main language of the mangalese people, spoken mainly in [[Mangalia|Mangalia]].</text>
    <sha1>11a570c46787f5cd2e1e61c1ceb2eb98633a3f48</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>89</id>
    <parentid>54</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T22:58:55Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="943" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ''Mangalemang''
 |image = [[File:Mangalemang.svg|thumb]]
 |native = [[File:Mangalia_Flag.png|20px|frameless]] [[Mangalia]]
 |ethnicity = [[mangalese]], [[Mauri karaka]]
 |family = [[Mangalic Language Family|Mangalic]]
 |earlyforms = 
* [[Proto-Mangalic]]
** Eastern-Mangalic
*** [[Ancient Mangalese]]
 |dialects = 
* [[Mangalese northern dialects]]
** [[Piapao dialect]]
* [[Mangalese central dialects]]
** [[Uraxaalaparang dialect]]
* [[Mangalese southern dialects]]
** [[Jalapo dialects]]
*** [[Tsinaa dialect]]
* [[Insular polyphyletic dialects]]
** [[Mawiaikanian dialects]]
 |signlang = 
[[Mangalese military sign language]]
 |official = [[Mangalia]] (de facto)
 |minority = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/New_Zealand New Zealand]
 |regulated = Mangalese corpus, [[Wailamang|Wailamang]]
}}
The '''Mangalese language''' is the main language of the mangalese people, spoken mainly in [[Mangalia|Mangalia]].</text>
    <sha1>31a1c7a98183417bf8abb76e3675be383c15c4fb</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Documentation</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>14</id>
  <revision>
    <id>55</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:07:03Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "-- This module implements {{documentation}}.  -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs  -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config')  local p = {}  -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub local format = mw.ustring.format  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="35058" xml:space="preserve">-- This module implements {{documentation}}.

-- Get required modules.
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs

-- Get the config table.
local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config')

local p = {}

-- Often-used functions.
local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub
local format = mw.ustring.format

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--
-- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p
-- table for testing purposes.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType)
	--[[
	-- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate.
	-- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not
	-- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'.
	-- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the
	-- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc.
	-- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.',
	-- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz."
	--]]
	local msg = cfg[cfgKey]
	expectType = expectType or 'string'
	if type(msg) ~= expectType then
		error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2)
	end
	if not valArray then
		return msg
	end

	local function getMessageVal(match)
		match = tonumber(match)
		return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4)
	end

	return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal)
end

p.message = message

local function makeWikilink(page, display)
	if display then
		return format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display)
	else
		return format('[[%s]]', page)
	end
end

p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink

local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)
	local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name
	return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort)
end

p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink

local function makeUrlLink(url, display)
	return format('[%s %s]', url, display)
end

p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink

local function makeToolbar(...)
	local ret = {}
	local lim = select('#', ...)
	if lim &lt; 1 then
		return nil
	end
	for i = 1, lim do
		ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...)
	end
	-- 'documentation-toolbar'
	return format(
		'&lt;span class="%s"&gt;(%s)&lt;/span&gt;',
		message('toolbar-class'),
		table.concat(ret, ' &amp;#124; ')
	)
end	

p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Argument processing
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName)
	return function (frame)
		local args = getArgs(frame, {
			valueFunc = function (key, value)
				if type(value) == 'string' then
					value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace.
					if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then
						return value
					else
						return nil
					end
				else
					return value
				end
			end
		})
		return p[funcName](args)
	end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Entry points
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.nonexistent(frame)
	if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then
		return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'}
	else
		return p.main(frame)
	end
end

p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main')

function p._main(args)
	--[[
	-- This function defines logic flow for the module.
	-- @args - table of arguments passed by the user
	--]]
	local env = p.getEnvironment(args)
	local root = mw.html.create()
	root
		:wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env))
		:wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env))
		:wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env))
		:tag('div')
			-- 'documentation-container'
			:addClass(message('container'))
			:attr('role', 'complementary')
			:attr('aria-labelledby', args.heading ~= '' and 'documentation-heading' or nil)
			:attr('aria-label', args.heading == '' and 'Documentation' or nil)
			:newline()
			:tag('div')
				-- 'documentation'
				:addClass(message('main-div-classes'))
				:newline()
				:wikitext(p._startBox(args, env))
				:wikitext(p._content(args, env))
				:tag('div')
					-- 'documentation-clear'
					:addClass(message('clear'))
					:done()
				:newline()
				:done()
			:wikitext(p._endBox(args, env))
			:done()
		:wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env))
	-- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css'
	return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag (
		'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles']
	}) .. tostring(root)
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Environment settings
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.getEnvironment(args)
	--[[
	-- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title
	-- objects and other namespace- or path-related data.
	-- @args - table of arguments passed by the user
	--
	-- Title objects include:
	-- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title)
	-- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.)
	-- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage.
	-- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage.
	-- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage.
	--
	-- Data includes:
	-- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object.
	-- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace.
	-- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in.
	-- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace.
	-- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template.
	-- 
	-- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value
	-- returned will be nil.
	--]]
	
	local env, envFuncs = {}, {}

	-- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value
	-- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions
	-- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.)
	setmetatable(env, {
		__index = function (t, key)
			local envFunc = envFuncs[key]
			if envFunc then
				local success, val = pcall(envFunc)
				if success then
					env[key] = val -- Memoise the value.
					return val
				end
			end
			return nil
		end
	})	

	function envFuncs.title()
		-- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page.
		local title
		local titleArg = args.page
		if titleArg then
			title = mw.title.new(titleArg)
		else
			title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
		end
		return title
	end

	function envFuncs.templateTitle()
		--[[
		-- The template (or module, etc.) title object.
		-- Messages:
		-- 'sandbox-subpage' --&gt; 'sandbox'
		-- 'testcases-subpage' --&gt; 'testcases'
		--]]
		local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
		local title = env.title
		local subpage = title.subpageText
		if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then
			return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText)
		else
			return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text)
		end
	end

	function envFuncs.docTitle()
		--[[
		-- Title object of the /doc subpage.
		-- Messages:
		-- 'doc-subpage' --&gt; 'doc'
		--]]
		local title = env.title
		local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page.
		local docpage
		if docname then
			docpage = docname
		else
			docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage')
		end
		return mw.title.new(docpage)
	end
	
	function envFuncs.sandboxTitle()
		--[[
		-- Title object for the /sandbox subpage.
		-- Messages:
		-- 'sandbox-subpage' --&gt; 'sandbox'
		--]]
		return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage'))
	end
	
	function envFuncs.testcasesTitle()
		--[[
		-- Title object for the /testcases subpage.
		-- Messages:
		-- 'testcases-subpage' --&gt; 'testcases'
		--]]
		return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage'))
	end

	function envFuncs.protectionLevels()
		-- The protection levels table of the title object.
		return env.title.protectionLevels
	end

	function envFuncs.subjectSpace()
		-- The subject namespace number.
		return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id
	end

	function envFuncs.docSpace()
		-- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the
		-- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File,
		-- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and
		-- /testcases pages in talk space.
		local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
		if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then
			return subjectSpace + 1
		else
			return subjectSpace
		end
	end

	function envFuncs.docpageBase()
		-- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages.
		-- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page.
		local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
		local docSpace = env.docSpace
		local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name
		-- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon.
		return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text
	end
	
	function envFuncs.compareUrl()
		-- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]].
		local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
		local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
		if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then
			local compareUrl = mw.uri.canonicalUrl(
				'Special:ComparePages',
				{ page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText}
			)
			return tostring(compareUrl)
		else
			return nil
		end
	end		

	return env
end	

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Auxiliary templates
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext')

function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)
	local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
	if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end
	pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care
	local moduleWikitext =  package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"]
	if moduleWikitext then
		return moduleWikitext.main()
	end
end

function p.sandboxNotice(args, env)
	--[=[
	-- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages.
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- 
	-- Messages:
	-- 'sandbox-notice-image' --&gt; '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --&gt; 'This is the $1 for $2.'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --&gt; 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --&gt; '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --&gt; '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --&gt; 'sandbox page'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --&gt; 'diff'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --&gt; 'See also the companion subpage for $1.'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --&gt; 'test cases'
	-- 'sandbox-category' --&gt; 'Template sandboxes'
	-- 'module-sandbox-category' --&gt; 'Module sandboxes'
	-- 'other-sandbox-category' --&gt; 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace'
	--]=]
	local title = env.title
	local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
	local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
	if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle
		and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then
		return nil
	end
	-- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text".
	local omargs = {}
	omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image')
	-- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like
	-- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)."
	local text = ''
	local pagetype, sandboxCat
	if subjectSpace == 10 then
		pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template')
		sandboxCat = message('sandbox-category')
	elseif subjectSpace == 828 then
		pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module')
		sandboxCat = message('module-sandbox-category')
	else
		pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other')
		sandboxCat = message('other-sandbox-category')
	end
	local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText)
	local compareUrl = env.compareUrl
	if compareUrl then
		local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display')
		local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)
		text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink})
	else
		text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink})
	end
	-- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like
	-- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]."
	local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle
	if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then
		if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then
			local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display')
			local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display')
			local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)
			local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay)
			text = text .. '&lt;br /&gt;' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink})
		else
			local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display')
			local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)
			text = text .. '&lt;br /&gt;' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink})
		end
	end
	
	-- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category.
	omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(sandboxCat)

	-- 'documentation-clear'
	return '&lt;div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"&gt;&lt;/div&gt;'
		.. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs)
end

function p.protectionTemplate(env)
	-- Generates the padlock icon in the top right.
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- Messages:
	-- 'protection-template' --&gt; 'pp-template'
	-- 'protection-template-args' --&gt; {docusage = 'yes'}
	local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels
	if not protectionLevels then
		return nil
	end
	local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1]
	local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1]
	if editProt then
		-- The page is edit-protected.
		return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{
			message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true
		}
	elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then
		-- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move
		-- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to
		-- no move protection at all.
		return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{
			action = 'move', small = true
		}
	else
		return nil
	end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Start box
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox')

function p._startBox(args, env)
	--[[
	-- This function generates the start box.
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- 
	-- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make
	-- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox
	-- which generate the box HTML.
	--]]
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
	local links
	local content = args.content
	if not content or args[1] then
		-- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself.
		local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)
		if linksData then
			links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData)
		end
	end
	-- Generate the start box html.
	local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)
	if data then
		return p.renderStartBox(data)
	else
		-- User specified no heading.
		return nil
	end
end

function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)
	--[[
	-- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links.
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- 
	-- Messages:
	-- 'view-link-display' --&gt; 'view'
	-- 'edit-link-display' --&gt; 'edit'
	-- 'history-link-display' --&gt; 'history'
	-- 'purge-link-display' --&gt; 'purge'
	-- 'module-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'
	-- 'docpage-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload'
	-- 'create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'
	--]]
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
	local title = env.title
	local docTitle = env.docTitle
	if not title or not docTitle then
		return nil
	end
	if docTitle.isRedirect then 
		docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget
	end

	-- Create link if /doc doesn't exist.
	local preload = args.preload
	if not preload then
		if subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace
			preload = message('module-preload')
		else
			preload = message('docpage-preload')
		end
	end
	
	return {
		title = title,
		docTitle = docTitle,
		-- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists.
		viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display'),
		editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display'),
		historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display'),
		purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display'),
		preload = preload,
		createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display')
	}
end

function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data)
	--[[
	-- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create][purge] links from the data table.
	-- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData
	--]]
	local docTitle = data.docTitle
	-- yes, we do intend to purge the template page on which the documentation appears
	local purgeLink = makeWikilink("Special:Purge/" .. data.title.prefixedText, data.purgeLinkDisplay)
	
	if docTitle.exists then
		local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay)
		local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.editLinkDisplay)
		local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.historyLinkDisplay)
		return "&amp;#91;" .. viewLink .. "&amp;#93; &amp;#91;" .. editLink .. "&amp;#93; &amp;#91;" .. historyLink .. "&amp;#93; &amp;#91;" .. purgeLink .. "&amp;#93;"
	else
		local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay)
		return  "&amp;#91;" .. createLink .. "&amp;#93; &amp;#91;" .. purgeLink .. "&amp;#93;"
	end
	return ret
end

function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)
	--[=[
	-- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox.
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error.
	--
	-- Messages:
	-- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --&gt; '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]'
	-- 'template-namespace-heading' --&gt; 'Template documentation'
	-- 'module-namespace-heading' --&gt; 'Module documentation'
	-- 'file-namespace-heading' --&gt; 'Summary'
	-- 'other-namespaces-heading' --&gt; 'Documentation'
	-- 'testcases-create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'
	--]=]
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
	if not subjectSpace then
		-- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output
		-- if an error occurs.
		subjectSpace = 2
	end
	local data = {}
	
	-- Heading
	local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed.
	if heading == '' then
		-- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank.
		return nil
	end
	if heading then
		data.heading = heading
	elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace
		data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading')
	elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace
		data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading')
	elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace
		data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading')
	else
		data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading')
	end
	
	-- Heading CSS
	local headingStyle = args['heading-style']
	if headingStyle then
		data.headingStyleText = headingStyle
	else
		-- 'documentation-heading'
		data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class')
	end
	
	-- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links.
	if links then
		-- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks'
		data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes')
		data.links = links
	end
	
	return data
end

function p.renderStartBox(data)
	-- Renders the start box html.
	-- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData.
	local sbox = mw.html.create('div')
	sbox
		-- 'documentation-startbox'
		:addClass(message('start-box-class'))
		:newline()
		:tag('span')
			:addClass(data.headingClass)
			:attr('id', 'documentation-heading')
			:cssText(data.headingStyleText)
			:wikitext(data.heading)
	local links = data.links
	if links then
		sbox:tag('span')
			:addClass(data.linksClass)
			:attr('id', data.linksId)
			:wikitext(links)
	end
	return tostring(sbox)
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Documentation content
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content')

function p._content(args, env)
	-- Displays the documentation contents
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
	local docTitle = env.docTitle
	local content = args.content
	if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then
		content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText}
	end
	-- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end
	-- of docs are interpreted correctly.
	return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' 
end

p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle')

function p._contentTitle(args, env)
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
	local docTitle = env.docTitle
	if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then
		return docTitle.prefixedText
	else
		return ''
	end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End box
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox')

function p._endBox(args, env)
	--[=[
	-- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box).
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- 
	--]=]
	
	-- Get environment data.
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
	local docTitle = env.docTitle
	if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then
		return nil
	end
		
	-- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end
	-- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the
	-- user, module or template namespaces.
	local linkBox = args['link box']
	if linkBox == 'off'
		or not (
			docTitle.exists
			or subjectSpace == 2
			or subjectSpace == 828
			or subjectSpace == 10
		)
	then
		return nil
	end

	-- Assemble the link box.
	local text = ''
	if linkBox then
		text = text .. linkBox
	else
		text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." 
		if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then
			-- We are in the user, template or module namespaces.
			-- Add sandbox and testcases links.
			-- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages."
			text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '&lt;br /&gt;'
			if not args.content and not args[1] then
				-- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage."
				-- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page,
				-- as then it is unclear where to add the categories.
				text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '')
			end
			text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template"
		end
	end
	
	local box = mw.html.create('div')
	-- 'documentation-metadata'
	box:attr('role', 'note')
		:addClass(message('end-box-class'))
		-- 'plainlinks'
		:addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks'))
		:wikitext(text)
		:done()

	return '\n' .. tostring(box)
end

function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env)
	--[=[
	-- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)".
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- 
	-- Messages:
	-- 'edit-link-display' --&gt; 'edit'
	-- 'history-link-display' --&gt; 'history'
	-- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --&gt; 
	-- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] 
	-- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.'
	-- 'module-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'
	-- 'create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'
	-- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --&gt;
	-- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].'
	--]=]
	local docTitle = env.docTitle
	if not docTitle then
		return nil
	end
	if docTitle.exists then
		-- /doc exists; link to it.
		local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText)
		local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display')
		local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, editDisplay)
		local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display')
		local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, historyDisplay)
		return message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink})
			.. ' '
			.. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink)
			.. '&lt;br /&gt;'
	elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then
		-- /doc does not exist; ask to create it.
		local createUrl = docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')}
		local createDisplay = message('create-link-display')
		local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay)
		return message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink})
			.. '&lt;br /&gt;'
	end
end

function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env)
	--[[
	-- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages."
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- 
	-- Messages:
	-- 'sandbox-link-display' --&gt; 'sandbox'
	-- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --&gt; 'edit'
	-- 'compare-link-display' --&gt; 'diff'
	-- 'module-sandbox-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox'
	-- 'template-sandbox-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'
	-- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'
	-- 'mirror-edit-summary' --&gt; 'Create sandbox version of $1'
	-- 'mirror-link-display' --&gt; 'mirror'
	-- 'mirror-link-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/mirror'
	-- 'sandbox-link-display' --&gt; 'sandbox'
	-- 'testcases-link-display' --&gt; 'testcases'
	-- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--&gt; 'edit'
	-- 'template-sandbox-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'
	-- 'testcases-create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'
	-- 'testcases-link-display' --&gt; 'testcases'
	-- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --&gt; 'edit'
	-- 'module-testcases-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases'
	-- 'template-testcases-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases'
	-- 'experiment-blurb-module' --&gt; 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.'
	-- 'experiment-blurb-template' --&gt; 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.'
	--]]
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
	local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
	local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
	local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle
	local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText
	if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then
		return nil
	end
	-- Make links.
	local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks
	if sandboxTitle.exists then
		local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText
		local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display')
		local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay)
		local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display')
		local sandboxEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. sandboxPage, sandboxEditDisplay)
		local compareUrl = env.compareUrl
		local compareLink
		if compareUrl then
			local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display')
			compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)
		end
		sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink)
	else
		local sandboxPreload
		if subjectSpace == 828 then
			sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload')
		else
			sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload')
		end
		local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload}
		local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display')
		local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay)
		local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)})
		local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload')
		local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary}
		if subjectSpace == 828 then
			mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary}
		end
		local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display')
		local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay)
		sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink)
	end
	if testcasesTitle.exists then
		local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText
		local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display')
		local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay)
		local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit'}
		local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display')
		local testcasesEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. testcasesPage, testcasesEditDisplay)
		-- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists
		if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto"  and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then
			local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display')
			local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay)
			testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink)
		else
			testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink)
		end
	else
		local testcasesPreload
		if subjectSpace == 828 then
			testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload')
		else
			testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload')
		end
		local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload}
		local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display')
		local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay)
		testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink)
	end
	local messageName
	if subjectSpace == 828 then
		messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module'
	else
		messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template'
	end
	return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks})
end

function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env)
	--[[
	-- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage."
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- Messages:
	-- 'doc-link-display' --&gt; '/doc'
	-- 'add-categories-blurb' --&gt; 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.'
	--]]
	local docTitle = env.docTitle
	if not docTitle then
		return nil
	end
	local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display'))
	return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink})
end

function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env)
	--[[
	-- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link.
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	
	-- Messages:
	-- 'template-pagetype' --&gt; 'template'
	-- 'module-pagetype' --&gt; 'module'
	-- 'default-pagetype' --&gt; 'page'
	-- 'subpages-link-display' --&gt; 'Subpages of this $1'
	--]]
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
	local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
	if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then
		return nil
	end
	local pagetype
	if subjectSpace == 10 then
		pagetype = message('template-pagetype')
	elseif subjectSpace == 828 then
		pagetype = message('module-pagetype')
	else
		pagetype = message('default-pagetype')
	end
	local subpagesLink = makeWikilink(
		'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/',
		message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype})
	)
	return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink})
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking categories
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.addTrackingCategories(env)
	--[[
	-- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page.
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	
	-- Messages:
	-- 'display-strange-usage-category' --&gt; true
	-- 'doc-subpage' --&gt; 'doc'
	-- 'testcases-subpage' --&gt; 'testcases'
	-- 'strange-usage-category' --&gt; 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage'
	-- 
	-- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have
	-- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically.
	--]]
	local title = env.title
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
	if not title or not subjectSpace then
		return nil
	end
	local subpage = title.subpageText
	if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean')
		and (
			subpage == message('doc-subpage')
			or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage')
		)
	then
		return makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category'))
	end
	return ''
end

return p</text>
    <sha1>d6c1bffca24be2d81fa882315ac613f5bb6b227c</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Arguments</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>15</id>
  <revision>
    <id>56</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:08:15Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "-- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly.  local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType  local arguments = {}  -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it.  local function tidyValDefault(key, val) 	if type(val) == 'string'..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="10054" xml:space="preserve">-- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from
-- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be
-- called from #invoke directly.

local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType

local arguments = {}

-- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the
-- options every time we call it.

local function tidyValDefault(key, val)
	if type(val) == 'string' then
		val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
		if val == '' then
			return nil
		else
			return val
		end
	else
		return val
	end
end

local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val)
	if type(val) == 'string' then
		return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
	else
		return val
	end
end

local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val)
	if type(val) == 'string' then
		if val:find('%S') then
			return val
		else
			return nil
		end
	else
		return val
	end
end

local function tidyValNoChange(key, val)
	return val
end

local function matchesTitle(given, title)
	local tp = type( given )
	return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title
end

local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end }

function arguments.getArgs(frame, options)
	checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true)
	checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true)
	frame = frame or {}
	options = options or {}

	--[[
	-- Set up argument translation.
	--]]
	options.translate = options.translate or {}
	if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then
		setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt)
	end
	if options.backtranslate == nil then
		options.backtranslate = {}
		for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do
			options.backtranslate[v] = k
		end
	end
	if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then
		setmetatable(options.backtranslate, {
			__index = function(t, k)
				if options.translate[k] ~= k then
					return nil
				else
					return k
				end
			end
		})
	end

	--[[
	-- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the
	-- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending
	-- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't
	-- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module
	-- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args
	-- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs).
	--]]
	local fargs, pargs, luaArgs
	if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then
		if options.wrappers then
			--[[
			-- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in
			-- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but
			-- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax
			-- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated
			-- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame.
			-- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame
			-- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper;
			-- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed
			-- to getArgs.
			--]]
			local parent = frame:getParent()
			if not parent then
				fargs = frame.args
			else
				local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')
				local found = false
				if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then
					found = true
				elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then
					for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do
						if matchesTitle(v, title) then
							found = true
							break
						end
					end
				end

				-- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true.
				if found or options.frameOnly == false then
					pargs = parent.args
				end
				if not found or options.parentOnly == false then
					fargs = frame.args
				end
			end
		else
			-- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options.
			if not options.parentOnly then
				fargs = frame.args
			end
			if not options.frameOnly then
				local parent = frame:getParent()
				pargs = parent and parent.args or nil
			end
		end
		if options.parentFirst then
			fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs
		end
	else
		luaArgs = frame
	end

	-- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are
	-- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes
	-- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args.
	local argTables = {fargs}
	argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs
	argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs

	--[[
	-- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we
	-- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the
	-- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table
	-- every time the function is called.
	--]]
	local tidyVal = options.valueFunc
	if tidyVal then
		if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then
			error(
				"bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'"
					.. '(function expected, got '
					.. type(tidyVal)
					.. ')',
				2
			)
		end
	elseif options.trim ~= false then
		if options.removeBlanks ~= false then
			tidyVal = tidyValDefault
		else
			tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly
		end
	else
		if options.removeBlanks ~= false then
			tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly
		else
			tidyVal = tidyValNoChange
		end
	end

	--[[
	-- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one
	-- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil
	-- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them
	-- together.
	--]]
	local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {}
	setmetatable(args, metatable)

	local function mergeArgs(tables)
		--[[
		-- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values
		-- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten;
		-- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil
		-- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft).
		--]]
		for _, t in ipairs(tables) do
			for key, val in pairs(t) do
				if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then
					local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val)
					if tidiedVal == nil then
						nilArgs[key] = 's'
					else
						metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal
					end
				end
			end
		end
	end

	--[[
	-- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table,
	-- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments
	-- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this
	-- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil
	-- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record
	-- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not
	-- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do
	-- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all
	-- the arguments will already have been copied over.
	--]]

	metatable.__index = function (t, key)
		--[[
		-- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check
		-- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from
		-- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check
		-- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time.
		-- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether
		-- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil.
		-- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into
		-- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments
		-- must be nil.
		--]]
		if type(key) == 'string' then
			key = options.translate[key]
		end
		local val = metaArgs[key]
		if val ~= nil then
			return val
		elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then
			return nil
		end
		for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do
			local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key])
			if argTableVal ~= nil then
				metaArgs[key] = argTableVal
				return argTableVal
			end
		end
		nilArgs[key] = 'h'
		return nil
	end

	metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val)
		-- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the
		-- args table, or tries to change an existing value.
		if type(key) == 'string' then
			key = options.translate[key]
		end
		if options.readOnly then
			error(
				'could not write to argument table key "'
					.. tostring(key)
					.. '"; the table is read-only',
				2
			)
		elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then
			error(
				'could not write to argument table key "'
					.. tostring(key)
					.. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted',
				2
			)
		elseif val == nil then
			--[[
			-- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase
			-- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do
			-- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need
			-- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked
			-- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again.
			--]]
			metaArgs[key] = nil
			nilArgs[key] = 'h'
		else
			metaArgs[key] = val
		end
	end

	local function translatenext(invariant)
		local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k)
		invariant.k = k
		if k == nil then
			return nil
		elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then
			return k, v
		else
			local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k]
			if backtranslate == nil then
				-- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow
				return translatenext(invariant)
			else
				return backtranslate, v
			end
		end
	end

	metatable.__pairs = function ()
		-- Called when pairs is run on the args table.
		if not metatable.donePairs then
			mergeArgs(argTables)
			metatable.donePairs = true
		end
		return translatenext, { t = metaArgs }
	end

	local function inext(t, i)
		-- This uses our __index metamethod
		local v = t[i + 1]
		if v ~= nil then
			return i + 1, v
		end
	end

	metatable.__ipairs = function (t)
		-- Called when ipairs is run on the args table.
		return inext, t, 0
	end

	return args
end

return arguments</text>
    <sha1>3134ecce8429b810d445e29eae115e2ae4c36c53</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Documentation/config</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>16</id>
  <revision>
    <id>57</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:09:12Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- --                               Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="17747" xml:space="preserve">----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
--                               Configuration for Module:Documentation
--
-- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to
-- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here
-- should be string values.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection template configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['protection-reason-edit']
-- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to
-- [[Module:Protection banner]].
cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template'

--[[
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Sandbox notice configuration
--
-- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a
-- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a
-- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the
-- messages that the notices contains.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--]]

-- cfg['sandbox-notice-image']
-- The image displayed in the sandbox notice.
cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other']
-- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject
-- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'].
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page'
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page'
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display']
-- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence
-- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page
-- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'],
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what
-- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between
-- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by 
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.'
cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).'
cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page
-- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page
-- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test
-- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test
-- cases.
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run'

-- cfg['sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all template sandboxes.
-- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all module sandboxes.
-- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all sandboxe not in templates or modules.
cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes'
cfg['module-sandbox-category'] = 'Module sandboxes'
cfg['other-sandbox-category'] = 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace'


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Start box configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext']
-- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template.
cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]'

-- cfg['template-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the template namespace.
cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation'

-- cfg['module-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the module namespace.
cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation'

-- cfg['file-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the file namespace.
cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary'

-- cfg['other-namespaces-heading']
-- The heading shown in other namespaces.
cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation'

-- cfg['view-link-display']
-- The text to display for "view" links.
cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view'

-- cfg['edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for "edit" links.
cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['history-link-display']
-- The text to display for "history" links.
cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history'

-- cfg['purge-link-display']
-- The text to display for "purge" links.
cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge'

-- cfg['create-link-display']
-- The text to display for "create" links.
cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Link box (end box) configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb']
-- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page.
cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.'

--[[
-- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb']
-- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist.
-- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the
-- display cfg['create-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Experiment blurb configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['experiment-blurb-template']
-- cfg['experiment-blurb-module']
-- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages.
-- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it
-- might look like this:
--
-- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages.
--
-- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links.
--
-- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending
-- on what namespace we are in.
-- 
-- Parameters:
--
-- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format:
--
--     cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display'])
-- 
-- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format:
--
--     cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display'])
-- 
-- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload']
-- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display']
-- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary'].
--
-- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format:
--
--     cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display'])
--
-- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format:
-- 
--     cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display'])
--
-- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the
-- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current
-- namespace.
--]]
cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages."
cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages."

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Sandbox link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['sandbox-subpage']
-- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes.
cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox'

-- cfg['template-sandbox-preload']
-- Preload file for template sandbox pages.
cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'

-- cfg['module-sandbox-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages.
cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox'

-- cfg['sandbox-link-display']
-- The text to display for "sandbox" links.
cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox'

-- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links.
cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display']
-- The text to display for sandbox "create" links.
cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create'

-- cfg['compare-link-display']
-- The text to display for "compare" links.
cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff'

-- cfg['mirror-edit-summary']
-- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the
-- template page.
cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1'

-- cfg['mirror-link-display']
-- The text to display for "mirror" links.
cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror'

-- cfg['mirror-link-preload']
-- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link.
cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Test cases link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['testcases-subpage']
-- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases.
cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases'

-- cfg['template-testcases-preload']
-- Preload file for template test cases pages.
cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases'

-- cfg['module-testcases-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages.
cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases'

-- cfg['testcases-link-display']
-- The text to display for "testcases" links.
cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases'

-- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for test cases "edit" links.
cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['testcases-run-link-display']
-- The text to display for test cases "run" links.
cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run'

-- cfg['testcases-create-link-display']
-- The text to display for test cases "create" links.
cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Add categories blurb configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['add-categories-blurb']
-- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or
-- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a
-- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Add categories to the $1 subpage.'

-- cfg['doc-link-display']
-- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage.
cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Subpages link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['subpages-blurb']
-- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a
-- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply
-- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text.
--]]
cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.'

--[[
-- cfg['subpages-link-display']
-- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'],
-- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in
-- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace.
--]]
cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1'

-- cfg['template-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for template pages.
cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template'

-- cfg['module-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages.
cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module'

-- cfg['default-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules.
cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Doc link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['doc-subpage']
-- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages.
cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc'

-- cfg['docpage-preload']
-- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces.
cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload'

-- cfg['module-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages.
cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- HTML and CSS configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['templatestyles']
-- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept.
-- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed.
cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css'

-- cfg['container']
-- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the
-- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata
cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container'

-- cfg['main-div-classes']
-- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag.
cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation'

-- cfg['main-div-heading-class']
-- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces
cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading'

-- cfg['start-box-class']
-- Class for the start box
cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox'

-- cfg['start-box-link-classes']
-- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box.
-- mw-editsection-like is per [[Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117]]
cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks'

-- cfg['end-box-class']
-- Class for the end box.
cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata'

-- cfg['end-box-plainlinks']
-- Plainlinks
cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks'

-- cfg['toolbar-class']
-- Class added for toolbar links.
cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar'

-- cfg['clear']
-- Just used to clear things.
cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear'


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking category configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['display-strange-usage-category']
-- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage
-- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false).
cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true

-- cfg['strange-usage-category']
-- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a
-- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage.
cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage'

--[[
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End configuration
--
-- Don't edit anything below this line.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--]]

return cfg</text>
    <sha1>56b6127664e31128dea1cecf2e392cf9313df6a3</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Documentation</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>17</id>
  <revision>
    <id>58</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:09:29Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="83" xml:space="preserve">{{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}</text>
    <sha1>cc4eb5999a198597c14b859d18d2aa7b190e3af0</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Infobox</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>18</id>
  <revision>
    <id>59</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:10:21Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "local p = {} local args = {} local origArgs = {} local root local empty_row_categories = {} local category_in_empty_row_pattern = '%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*]]' local has_rows = false local lists = { 	plainlist_t = { 		patterns = { 			'^plainlist$', 			'%splainlist$', 			'^plainlist%s', 			'%splainlist%s' 		}, 		found = false, 		styles = 'Plainlist/styles.css' 	}, 	hlist_t = { 		patterns = { 			'^hlist$', 			'%shlist$', 			'^hlist%s', 			'%shlist%s'..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="20533" xml:space="preserve">local p = {}
local args = {}
local origArgs = {}
local root
local empty_row_categories = {}
local category_in_empty_row_pattern = '%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*]]'
local has_rows = false
local lists = {
	plainlist_t = {
		patterns = {
			'^plainlist$',
			'%splainlist$',
			'^plainlist%s',
			'%splainlist%s'
		},
		found = false,
		styles = 'Plainlist/styles.css'
	},
	hlist_t = {
		patterns = {
			'^hlist$',
			'%shlist$',
			'^hlist%s',
			'%shlist%s'
		},
		found = false,
		styles = 'Hlist/styles.css'
	}
}

local function has_list_class(args_to_check)
	for _, list in pairs(lists) do
		if not list.found then
			for _, arg in pairs(args_to_check) do
				for _, pattern in ipairs(list.patterns) do
					if mw.ustring.find(arg or '', pattern) then
						list.found = true
						break
					end
				end
				if list.found then break end
			end
		end
	end
end

local function fixChildBoxes(sval, tt)
	local function notempty( s ) return s and s:match( '%S' ) end
	
	if notempty(sval) then
		local marker = '&lt;span class=special_infobox_marker&gt;'
		local s = sval
		-- start moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows
		local slast = ''
		while slast ~= s do
			slast = s
			s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(&lt;/[Tt][Rr]%s*&gt;%s*)(%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*%]%])', '%2%1')
			s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(&lt;/[Tt][Rr]%s*&gt;%s*)(\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127)', '%2%1')
		end
		-- end moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows
		s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(&lt;%s*[Tt][Rr])', marker .. '%1')
		s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(&lt;/[Tt][Rr]%s*&gt;)', '%1' .. marker)
		if s:match(marker) then
			s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*' .. marker, '')
			s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]|-[^\r\n]*[\r\n])%s*' .. marker, '%1')
			s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*([\r\n]|-)', '%1')
			s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(&lt;/[Cc][Aa][Pp][Tt][Ii][Oo][Nn]%s*&gt;%s*)' .. marker, '%1')
			s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(&lt;%s*[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee][^&lt;&gt;]*&gt;%s*)' .. marker, '%1')
			s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1')
			s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1')
			s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*&lt;/[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee]%s*&gt;)', '%1')
			s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*\n|%})', '%1')
		end
		if s:match(marker) then
			local subcells = mw.text.split(s, marker)
			s = ''
			for k = 1, #subcells do
				if k == 1 then
					s = s .. subcells[k] .. '&lt;/' .. tt .. '&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;'
				elseif k == #subcells then
					local rowstyle = ' style="display:none"'
					if notempty(subcells[k]) then rowstyle = ''	end
					s = s .. '&lt;tr' .. rowstyle ..'&gt;&lt;' .. tt .. ' colspan=2&gt;\n' ..
						subcells[k]
				elseif notempty(subcells[k]) then
					if (k % 2) == 0 then
						s = s .. subcells[k]
					else
						s = s .. '&lt;tr&gt;&lt;' .. tt .. ' colspan=2&gt;\n' ..
							subcells[k] .. '&lt;/' .. tt .. '&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;'
					end
				end
			end
		end
		-- the next two lines add a newline at the end of lists for the PHP parser
		-- [[Special:Diff/849054481]]
		-- remove when [[:phab:T191516]] is fixed or OBE
		s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n][%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n')
		s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n')
		s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:])', '\n%1')
		s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{%|)', '\n%1')
		return s
	else
		return sval
	end
end

-- Cleans empty tables
local function cleanInfobox()
	root = tostring(root)
	if has_rows == false then
		root = mw.ustring.gsub(root, '&lt;table[^&lt;&gt;]*&gt;%s*&lt;/table&gt;', '')
	end
end

-- Returns the union of the values of two tables, as a sequence.
local function union(t1, t2)

	local vals = {}
	for k, v in pairs(t1) do
		vals[v] = true
	end
	for k, v in pairs(t2) do
		vals[v] = true
	end
	local ret = {}
	for k, v in pairs(vals) do
		table.insert(ret, k)
	end
	return ret
end

-- Returns a table containing the numbers of the arguments that exist
-- for the specified prefix. For example, if the prefix was 'data', and
-- 'data1', 'data2', and 'data5' exist, it would return {1, 2, 5}.
local function getArgNums(prefix)
	local nums = {}
	for k, v in pairs(args) do
		local num = tostring(k):match('^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$')
		if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end
	end
	table.sort(nums)
	return nums
end

-- Adds a row to the infobox, with either a header cell
-- or a label/data cell combination.
local function addRow(rowArgs)
	
	if rowArgs.header and rowArgs.header ~= '_BLANK_' then
		has_rows = true
		has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class, args.headerclass })
		
		root
			:tag('tr')
				:addClass(rowArgs.rowclass)
				:cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle)
				:tag('th')
					:attr('colspan', '2')
					:addClass('infobox-header')
					:addClass(rowArgs.class)
					:addClass(args.headerclass)
					-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-&lt;name&gt; .infobox-header
					:cssText(args.headerstyle)
					:cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle)
					:wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.header, 'th'))
		if rowArgs.data then
			root:wikitext(
				'[[Category:Pages using infobox templates with ignored data cells]]'
			)
		end
	elseif rowArgs.data and rowArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then
		has_rows = true
		has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class })
		
		local row = root:tag('tr')
		row:addClass(rowArgs.rowclass)
		row:cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle)
		if rowArgs.label then
			row
				:tag('th')
					:attr('scope', 'row')
					:addClass('infobox-label')
					-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-&lt;name&gt; .infobox-label
					:cssText(args.labelstyle)
					:cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle)
					:wikitext(rowArgs.label)
					:done()
		end

		local dataCell = row:tag('td')
		dataCell
			:attr('colspan', not rowArgs.label and '2' or nil)
			:addClass(not rowArgs.label and 'infobox-full-data' or 'infobox-data')
			:addClass(rowArgs.class)
			-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-&lt;name&gt; .infobox(-full)-data
			:cssText(rowArgs.datastyle)
			:cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle)
			:wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.data, 'td'))
	else
		table.insert(empty_row_categories, rowArgs.data or '')
	end
end

local function renderTitle()
	if not args.title then return end

	has_rows = true
	has_list_class({args.titleclass})
	
	root
		:tag('caption')
			:addClass('infobox-title')
			:addClass(args.titleclass)
			-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-&lt;name&gt; .infobox-title
			:cssText(args.titlestyle)
			:wikitext(args.title)
	
end

local function renderAboveRow()
	if not args.above then return end

	has_rows = true
	has_list_class({ args.aboveclass })
	
	root
		:tag('tr')
			:tag('th')
				:attr('colspan', '2')
				:addClass('infobox-above')
				:addClass(args.aboveclass)
				-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-&lt;name&gt; .infobox-above
				:cssText(args.abovestyle)
				:wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.above,'th'))
end

local function renderBelowRow()
	if not args.below then return end

	has_rows = true
	has_list_class({ args.belowclass })
	
	root
		:tag('tr')
			:tag('td')
				:attr('colspan', '2')
				:addClass('infobox-below')
				:addClass(args.belowclass)
				-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-&lt;name&gt; .infobox-below
				:cssText(args.belowstyle)
				:wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.below,'td'))
end

local function addSubheaderRow(subheaderArgs)
	if subheaderArgs.data and
		subheaderArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then
		has_rows = true
		has_list_class({ subheaderArgs.rowclass, subheaderArgs.class })
		
		local row = root:tag('tr')
		row:addClass(subheaderArgs.rowclass)

		local dataCell = row:tag('td')
		dataCell
			:attr('colspan', '2')
			:addClass('infobox-subheader')
			:addClass(subheaderArgs.class)
			:cssText(subheaderArgs.datastyle)
			:cssText(subheaderArgs.rowcellstyle)
			:wikitext(fixChildBoxes(subheaderArgs.data, 'td'))
	else
		table.insert(empty_row_categories, subheaderArgs.data or '')
	end
end

local function renderSubheaders()
	if args.subheader then
		args.subheader1 = args.subheader
	end
	if args.subheaderrowclass then
		args.subheaderrowclass1 = args.subheaderrowclass
	end
	local subheadernums = getArgNums('subheader')
	for k, num in ipairs(subheadernums) do
		addSubheaderRow({
			data = args['subheader' .. tostring(num)],
			-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-&lt;name&gt; .infobox-subheader
			datastyle = args.subheaderstyle,
			rowcellstyle = args['subheaderstyle' .. tostring(num)],
			class = args.subheaderclass,
			rowclass = args['subheaderrowclass' .. tostring(num)]
		})
	end
end

local function addImageRow(imageArgs)

	if imageArgs.data and
		imageArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then

		has_rows = true
		has_list_class({ imageArgs.rowclass, imageArgs.class })
		
		local row = root:tag('tr')
		row:addClass(imageArgs.rowclass)

		local dataCell = row:tag('td')
		dataCell
			:attr('colspan', '2')
			:addClass('infobox-image')
			:addClass(imageArgs.class)
			:cssText(imageArgs.datastyle)
			:wikitext(fixChildBoxes(imageArgs.data, 'td'))
	else
		table.insert(empty_row_categories, imageArgs.data or '')
	end
end

local function renderImages()
	if args.image then
		args.image1 = args.image
	end
	if args.caption then
		args.caption1 = args.caption
	end
	local imagenums = getArgNums('image')
	for k, num in ipairs(imagenums) do
		local caption = args['caption' .. tostring(num)]
		local data = mw.html.create():wikitext(args['image' .. tostring(num)])
		if caption then
			data
				:tag('div')
					:addClass('infobox-caption')
					-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-&lt;name&gt; .infobox-caption
					:cssText(args.captionstyle)
					:wikitext(caption)
		end
		addImageRow({
			data = tostring(data),
			-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-&lt;name&gt; .infobox-image
			datastyle = args.imagestyle,
			class = args.imageclass,
			rowclass = args['imagerowclass' .. tostring(num)]
		})
	end
end

-- When autoheaders are turned on, preprocesses the rows
local function preprocessRows()
	if not args.autoheaders then return end
	
	local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data'))
	table.sort(rownums)
	local lastheader
	for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do
		if args['header' .. tostring(num)] then
			if lastheader then
				args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil
			end
			lastheader = num
		elseif args['data' .. tostring(num)] and
			args['data' .. tostring(num)]:gsub(
				category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''
			):match('^%S') then
			local data = args['data' .. tostring(num)]
			if data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('%S') then
				lastheader = nil
			end
		end
	end
	if lastheader then
		args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil
	end
end

-- Gets the union of the header and data argument numbers,
-- and renders them all in order
local function renderRows()

	local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data'))
	table.sort(rownums)
	for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do
		addRow({
			header = args['header' .. tostring(num)],
			label = args['label' .. tostring(num)],
			data = args['data' .. tostring(num)],
			datastyle = args.datastyle,
			class = args['class' .. tostring(num)],
			rowclass = args['rowclass' .. tostring(num)],
			-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-&lt;name&gt; rowclass
			rowstyle = args['rowstyle' .. tostring(num)],
			rowcellstyle = args['rowcellstyle' .. tostring(num)]
		})
	end
end

local function renderNavBar()
	if not args.name then return end

	has_rows = true
	root
		:tag('tr')
			:tag('td')
				:attr('colspan', '2')
				:addClass('infobox-navbar')
				:wikitext(require('Module:Navbar')._navbar{
					args.name,
					mini = 1,
				})
end

local function renderItalicTitle()
	local italicTitle = args['italic title'] and mw.ustring.lower(args['italic title'])
	if italicTitle == '' or italicTitle == 'force' or italicTitle == 'yes' then
		root:wikitext(require('Module:Italic title')._main({}))
	end
end

-- Categories in otherwise empty rows are collected in empty_row_categories.
-- This function adds them to the module output. It is not affected by
-- args.decat because this module should not prevent module-external categories
-- from rendering.
local function renderEmptyRowCategories()
	for _, s in ipairs(empty_row_categories) do
		root:wikitext(s)
	end
end

-- Render tracking categories. args.decat == turns off tracking categories.
local function renderTrackingCategories()
	if args.decat == 'yes' then return end
	if args.child == 'yes' then
		if args.title then
			root:wikitext(
				'[[Category:Pages using embedded infobox templates with the title parameter]]'
			)
		end
	elseif #(getArgNums('data')) == 0 and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 then
		root:wikitext('[[Category:Articles using infobox templates with no data rows]]')
	end
end

--[=[
Loads the templatestyles for the infobox.

TODO: FINISH loading base templatestyles here rather than in
MediaWiki:Common.css. There are 4-5000 pages with 'raw' infobox tables.
See [[Mediawiki_talk:Common.css/to_do#Infobox]] and/or come help :).
When we do this we should clean up the inline CSS below too.
Will have to do some bizarre conversion category like with sidebar.

]=]
local function loadTemplateStyles()
	local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
	
	local hlist_templatestyles = ''
	if lists.hlist_t.found then
		hlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
			name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.hlist_t.styles }
		}
	end
	
	local plainlist_templatestyles = ''
	if lists.plainlist_t.found then
		plainlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
			name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.plainlist_t.styles }
		}
	end
	
	-- See function description
	local base_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
		name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Infobox/styles.css' }
	}

	local templatestyles = ''
	if args['templatestyles'] then
		templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
			name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['templatestyles'] }
		}
	end
	
	local child_templatestyles = ''
	if args['child templatestyles'] then
		child_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
			name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['child templatestyles'] }
		}
	end
	
	local grandchild_templatestyles = ''
	if args['grandchild templatestyles'] then
		grandchild_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
			name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['grandchild templatestyles'] }
		}
	end
	
	return table.concat({
		-- hlist -&gt; plainlist -&gt; base is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering.
		-- this ordering is not a guarantee because the rows of interest invoking
		-- each class may not be on a specific page
		hlist_templatestyles,
		plainlist_templatestyles,
		base_templatestyles,
		templatestyles,
		child_templatestyles,
		grandchild_templatestyles
	})
end

-- common functions between the child and non child cases
local function structure_infobox_common()
	renderSubheaders()
	renderImages()
	preprocessRows()
	renderRows()
	renderBelowRow()
	renderNavBar()
	renderItalicTitle()
	renderEmptyRowCategories()
	renderTrackingCategories()
	cleanInfobox()
end

-- Specify the overall layout of the infobox, with special settings if the
-- infobox is used as a 'child' inside another infobox.
local function _infobox()
	if args.child ~= 'yes' then
		root = mw.html.create('table')

		root
			:addClass(args.subbox == 'yes' and 'infobox-subbox' or 'infobox')
			:addClass(args.bodyclass)
			-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-&lt;name&gt;
			:cssText(args.bodystyle)
		
		has_list_class({ args.bodyclass })

		renderTitle()
		renderAboveRow()
	else
		root = mw.html.create()

		root
			:wikitext(args.title)
	end
	structure_infobox_common()
	
	return loadTemplateStyles() .. root
end

-- If the argument exists and isn't blank, add it to the argument table.
-- Blank arguments are treated as nil to match the behaviour of ParserFunctions.
local function preprocessSingleArg(argName)
	if origArgs[argName] and origArgs[argName] ~= '' then
		args[argName] = origArgs[argName]
	end
end

-- Assign the parameters with the given prefixes to the args table, in order, in
-- batches of the step size specified. This is to prevent references etc. from
-- appearing in the wrong order. The prefixTable should be an array containing
-- tables, each of which has two possible fields, a "prefix" string and a
-- "depend" table. The function always parses parameters containing the "prefix"
-- string, but only parses parameters in the "depend" table if the prefix
-- parameter is present and non-blank.
local function preprocessArgs(prefixTable, step)
	if type(prefixTable) ~= 'table' then
		error("Non-table value detected for the prefix table", 2)
	end
	if type(step) ~= 'number' then
		error("Invalid step value detected", 2)
	end

	-- Get arguments without a number suffix, and check for bad input.
	for i,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do
		if type(v) ~= 'table' or type(v.prefix) ~= "string" or
			(v.depend and type(v.depend) ~= 'table') then
			error('Invalid input detected to preprocessArgs prefix table', 2)
		end
		preprocessSingleArg(v.prefix)
		-- Only parse the depend parameter if the prefix parameter is present
		-- and not blank.
		if args[v.prefix] and v.depend then
			for j, dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do
				if type(dependValue) ~= 'string' then
					error('Invalid "depend" parameter value detected in preprocessArgs')
				end
				preprocessSingleArg(dependValue)
			end
		end
	end

	-- Get arguments with number suffixes.
	local a = 1 -- Counter variable.
	local moreArgumentsExist = true
	while moreArgumentsExist == true do
		moreArgumentsExist = false
		for i = a, a + step - 1 do
			for j,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do
				local prefixArgName = v.prefix .. tostring(i)
				if origArgs[prefixArgName] then
					-- Do another loop if any arguments are found, even blank ones.
					moreArgumentsExist = true
					preprocessSingleArg(prefixArgName)
				end
				-- Process the depend table if the prefix argument is present
				-- and not blank, or we are processing "prefix1" and "prefix" is
				-- present and not blank, and if the depend table is present.
				if v.depend and (args[prefixArgName] or (i == 1 and args[v.prefix])) then
					for j,dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do
						local dependArgName = dependValue .. tostring(i)
						preprocessSingleArg(dependArgName)
					end
				end
			end
		end
		a = a + step
	end
end

-- Parse the data parameters in the same order that the old {{infobox}} did, so
-- that references etc. will display in the expected places. Parameters that
-- depend on another parameter are only processed if that parameter is present,
-- to avoid phantom references appearing in article reference lists.
local function parseDataParameters()

	preprocessSingleArg('autoheaders')
	preprocessSingleArg('child')
	preprocessSingleArg('bodyclass')
	preprocessSingleArg('subbox')
	preprocessSingleArg('bodystyle')
	preprocessSingleArg('title')
	preprocessSingleArg('titleclass')
	preprocessSingleArg('titlestyle')
	preprocessSingleArg('above')
	preprocessSingleArg('aboveclass')
	preprocessSingleArg('abovestyle')
	preprocessArgs({
		{prefix = 'subheader', depend = {'subheaderstyle', 'subheaderrowclass'}}
	}, 10)
	preprocessSingleArg('subheaderstyle')
	preprocessSingleArg('subheaderclass')
	preprocessArgs({
		{prefix = 'image', depend = {'caption', 'imagerowclass'}}
	}, 10)
	preprocessSingleArg('captionstyle')
	preprocessSingleArg('imagestyle')
	preprocessSingleArg('imageclass')
	preprocessArgs({
		{prefix = 'header'},
		{prefix = 'data', depend = {'label'}},
		{prefix = 'rowclass'},
		{prefix = 'rowstyle'},
		{prefix = 'rowcellstyle'},
		{prefix = 'class'}
	}, 50)
	preprocessSingleArg('headerclass')
	preprocessSingleArg('headerstyle')
	preprocessSingleArg('labelstyle')
	preprocessSingleArg('datastyle')
	preprocessSingleArg('below')
	preprocessSingleArg('belowclass')
	preprocessSingleArg('belowstyle')
	preprocessSingleArg('name')
	-- different behaviour for italics if blank or absent
	args['italic title'] = origArgs['italic title']
	preprocessSingleArg('decat')
	preprocessSingleArg('templatestyles')
	preprocessSingleArg('child templatestyles')
	preprocessSingleArg('grandchild templatestyles')
end

-- If called via #invoke, use the args passed into the invoking template.
-- Otherwise, for testing purposes, assume args are being passed directly in.
function p.infobox(frame)
	if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then
		origArgs = frame:getParent().args
	else
		origArgs = frame
	end
	
	parseDataParameters()
	
	return _infobox()
end

-- For calling via #invoke within a template
function p.infoboxTemplate(frame)
	origArgs = {}
	for k,v in pairs(frame.args) do origArgs[k] = mw.text.trim(v) end
	
	parseDataParameters()
	
	return _infobox()
end
return p</text>
    <sha1>0ddb7e5c8426d67cd589b710efb9912ddfb67fea</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Infobox</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>19</id>
  <revision>
    <id>60</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:10:39Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#invoke:Infobox|infobox}}&lt;includeonly&gt;{{template other|{{#ifeq:{{PAGENAME}}|Infobox||{{#ifeq:{{str left|{{SUBPAGENAME}}|7}}|Infobox|[[Category:Infobox templates|{{remove first word|{{SUBPAGENAME}}}}]]}}}}|}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;!-- Categories go in the /doc subpage, and interwikis go in Wikidata. --&gt; &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="340" xml:space="preserve">{{#invoke:Infobox|infobox}}&lt;includeonly&gt;{{template other|{{#ifeq:{{PAGENAME}}|Infobox||{{#ifeq:{{str left|{{SUBPAGENAME}}|7}}|Infobox|[[Category:Infobox templates|{{remove first word|{{SUBPAGENAME}}}}]]}}}}|}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Categories go in the /doc subpage, and interwikis go in Wikidata. --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>817a9f5b6524eced06a57bd1d5fd7179f9369bf2</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Endangered Languages Project</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>20</id>
  <revision>
    <id>61</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:12:02Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "local p = {}  local elpf = "http://www.endangeredlanguages.com/lang/" -- or get P1630  local tidy_param = function(param) 	if param == "" then param = nil end 	return param end  p.make_entry = function(frame) 	local out = {} 	local make_display = function(elpc, elpn) 		if elpc and elpn then 			table.insert(out, "[" .. elpf .. elpc .. " " .. elpn ..	"]") 		elseif elpc or elpn then 			table.insert(out, (elpc or "") .. (elpn or "") .. "[[Category:Language articles with miss..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="1253" xml:space="preserve">local p = {}

local elpf = "http://www.endangeredlanguages.com/lang/" -- or get P1630

local tidy_param = function(param)
	if param == "" then param = nil end
	return param
end

p.make_entry = function(frame)
	local out = {}
	local make_display = function(elpc, elpn)
		if elpc and elpn then
			table.insert(out, "[" .. elpf .. elpc .. " " .. elpn ..	"]")
		elseif elpc or elpn then
			table.insert(out, (elpc or "") .. (elpn or "") .. "[[Category:Language articles with missing ELP parameters]]")
		end
	end
	local elpname = tidy_param(frame.args.elpname)
	local elpcode = tidy_param(frame.args.elpcode)
	local qid = tidy_param((frame.args.qid or ""):upper()) or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()
	make_display(elpcode, elpname)
	if qid then
		local props = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P2192")
		if props[1] then
			for _, v in ipairs(props) do
				local elpc = v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value
				local elpn = v.qualifiers and v.qualifiers.P1810 and v.qualifiers.P1810[1].datavalue and v.qualifiers.P1810[1].datavalue.value
				make_display(elpc, elpn)
			end
		end
	end
	local ret = ""
	if #out &gt; 1 then
		return frame:expandTemplate{title = "ubl", args = out}
	elseif #out==1 then
		return out[1]
	end
end

return p</text>
    <sha1>ffc07145c67d0b7f8cf337e1c3066ad5c6b7f5de</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Endangered Languages Project</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>21</id>
  <revision>
    <id>62</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:14:19Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#invoke:Endangered Languages Project |make_entry |elpname={{{ELPname|}}} |elpcode={{{ELP|}}} |qid={{{qid|}}} }}&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="155" xml:space="preserve">{{#invoke:Endangered Languages Project |make_entry |elpname={{{ELPname|}}} |elpcode={{{ELP|}}} |qid={{{qid|}}} }}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>03ed06c2dccf6d2583988b7c0391a32dfe434ae5</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Template other</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>22</id>
  <revision>
    <id>63</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:20:43Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#switch:   &lt;!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--&gt;   {{#if:{{{demospace|}}}   | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }}    &lt;!--Use lower case "demospace"--&gt;   | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Template}}     | template     | other     }}   }} | template = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}&lt;!--End switch--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;  {{documentation}} &lt;!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt; &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="435" xml:space="preserve">{{#switch:
  &lt;!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--&gt;
  {{#if:{{{demospace|}}}
  | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }}    &lt;!--Use lower case "demospace"--&gt;
  | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Template}}
    | template
    | other
    }}
  }}
| template = {{{1|}}}
| other
| #default = {{{2|}}}
}}&lt;!--End switch--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;

{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>06fb13d264df967b5232141067eb7d2b67372d76</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Main other</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>23</id>
  <revision>
    <id>64</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:21:29Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#switch:   &lt;!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--&gt;   {{#if:{{{demospace|}}}    | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }}    &lt;!--Use lower case "demospace"--&gt;   | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:0}}     | main     | other     }}    }} | main     = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}&lt;noinclude&gt;  {{documentation}} &lt;!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --&gt; &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="422" xml:space="preserve">{{#switch:
  &lt;!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--&gt;
  {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} 
  | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }}    &lt;!--Use lower case "demospace"--&gt;
  | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:0}}
    | main
    | other
    }} 
  }}
| main     = {{{1|}}}
| other
| #default = {{{2|}}}
}}&lt;noinclude&gt;

{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>86ad907ffeea3cc545159e00cd1f2d6433946450</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Infobox language/family-color</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>24</id>
  <revision>
    <id>65</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:22:17Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#switch:{{lc:{{{1|}}}}}   | afro-asiatic | afrasiatic | afroasiatic = /**/#faecc8 | algic | algonkian = lightskyblue | altaic = yellowgreen | american | american (areal) = /**/#c0dde6 | andamanese = /**/#c99fee | australian | australian (areal) = /**/#eba9ee | austroasiatic | austro-asiatic = lightcoral | austronesian = pink | caucasian | caucasian (areal) = lightgreen | conlang | artificial | constructed | constructed language = /**/#114057 | creole | mixed | pidgin |..."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1451" xml:space="preserve">{{#switch:{{lc:{{{1|}}}}}


| afro-asiatic | afrasiatic | afroasiatic = /**/#faecc8
| algic | algonkian = lightskyblue
| altaic = yellowgreen
| american | american (areal) = /**/#c0dde6
| andamanese = /**/#c99fee
| australian | australian (areal) = /**/#eba9ee
| austroasiatic | austro-asiatic = lightcoral
| austronesian = pink
| caucasian | caucasian (areal) = lightgreen
| conlang | artificial | constructed | constructed language = /**/#114057
| creole | mixed | pidgin | creole/pidgin/mixed = tan
| dravidian = mediumspringgreen
| eskimo-aleut | eskimo–aleut | eskaleut = lightcyan
| hmong-mien | miao-yao | hmong–mien | miao–yao = /**/#f2ceee
| indo-european = /**/#c9ffd9
| isolate | language isolate | gray | grey | #dddddd = /**/#dddddd
| khoisan | khoisan (areal) = goldenrod
| na-dene | na-dené | dene-yeniseian | dené-yeniseian | na–dene | na–dené | dene–yeniseian | dené–yeniseian = /**/#99ddff
| niger-congo | niger–congo = /**/#ffddaa
| nilo-saharan | nilo-saharan? = gold
| palaeosiberian | palaeo-siberian | paleosiberian | paleo-siberian | palaeosiberian (areal) = darkseagreen
| papuan | papuan (areal) = /**/#fd79da
| sign | sign language = silver
| sino-tibetan = salmon
| kra-dai | kadai | kradai | tai-kadai | kra–dai | tai–kadai = lavender
| uralic = lime
| uto-aztecan | utoaztecan = /**/#80bfff
| unclassified | superfamily = white
| #default =&lt;!--blank--&gt;
}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>750756720dd769f4b7108e5631f1b6b23395e829</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Infobox language/genetic</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>25</id>
  <revision>
    <id>66</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:23:08Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#switch:{{lc:{{{1|}}}}} | afro-asiatic | afroasiatic = [[Afroasiatic languages|Afro-Asiatic]] | niger-congo | niger–congo = [[Niger–Congo languages|Niger–Congo]]? | nilo-saharan = [[Nilo-Saharan languages|Nilo-Saharan]]? | khoisan = (specify language family under 'fam1')[[Category:Language articles with spurious family]] | indo-european = [[Indo-European languages|Indo-European]] | caucasian = (specify language family under 'fam1')Category:Language articles wit..."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="2366" xml:space="preserve">{{#switch:{{lc:{{{1|}}}}}
| afro-asiatic | afroasiatic = [[Afroasiatic languages|Afro-Asiatic]]
| niger-congo | niger–congo = [[Niger–Congo languages|Niger–Congo]]?
| nilo-saharan = [[Nilo-Saharan languages|Nilo-Saharan]]?
| khoisan = (specify language family under 'fam1')[[Category:Language articles with spurious family]]
| indo-european = [[Indo-European languages|Indo-European]]
| caucasian = (specify language family under 'fam1')[[Category:Language articles with spurious family]]
| altaic = [[Altaic languages|Altaic]]?
| uralic = [[Uralic languages|Uralic]]
| dravidian = [[Dravidian languages|Dravidian]]
| paleosiberian | paleo-siberian | palaeosiberian | palaeo-siberian = (specify language family under 'fam1')[[Category:Language articles with spurious family]]
| austronesian = [[Austronesian languages|Austronesian]]
| austro-asiatic | austroasiatic = [[Austroasiatic languages|Austroasiatic]]
| sino-tibetan = [[Sino-Tibetan languages|Sino-Tibetan]]
| hmong-mien | hmong–mien = [[Hmong–Mien languages|Hmong–Mien]]
| andamanese = (specify language family under 'fam1' or 'family')[[Category:Language articles with spurious family]]
| australian = (specify language family under 'fam1' or 'family')[[Category:Language articles with spurious family]]
| papuan = (specify language family under 'fam1')[[Category:Language articles with spurious family]]
| tai-kadai | tai–kadai | kadai | kradai | kra-dai | kra–dai = [[Kra–Dai languages|Kra–Dai]]
| american = (specify language family under 'fam1' or 'family')[[Category:Language articles with spurious family]]
| na-dene | na-dené | dene-yeniseian | dené-yeniseian | dene–yeniseian | dené–yeniseian = [[Dené–Yeniseian languages|Dené–Yeniseian]]?
| eskimo-aleut | eskimo–aleut = [[Eskaleut languages|Eskaleut]]
| uto-aztecan = [[Uto-Aztecan languages|Uto-Aztecan]]
| creole = [[Creole language|Creole]]
| pidgin = [[Pidgin]]
| mixed = [[Mixed language|Mixed]]
| isolate | language isolate = [[language isolate]]
| sign | sign language = [[sign language]]
| conlang | constructed language = [[constructed language]]
| unclassified = [[Unclassified language|unclassified]]
| = {{main other|[[Category:Languages without family color codes]]}}
| #default = {{{1}}}{{main other|[[Category:Languages without family color codes]]}}
}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>17e2604cda30a62131143effc2d6da6c0e55a862</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Infobox language family</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>26</id>
  <revision>
    <id>67</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:27:46Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{Infobox | bodystyle = width:{{#if:{{{boxsize|}}}|{{{boxsize}}}|22em}}; | abovestyle = background-color: {{Infobox language/family-color|{{{familycolor|Default}}}}}; | subheaderstyle = background-color: {{Infobox language/family-color|{{{familycolor|Default}}}}};  | above = {{{name}}} | subheader = {{{altname|}}} | subheader2 = {{#if:{{{acceptance|}}}|({{{acceptance|}}})}}  | label1 = Ethnicity | data1 = {{{ethnicity|}}}  | label2 = Geographic&lt;br&gt;distribution | data2 =..."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="12125" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox
| bodystyle = width:{{#if:{{{boxsize|}}}|{{{boxsize}}}|22em}};
| abovestyle = background-color: {{Infobox language/family-color|{{{familycolor|Default}}}}};
| subheaderstyle = background-color: {{Infobox language/family-color|{{{familycolor|Default}}}}};

| above = {{{name}}}
| subheader = {{{altname|}}}
| subheader2 = {{#if:{{{acceptance|}}}|({{{acceptance|}}})}}

| label1 = Ethnicity
| data1 = {{{ethnicity|}}}

| label2 = Geographic&lt;br&gt;distribution
| data2 = {{{region|—}}}

| label3 = {{#if:{{{extinct|}}} |[[Extinct language|Extinct]] |{{#if:{{{era|}}} |Era |{{#if:{{{creator|{{{speakers_label|}}}}}} |{{{speakers_label|Users}}} |{{longitem|Native speakers}} }} }} }}
| data3 =&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{extinct|}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{extinct}}}|?|(date missing)[[Category:Language articles with unknown extinction date]]|{{{extinct}}}}}&lt;!-- extinct input used
   --&gt;|{{#if:{{{era|}}}|{{{era}}}&lt;!-- era input used
      --&gt;|&lt;!-- no era, check for sign/spoken --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{Infobox language/family-color|{{{familycolor|}}} }}|silver&lt;!-- check for silver
         --&gt;|&lt;!-- SIGN language (silver) --&gt;{{#if:{{{speakers|}}}|{{#ifeq: {{lc:{{{date}}}}}|na|{{{speakers|–}}}
      |{{#ifeq:{{{speakers}}}|?|&lt;!--
      --&gt;|{{#ifeq:{{{speakers}}}|none|''None''
      |{{#if:{{{date|}}}|{{{speakers|–}}}&amp;nbsp;({{{dateprefix|}}}{{{date}}})
      |{{{speakers|–}}}{{main other|[[Category:Language articles with speaker number undated]]}}}} }} }} }} }}&lt;!--(end if:date, ifeq:date=na, if:speakers. end of SIGN)
         --&gt;|&lt;!-- SPOKEN language (not silver) --&gt;{{#if:{{{speakers|}}}|{{#ifeq: {{lc:{{{date}}}}}|na|{{{speakers|–}}}
      |{{#ifeq: {{{date}}}|no date|(undated figure of {{{speakers}}})|&lt;!--
The following changes the display depending on the age of the data. Limit set to 25 years, as a population can double in that time.
--&gt;{{#if:{{{date|}}}|{{#iferror:{{#expr: {{padleft:|4|{{{date}}}|}} }}||{{#ifexpr:(({{CURRENTYEAR}} - {{padleft:|4|{{{date}}}|}}) &lt; 25)&lt;!--
    --&gt;|&lt;!-- regular--&gt;{{{speakers|–}}}&amp;nbsp;({{{dateprefix|}}}{{{date}}})&lt;!--
    --&gt;|&lt;!-- old (25+) --&gt;({{{speakers}}} cited {{{dateprefix|}}}{{{date}}}){{main other|{{#ifeq:{{{ref}}}|e19|[[Category:Language articles with old Ethnologue 19 speaker data]]|{{#ifeq:{{{ref}}}|e18|[[Category:Language articles with old Ethnologue 18 speaker data]]|[[Category:Language articles with old speaker data]]}}}}}}}}}}&lt;!--(end ifexpr:25+, iferror:)
    --&gt;|{{#ifeq:{{{speakers}}}|?|&lt;!--
       --&gt;|{{#ifeq:{{{speakers}}}|none|''None''
       |&lt;!-- no date input --&gt;{{{speakers|–}}}{{main other|[[Category:Language articles with speaker number undated]]}}}} }} }}&lt;!--(end if:date, before the 25+ expr check)
    --&gt;}}&lt;!--(end ifeq:date=no date)
    --&gt;}}&lt;!--(end ifeq:date=na)
    --&gt;|&lt;!--(no speakers number to be shown)--&gt;}}}}&lt;!--(end if:speakers (in 2nd param of silver-check), if:silver. end of SPOKEN)
      --&gt;}} }}&lt;!--(end if:era, if:extinct. No open #if:s left)
If there is a ref, and there is any input for this row (data3), then we add the reference:
--&gt;{{#if:{{{ref|}}}|{{#if:{{{extinct|}}}{{{era|}}}{{{speakers|}}}{{{date|}}}{{#ifeq:{{Infobox language/family-color|{{{familycolor|}}}}}|silver|sign_language}}|{{Infobox language/ref|{{{ref}}}|iso3={{{iso3|}}}|refname={{{refname|}}}|name={{{name|{{PAGENAME}}}}}|lc1={{{lc1|}}}|ld1={{Delink|{{{ld1}}}}}|lc2={{{lc2|}}}|ld2={{Delink|{{{ld2}}}}}|lc3={{{lc3|}}}|ld3={{Delink|{{{ld3}}}}}|lc4={{{lc4|}}}|ld4={{Delink|{{{ld4}}}}}|lc5={{{lc5|}}}|ld5={{Delink|{{{ld5}}}}}|lc6={{{lc6|}}}|ld6={{Delink|{{{ld6}}}}}|lc7={{{lc7|}}}|ld7={{Delink|{{{ld7}}}}}}}}}}}&lt;!--
Add speakers2 after the ref:
--&gt;{{#if:{{{speakers2|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;{{{speakers2|}}} }}

| label4 = [[Language family|Linguistic classification]]
| data4 = {{{family|{{{fam1|{{Infobox language/genetic|{{{familycolor|Default}}}}}}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:15px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{#if:{{{fam2|}}}
| {{{fam2}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:5px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{#if:{{{fam3|}}}
| {{{fam3}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:5px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{#if:{{{fam4|}}}
| {{{fam4}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:5px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{#if:{{{fam5|}}}
| {{{fam5}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:5px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{#if:{{{fam6|}}}
| {{{fam6}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:5px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{#if:{{{fam7|}}}
| {{{fam7}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:5px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{#if:{{{fam8|}}}
| {{{fam8}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:5px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{#if:{{{fam9|}}}
| {{{fam9}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:5px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{#if:{{{fam10|}}}
| {{{fam10}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:5px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{#if:{{{fam11|}}}
| {{{fam11}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:5px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{#if:{{{fam12|}}}
| {{{fam12}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:5px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{#if:{{{fam13|}}}
| {{{fam13}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:5px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{#if:{{{fam14|}}}
| {{{fam14}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:5px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{#if:{{{fam15|}}}
| {{{fam15}}}&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:5px;padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;'''{{{name}}}'''&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;
| '''{{{name}}}'''
}}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;| '''{{{name}}}'''
}}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;| '''{{{name}}}'''
}}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;| '''{{{name}}}'''
}}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;| '''{{{name}}}'''
}}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;| '''{{{name}}}'''
}}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;| '''{{{name}}}'''
}}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;| '''{{{name}}}'''
}}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;| '''{{{name}}}'''
}}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;| '''{{{name}}}'''
}}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;| '''{{{name}}}'''
}}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;| '''{{{name}}}'''
}}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;| '''{{{name}}}'''
}}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;| '''{{{name}}}'''
}}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;
}}}

| label5 = {{longitem|{{#if:{{{ancestor2|}}}|Early forms|Early form}}}}
| data5 = {{#if:{{{ancestor|}}}|&lt;div style="text-align:left;"&gt;{{{ancestor|}}}
{{#if:{{{ancestor2|}}}|&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:1.35em; padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{{ancestor2}}}
{{#if:{{{ancestor3|}}}|&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:0.45em; padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{{ancestor3}}}
{{#if:{{{ancestor4|}}}|&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:0.45em; padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{{ancestor4}}}
{{#if:{{{ancestor5|}}}|&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:0.45em; padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{{ancestor5}}}
{{#if:{{{ancestor6|}}}|&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:0.45em; padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{{ancestor6}}}
{{#if:{{{ancestor7|}}}|&lt;ul style="line-height:100%; margin-left:0.45em; padding-left:0"&gt;&lt;li&gt;{{{ancestor7}}}
&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;}}
&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;}}
&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;}}
&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;}}
&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;}}
&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;}}
&lt;/div&gt;}}

| label6 = Proto-language
| data6 = {{{protoname|}}}

| label7 = Subdivisions
| data7 =
{{#if:{{{children|}}}|{{{children}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child1|}}}|*{{{child1}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child2|}}}|*{{{child2}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child3|}}}|*{{{child3}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child4|}}}|*{{{child4}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child5|}}}|*{{{child5}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child6|}}}|*{{{child6}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child7|}}}|*{{{child7}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child8|}}}|*{{{child8}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child9|}}}|*{{{child9}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child10|}}}|*{{{child10}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child11|}}}|*{{{child11}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child12|}}}|*{{{child12}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child13|}}}|*{{{child13}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child14|}}}|*{{{child14}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child15|}}}|*{{{child15}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child16|}}}|*{{{child16}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child17|}}}|*{{{child17}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child18|}}}|*{{{child18}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child19|}}}|*{{{child19}}}}}
{{#if:{{{child20|}}}|*{{{child20}}}}}
| rowclass7 = {{{listclass|plainlist}}}

| label10 = {{#if:{{{iso1|}}}
  | [[ISO 639-1]]
  }}
| data10 = {{#if:{{{iso1|}}}
  |&lt;samp&gt;{{{iso1}}}&lt;/samp&gt;
  }}

| label11 = {{#if:{{{iso2|}}}
  | [[ISO 639-2]] / [[ISO 639-5|5]]
  |{{#if:{{{iso5|}}}
    |[[ISO 639-5]]
    }}
  }}
| data11 = {{#if:{{{iso2|}}}
  |&lt;samp&gt;[[ISO639-3:{{{iso2}}}|{{{iso2}}}]]&lt;/samp&gt;
  |{{#if:{{{iso5|}}}
    |&lt;samp&gt;[[ISO639-3:{{{iso5}}}|{{{iso5}}}]]&lt;/samp&gt;
    }}
  }}

| label12 = {{#if:{{{iso3|}}}
  | [[ISO 639-3]] }}
| data12 = {{#if:{{{iso3|}}}
  |&lt;samp&gt;[https://iso639-3.sil.org/code/{{{iso3}}} {{{iso3}}}]&lt;/samp&gt; }}

| label13 = {{#if:{{{iso6|}}}&lt;!--obsolete--&gt;
  | [[ISO 639-6]] }}
| data13 = {{#if:{{{iso6|}}}
  |&lt;samp&gt;{{{iso6}}}&lt;/samp&gt; }}

| label14 = [[Linguasphere Observatory|Linguasphere]]
| data14 = {{#if:{{{lingua|}}}
  |&lt;samp&gt;{{{lingua}}}&lt;/samp&gt; }}

| label15 = [[Glottolog]]
| data15 =  {{#if:{{{glotto|}}}|{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{{glotto|}}}}}|none|''None''{{main other|[[Category:Families rejected by Glottolog]]}}|{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{{glotto|}}}}}|na|(not evaluated){{main other|[[Category:Families not evaluated by Glottolog]]}}
  |&lt;samp&gt;{{glottolink|{{{glotto}}}}}&lt;/samp&gt;{{#if:{{{glottoname|}}}|&amp;nbsp; {{nowrap|({{{glottoname}}})}}}}}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{glotto2|}}}|{{#if:{{{glotto|}}}|&lt;br&gt;|&lt;!--no break when more than one info box on a page--&gt;}}&lt;samp&gt;{{glottolink|{{{glotto2}}}}}&lt;/samp&gt;{{#if:{{{glottoname2|}}}|&amp;nbsp; {{nowrap|({{{glottoname2}}})}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{glotto3|}}}|{{#if:{{{glotto2|}}}|&lt;br&gt;|&lt;!--no break--&gt;}}&lt;samp&gt;{{glottolink|{{{glotto3}}}}}&lt;/samp&gt;{{#if:{{{glottoname3|}}}|&amp;nbsp; {{nowrap|({{{glottoname3}}})}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{glotto4|}}}|{{#if:{{{glotto3|}}}|&lt;br&gt;|&lt;!--no break--&gt;}}&lt;samp&gt;{{glottolink|{{{glotto4}}}}}&lt;/samp&gt;{{#if:{{{glottoname4|}}}|&amp;nbsp; {{nowrap|({{{glottoname4}}})}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{glotto5|}}}|{{#if:{{{glotto4|}}}|&lt;br&gt;|&lt;!--no break--&gt;}}&lt;samp&gt;{{glottolink|{{{glotto5}}}}}&lt;/samp&gt;{{#if:{{{glottoname5|}}}|&amp;nbsp; {{nowrap|({{{glottoname5}}})}}}}}}

| label16 = [[Endangered Languages Project|ELP]]
| data16 = {{Endangered Languages Project |ELP={{{ELP|}}} |ELPname={{{ELPname|}}} |qid={{{qid|}}} }}

| data20 = {{#if:{{{map|}}}
  | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{map}}}|size={{{mapsize|}}}|sizedefault=300px|alt={{{mapalt|}}}}}{{#if:{{{mapcaption|}}}
    |&lt;div style="text-align:left;"&gt;{{{mapcaption}}}&lt;/div&gt;
    }}
  }}

| data21 = {{#if:{{{map2|}}}
  | [[File:{{{map2}}}|{{#if:{{{mapsize|}}}|{{{mapsize}}}px|300px}}|alt={{{mapalt2|}}}]]{{#if:{{{mapcaption2|}}}
    |&lt;br&gt;&lt;div style="text-align:left;"&gt;{{{mapcaption2}}}&lt;/div&gt;
    }}
  }}

| data22 = {{{module|}}}

| label23 = Notes
| data23 = {{{notes|}}}
}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{main other|{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown=[[Category:Language articles with unsupported infobox fields|_VALUE_]]
|preview=Page using [[Template:Infobox language family]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"
|name|altname
|region|ethnicity|acceptance
|speakers|date|ref
|familycolor|fam1|fam2|fam3|fam4|fam5|fam6|fam7|fam8|fam9
|fam10|fam11|fam12|fam13|fam14|fam15|family
|ancestor|ancestor2|ancestor3|ancestor4|ancestor5|ancestor6|ancestor7|protoname|extinct
|children|child1|child2|child3|child4|child5|child6|child7|child8|child9|child10
|child11|child12|child13|child14|child15|child16|child17|child18|child19|child20
|listclass|module|notes
|iso1|iso2|iso3|iso5|iso6
|lingua|glotto|glottoname|glotto2|glottoname2|glotto3|glottoname3|glotto4|glottoname4|glotto5|glottoname5|glottorefname|glottorefname2|glottorefname3|glottorefname4|glottorefname5
|ELP|ELPname
|map|mapsize|mapalt|mapcaption|map2|mapalt2|mapcaption2|boxsize
}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#ifeq:{{Infobox language/family-color|{{{familycolor|}}}}}|&lt;!--blank--&gt;|[[Category:Languages without family color codes]]}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{glotto|}}}{{{glotto2|}}}{{{glotto3|}}}{{{glotto4|}}}{{{glotto5|}}}|&lt;!--ok--&gt;|[[Category:Families missing Glottolog code]]}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{glotto|}}}|{{#if:{{{glottorefname|}}}{{{glottoname|}}}|&lt;!--ok--&gt;|{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{{glotto|}}}}}|none|&lt;!--ok--&gt;|{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{{glotto|}}}}}|na|&lt;!--ok--&gt;|[[Category:Articles with unnamed Glottolog code]]}}}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{glotto2|}}}|{{#if:{{{glottoname2|}}}{{{glottorefname2|}}}|&lt;!--ok--&gt;|[[Category:Articles with unnamed Glottolog code]]}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{glotto3|}}}|{{#if:{{{glottoname3|}}}{{{glottorefname3|}}}|&lt;!--ok--&gt;|[[Category:Articles with unnamed Glottolog code]]}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{glotto4|}}}|{{#if:{{{glottoname4|}}}{{{glottorefname4|}}}|&lt;!--ok--&gt;|[[Category:Articles with unnamed Glottolog code]]}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{glotto5|}}}|{{#if:{{{glottoname5|}}}{{{glottorefname5|}}}|&lt;!--ok--&gt;|[[Category:Articles with unnamed Glottolog code]]}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;}}&lt;noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>6286366b0542a443194622b22a322b8bd3af7a2e</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Yesno</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>27</id>
  <revision>
    <id>68</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:29:49Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "-- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}.  return function (val, default) 	-- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you 	-- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the 	-- following line. 	val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val 	if val == nil then 		return nil 	elseif val == true  		or val == 'yes' 		or val == 'y' 		or val =..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="745" xml:space="preserve">-- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input.
-- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}.

return function (val, default)
	-- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you
	-- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the
	-- following line.
	val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val
	if val == nil then
		return nil
	elseif val == true 
		or val == 'yes'
		or val == 'y'
		or val == 'true'
		or val == 't'
		or val == 'on'
		or tonumber(val) == 1
	then
		return true
	elseif val == false
		or val == 'no'
		or val == 'n'
		or val == 'false'
		or val == 'f'
		or val == 'off'
		or tonumber(val) == 0
	then
		return false
	else
		return default
	end
end</text>
    <sha1>f767643e7d12126d020d88d662a3dd057817b9dc</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:File link</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>28</id>
  <revision>
    <id>69</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:35:11Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "-- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks.  local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType  local p = {}  function p._main(args) 	checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table')  	-- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our 	-- own function to get the right error level. 	local function checkArg(key, val, level) 		if type(val) ~= 'string' then 			error(string.format( 				"type error in..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="2544" xml:space="preserve">-- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks.

local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType

local p = {}

function p._main(args)
	checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table')

	-- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our
	-- own function to get the right error level.
	local function checkArg(key, val, level)
		if type(val) ~= 'string' then
			error(string.format(
				"type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)",
				key, type(val)
			), level)
		end
	end

	local ret = {}

	-- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer.
	local function addPositional(key)
		local val = args[key]
		if not val then
			return nil
		end
		checkArg(key, val, 4)
		ret[#ret + 1] = val
	end

	-- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name
	-- is the same as the argument key.
	local function addNamed(key)
		local val = args[key]
		if not val then
			return nil
		end
		checkArg(key, val, 4)
		ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val
	end

	-- Filename
	checkArg('file', args.file, 3)
	ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file

	-- Format
	if args.format then
		checkArg('format', args.format)
		if args.formatfile then
			checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile)
			ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile
		else
			ret[#ret + 1] = args.format
		end
	end

	-- Border
	if yesno(args.border) then
		ret[#ret + 1] = 'border'
	end

	addPositional('location')
	addPositional('alignment')
	addPositional('size')
	addNamed('upright')
	addNamed('link')
	addNamed('alt')
	addNamed('page')
	addNamed('class')
	addNamed('lang')
	addNamed('start')
	addNamed('end')
	addNamed('thumbtime')
	addPositional('caption')

	return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|'))
end

function p.main(frame)
	local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {
		wrappers = 'Template:File link'
	})
	if not origArgs.file then
		error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0)
	end

	-- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up
	-- every possible parameter in the frame object.
	local args = {}
	for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do
		-- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in
		-- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be
		-- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do
		-- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]].
		if v == '_BLANK' then
			v = ''
		end
		args[k] = v
	end
	return p._main(args)
end

return p</text>
    <sha1>66925f088d11530f2482f04181a3baaaa0ad3d0c</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Tree list</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>29</id>
  <revision>
    <id>70</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:41:19Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;templatestyles src="Tree list/styles.css" /&gt;&lt;!-- --&gt;&lt;div class="treeview"&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt; &lt;/div&gt; {{Documentation}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="124" xml:space="preserve">&lt;templatestyles src="Tree list/styles.css" /&gt;&lt;!--
--&gt;&lt;div class="treeview"&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>3c3df2fc2f0185fa60fd2fdde34e5b13181ff42f</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Tree list/end</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>30</id>
  <revision>
    <id>71</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:43:35Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt; {{Documentation|Template:Tree list/doc}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="98" xml:space="preserve">&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation|Template:Tree list/doc}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>cdcda060fe4563745fb7a50f1c335c9abe5e2b08</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Pp-template</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>31</id>
  <revision>
    <id>72</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:53:04Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt; &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="178" xml:space="preserve">&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>31be6fc5b968e0deb5100a35b856393cdeb35b90</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Protection banner</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>32</id>
  <revision>
    <id>73</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:53:55Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "-- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}.  -- Initialise necessary modules. require('strict') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')  -- Lazily initialise modules and..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="26018" xml:space="preserve">-- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as
-- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}.

-- Initialise necessary modules.
require('strict')
local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main
local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main
local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')

-- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need.
local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang

-- Set constants.
local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)
	if cat then
		return string.format(
			'[[%s:%s|%s]]',
			mw.site.namespaces[14].name,
			cat,
			sort
		)
	end
end

-- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date
local function validateDate(dateString, dateType)
	if not lang then
		lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()
	end
	local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString)
	if success then
		result = tonumber(result)
		if result then
			return result
		end
	end
	error(string.format(
		'invalid %s: %s',
		dateType,
		tostring(dateString)
	), 4)
end

local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display)
	return string.format(
		'[%s %s]',
		tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)),
		display
	)
end

-- Given a directed graph formatted as node -&gt; table of direct successors,
-- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always
-- including the given node).
local function getReachableNodes(graph, start)
	local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {}
	while true do
		-- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating
		local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key
		if k == nil then
			return retval
		end
		toWalk[k] = nil
		retval[k] = true
		for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do
			if not retval[v] then
				toWalk[v] = true
			end
		end
	end
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Protection = {}
Protection.__index = Protection

Protection.supportedActions = {
	edit = true,
	move = true,
	autoreview = true,
	upload = true
}

Protection.bannerConfigFields = {
	'text',
	'explanation',
	'tooltip',
	'alt',
	'link',
	'image'
}

function Protection.new(args, cfg, title)
	local obj = {}
	obj._cfg = cfg
	obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()

	-- Set action
	if not args.action then
		obj.action = 'edit'
	elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then
		obj.action = args.action
	else
		error(string.format(
			'invalid action: %s',
			tostring(args.action)
		), 3)
	end

	-- Set level
	obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title)
	if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then
		-- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat
		-- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected.
		obj.level = '*'
	end

	-- Set expiry
	local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title)
	if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then
		obj.expiry = 'indef'
	elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then
		obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date')
	end

	-- Set reason
	if args[1] then
		obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1])
		if obj.reason:find('|') then
			error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3)
		end
	end

	-- Set protection date
	if args.date then
		obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date')
	end
	
	-- Set banner config
	do
		obj.bannerConfig = {}
		local configTables = {}
		if cfg.banners[obj.action] then
			configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason]
		end
		if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then
			configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level]
			configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default
		end
		configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner
		for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do
			for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do
				if t[field] then
					obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field]
					break
				end
			end
		end
	end
	return setmetatable(obj, Protection)
end

function Protection:isUserScript()
	-- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page.
	local title = self.title
	return title.namespace == 2 and (
		title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css'
	)
end

function Protection:isProtected()
	return self.level ~= '*'
end

function Protection:shouldShowLock()
	-- Whether we should output a banner/padlock
	return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript()
end

-- Whether this page needs a protection category.
Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock

function Protection:isTemporary()
	return type(self.expiry) == 'number'
end

function Protection:makeProtectionCategory()
	if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then
		return ''
	end

	local cfg = self._cfg
	local title = self.title
	
	-- Get the expiry key fragment.
	local expiryFragment
	if self.expiry == 'indef' then
		expiryFragment = self.expiry
	elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then
		expiryFragment = 'temp'
	end

	-- Get the namespace key fragment.
	local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace]
	if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then
			namespaceFragment = 'talk'
	end

	-- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an
	-- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its
	-- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table.
	local order = {
		{val = expiryFragment,    keypos = 1},
		{val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2},
		{val = self.reason,       keypos = 3},
		{val = self.level,        keypos = 4},
		{val = self.action,       keypos = 5}
	}

	--[[
	-- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system,
	-- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and
	-- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module
	-- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the
	-- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason.
	-- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to
	-- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the
	-- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table
	-- instead.
	--]]
	table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3))
 
	--[[
	-- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value"
	-- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key
	-- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in
	-- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of
	-- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the
	-- noActive parameter.
	--]]
	local noActive, attemptOrder
	do
		local active, inactive = {}, {}
		for i, t in ipairs(order) do
			if t.val then
				active[#active + 1] = t
			else
				inactive[#inactive + 1] = t
			end
		end
		noActive = #active
		attemptOrder = active
		for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do
			attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t
		end
	end
 
	--[[
	-- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a
	-- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are
	-- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different
	-- key fragment combinations until we match using the key
	-- "all-all-all-all-all".
	--
	-- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix
	-- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active
	-- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix
	-- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and
	-- 1 corresponding to other key fragments.
	-- 
	--   j 1  2  3
	-- i  
	-- 1   1  1  1
	-- 2   0  1  1
	-- 3   1  0  1
	-- 4   0  0  1
	-- 5   1  1  0
	-- 6   0  1  0
	-- 7   1  0  0
	-- 8   0  0  0
	-- 
	-- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set
	-- to the string "all".
	--
	-- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i.
	-- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in
	-- each subtable.
	--]]
	local cats = cfg.protectionCategories
	for i = 1, 2^noActive do
		local key = {}
		for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do
			if j &gt; noActive then
				key[t.keypos] = 'all'
			else
				local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1)
				quotient = math.ceil(quotient)
				if quotient % 2 == 1 then
					key[t.keypos] = t.val
				else
					key[t.keypos] = 'all'
				end
			end
		end
		key = table.concat(key, '|')
		local attempt = cats[key]
		if attempt then
			return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text)
		end
	end
	return ''
end

function Protection:isIncorrect()
	local expiry = self.expiry
	return not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory()
		or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry &lt; os.time()
end

function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate()
	local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace
	return self.level == 'templateeditor'
		and (
			(action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move')
			or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828)
		)
end

function Protection:makeCategoryLinks()
	local msg = self._cfg.msg
	local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()}
	if self:isIncorrect() then
		ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(
			msg['tracking-category-incorrect'],
			self.title.text
		)
	end
	if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then
		ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(
			msg['tracking-category-template'],
			self.title.text
		)
	end
	return table.concat(ret)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Blurb class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Blurb = {}
Blurb.__index = Blurb

Blurb.bannerTextFields = {
	text = true,
	explanation = true,
	tooltip = true,
	alt = true,
	link = true
}

function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)
	return setmetatable({
		_cfg = cfg,
		_protectionObj = protectionObj,
		_args = args
	}, Blurb)
end

-- Private methods --

function Blurb:_formatDate(num)
	-- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format.
	lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage()
	local success, date = pcall(
		lang.formatDate,
		lang,
		self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y',
		'@' .. tostring(num)
	)
	if success then
		return date
	end
end

function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey)
	return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey])
end

function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg)
	if not self._params then
		local parameterFuncs = {}

		parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION     = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter
		parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST        = self._makeEditRequestParameter
		parameterFuncs.EXPIRY             = self._makeExpiryParameter
		parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB   = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter
		parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK          = self._makeImageLinkParameter
		parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB         = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter
		parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT      = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter
		parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE           = self._makePagetypeParameter
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB    = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE     = self._makeProtectionDateParameter
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL    = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG      = self._makeProtectionLogParameter
		parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE           = self._makeTalkPageParameter
		parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB       = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter
		parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT    = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter
		parameterFuncs.VANDAL             = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter
		
		self._params = setmetatable({}, {
			__index = function (t, k)
				local param
				if parameterFuncs[k] then
					param = parameterFuncs[k](self)
				end
				param = param or ''
				t[k] = param
				return param
			end
		})
	end
	
	msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params)
	return msg
end

function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter()
	-- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of
	-- protection.
	local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText
	if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then
		-- We need the move log link.
		return makeFullUrl(
			'Special:Log',
			{type = 'move', page = pagename},
			self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display')
		)
	else
		-- We need the history link.
		return makeFullUrl(
			pagename,
			{action = 'history'},
			self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display')
		)
	end
end

function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter()
	local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request')
	local action = self._protectionObj.action
	local level = self._protectionObj.level
	
	-- Get the edit request type.
	local requestType
	if action == 'edit' then
		if level == 'autoconfirmed' then
			requestType = 'semi'
		elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then
			requestType = 'extended'
		elseif level == 'templateeditor' then
			requestType = 'template'
		end
	end
	requestType = requestType or 'full'
	
	-- Get the display value.
	local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display')

	return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display}
end

function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter()
	local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry
	if type(expiry) == 'number' then
		return self:_formatDate(expiry)
	else
		return expiry
	end
end

function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter()
	-- Cover special cases first.
	if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then
		-- MediaWiki namespace
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect')
	end

	-- Get explanation blurb table keys
	local action = self._protectionObj.action
	local level = self._protectionObj.level
	local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject'

	-- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any
	-- parameters.
	local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs
	local msg
	if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then
		msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey]
	elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then
		msg = explanations[action][level].default
	elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then
		msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey]
	elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then
		msg = explanations[action].default.default
	else
		error(string.format(
			'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"',
			action,
			level,
			talkKey
		), 8)
	end
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter()
	local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks
	local action = self._protectionObj.action
	local level = self._protectionObj.level
	local msg
	if imageLinks[action][level] then
		msg = imageLinks[action][level]
	elseif imageLinks[action].default then
		msg = imageLinks[action].default
	else
		msg = imageLinks.edit.default
	end
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter()
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry')
	else
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry')
	end
end

function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter()
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry')
	else
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry')
	end
end

function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter()
	local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes
	return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace]
		or pagetypes.default
		or error('no default pagetype defined', 8)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter()
	local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs
	local action = self._protectionObj.action
	local level = self._protectionObj.level
	local msg
	if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then
		msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level]
	elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then
		msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default
	elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then
		msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default
	else
		error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8)
	end
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter()
	local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate
	if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then
		return self:_formatDate(protectionDate)
	else
		return protectionDate
	end
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter()
	local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels
	local action = self._protectionObj.action
	local level = self._protectionObj.level
	local msg
	if protectionLevels[action][level] then
		msg = protectionLevels[action][level]
	elseif protectionLevels[action].default then
		msg = protectionLevels[action].default
	elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then
		msg = protectionLevels.edit.default
	else
		error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8)
	end
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter()
	local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText
	if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then
		-- We need the pending changes log.
		return makeFullUrl(
			'Special:Log',
			{type = 'stable', page = pagename},
			self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display')
		)
	else
		-- We need the protection log.
		return makeFullUrl(
			'Special:Log',
			{type = 'protect', page = pagename},
			self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display')
		)
	end
end

function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter()
	return string.format(
		'[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]',
		mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,
		self._protectionObj.title.text,
		self._args.section or 'top',
		self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display')
	)
end

function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter()
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry')
	else
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry')
	end
end

function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter()
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry')
	else
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry')
	end
end

function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter()
	return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{
		title="vandal-m",
		args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText}
	}
end

-- Public methods --

function Blurb:makeBannerText(key)
	-- Validate input.
	if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then
		error(string.format(
			'"%s" is not a valid banner config field',
			tostring(key)
		), 2)
	end

	-- Generate the text.
	local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key]
	if type(msg) == 'string' then
		return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
	elseif type(msg) == 'function' then
		msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args)
		if type(msg) ~= 'string' then
			error(string.format(
				'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"'
					.. ' (expected string, got %s)',
				tostring(key),
				type(msg)
			), 4)
		end
		return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
	end
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- BannerTemplate class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local BannerTemplate = {}
BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate

function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg)
	local obj = {}
	obj._cfg = cfg

	-- Set the image filename.
	local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image
	if imageFilename then
		obj._imageFilename = imageFilename
	else
		-- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config,
		-- generate it from the protection status and the namespace.
		local action = protectionObj.action
		local level = protectionObj.level
		local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace
		local reason = protectionObj.reason
		
		-- Deal with special cases first.
		if (
			namespace == 10
			or namespace == 828
			or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason]
			)
			and action == 'edit'
			and level == 'sysop'
			and not protectionObj:isTemporary()
		then
			-- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef"
			-- padlock.
			obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef']
		else
			-- Deal with regular protection types.
			local images = obj._cfg.images
			if images[action] then
				if images[action][level] then
					obj._imageFilename = images[action][level]
				elseif images[action].default then
					obj._imageFilename = images[action].default
				end
			end
		end
	end
	return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate)
end

function BannerTemplate:renderImage()
	local filename = self._imageFilename
		or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default']
		or 'Transparent.gif'
	return makeFileLink{
		file = filename,
		size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px',
		alt = self._imageAlt,
		link = self._imageLink,
		caption = self.imageCaption
	}
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Banner class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)
Banner.__index = Banner

function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
	local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb.
	obj.imageWidth = 40
	obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip.
	obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text')
	obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation')
	obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing.
	return setmetatable(obj, Banner)
end

function Banner:__tostring()
	-- Renders the banner.
	makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main
	local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2)
	local explanationText = self._explanationText
	local mbargs = {
		page = self._page,
		type = 'protection',
		image = self:renderImage(),
		text = string.format(
			"'''%s'''%s",
			reasonText,
			explanationText and '&lt;br /&gt;' .. explanationText or ''
		)
	}
	return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Padlock class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)
Padlock.__index = Padlock

function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
	local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb.
	obj.imageWidth = 20
	obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip')
	obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt')
	obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link')
	obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action]
		or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default
		or 'pp-default'
	return setmetatable(obj, Padlock)
end

function Padlock:__tostring()
	local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
	-- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles.
	return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{
		name = 'indicator',
		args = {name = self._indicatorName},
		content = self:renderImage()
	}
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exports
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local p = {}

function p._exportClasses()
	-- This is used for testing purposes.
	return {
		Protection = Protection,
		Blurb = Blurb,
		BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate,
		Banner = Banner,
		Padlock = Padlock,
	}
end

function p._main(args, cfg, title)
	args = args or {}
	cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)

	local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title)

	local ret = {}

	-- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its
	-- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything
	-- for the other action (except categories).
	if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or
		args.demolevel or
		not getReachableNodes(
			cfg.hierarchy,
			protectionObj.level
		)[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)])
	then
		-- Initialise the blurb object
		local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)
	
		-- Render the banner
		if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then
			ret[#ret + 1] = tostring(
				(yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner)
				.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
			)
		end
	end

	-- Render the categories
	if yesno(args.category) ~= false then
		ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks()
	end
	
	return table.concat(ret)	
end

function p.main(frame, cfg)
	cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)

	-- Find default args, if any.
	local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent()
	local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')]

	-- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a
	-- wrapper template.
	getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
	local userArgs = getArgs(frame, {
		parentOnly = defaultArgs,
		frameOnly = not defaultArgs
	})

	-- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args.
	local args = {}
	for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do
		args[k] = v
	end
	for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do
		args[k] = v
	end
	return p._main(args, cfg)
end

return p</text>
    <sha1>894f0884d4c2da1ce19d385b96f59af654b0946a</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Effective protection level</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>33</id>
  <revision>
    <id>74</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:54:49Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "local p = {}  -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) 	local title 	if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then 		title = pagename 	elseif pagename then 		title = mw.title.new(pagename) 	else 		title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() 	end 	pagename = title.prefixedText 	if action == 'autoreview' then 		local leve..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="3581" xml:space="preserve">local p = {}

-- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title.
-- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used.
function p._main(action, pagename)
	local title
	if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then
		title = pagename
	elseif pagename then
		title = mw.title.new(pagename)
	else
		title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
	end
	pagename = title.prefixedText
	if action == 'autoreview' then
		local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title)
		level = level and level.autoreview
		if level == 'review' then
			return 'reviewer'
		elseif level ~= '' then
			return level
		else
			return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review
		end
	elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then
		error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, undelete, autoreview', 2 )
	end
	if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace
		if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page
			return 'interfaceadmin'
		else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page
			return 'sysop'
		end
	elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then
		if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page
			return 'interfaceadmin'
		elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page
			return 'sysop'
		end
	end
	if action == 'undelete' then
		return 'sysop'
	end
	local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1]
	if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then
		return 'sysop'
	elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page
		return 'sysop'
	elseif level == 'templateeditor' then
		return 'templateeditor'
	elseif action == 'move' then
		local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move.
		if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then
			return 'templateeditor'
		elseif title.namespace == 6 then
			return 'filemover'
		elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then
			return 'extendedconfirmed'
		else
			return 'autoconfirmed'
		end
	end
	local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename)
	if blacklistentry then
		if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then
			return 'templateeditor'
		elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then
			return 'extendedconfirmed'
		else
			return 'autoconfirmed'
		end
	elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason
		return 'autoconfirmed'
	elseif level then
		return level
	elseif action == 'upload' then
		return 'autoconfirmed'
	elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts
		if title.namespace == 0 then
			return 'autoconfirmed' -- Per [[WP:ACPERM]], you need to be autoconfirmed to create pages in mainspace
		end
		return 'user'
	else
		return '*'
	end
end

setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k)
	return function(frame)
		return t._main(k, frame.args[1])
	end
end })

return p</text>
    <sha1>b6cb1e5589ec6575118f60841644cd65defa7174</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Effective protection expiry</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>34</id>
  <revision>
    <id>75</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:55:28Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "local p = {}  -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) 	local title 	if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then 		title = pagename 	elseif pagename then 		title = mw.title.new(pagename) 	else 		title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() 	end 	pagename = title.prefixedText 	if action == 'auto..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="1494" xml:space="preserve">local p = {}

-- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known.
-- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used.
function p._main(action, pagename)
	local title
	if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then
		title = pagename
	elseif pagename then
		title = mw.title.new(pagename)
	else
		title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
	end
	pagename = title.prefixedText
	if action == 'autoreview' then
		local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title)
		return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown'
	elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then
		error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 )
	end
	local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename)
	if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then
		return 'infinity'
	elseif rawExpiry == '' then
		return 'unknown'
	else
		local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match(
			'^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$'
		)
		if year then
			return string.format(
				'%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s',
				year, month, day, hour, minute, second
			)
		else
			error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp')
		end
	end
end

setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k)
	return function(frame)
		return t._main(k, frame.args[1])
	end
end })

return p</text>
    <sha1>9a8c58dc2667232ed08a9b206a5d89ca8150312b</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Protection banner/config</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>35</id>
  <revision>
    <id>76</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T21:56:11Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "-- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]].  return {  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- --                                BANNER DATA -- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection --   banners. -- * explanation - the text that appear..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="46336" xml:space="preserve">-- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]].

return {

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
--                                BANNER DATA
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- Banner data consists of six fields:
-- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection
--   banners.
-- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used
--   to explain the details of the protection.
-- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small
--   padlock icon.
-- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to.
-- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip
--   text for the large protection banners.
-- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock
--   icons.
--
-- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field.
-- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason
-- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners
-- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the
-- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection
-- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables.
--
-- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified
-- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name
-- enclosed in curly braces).
--
--                          Available parameters:
--
-- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the
-- display message "current-version-edit-display" or
-- "current-version-move-display".
--
-- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page.
--
-- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes
-- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make
-- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus."
--
-- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection
-- action and protection level.
--
-- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry
-- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently 
-- disabled until dd Month YYYY."
--
-- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation
-- so that it can be used in run-on sentences.
--
-- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template".
-- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table.
--
-- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g.
-- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled"
--
-- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the
-- template.
--
-- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or
-- "semi-protected".
--
-- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log,
-- depending on the protection action.
--
-- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links
-- straight to that talk page section.
--
-- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to
-- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is
-- move-protected until DD Month YYYY".
--
-- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name)
-- using Module:Vandal-m.
--
--                                 Functions
--
-- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings
-- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not
-- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the
-- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string.
--
-- For example:
--
-- text = function (protectionObj, args)
--     if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then
--         return 'foo'
--     else
--         return 'bar'
--     end
-- end
--
-- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful:
-- protectionObj.action - the protection action
-- protectionObj.level - the protection level
-- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason
-- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set
--     to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary.
-- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if
--     unspecified.
-- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware
--     of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an
--     infinite loop.
-- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is
--     protected.
-- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is
--     temporary.
-- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection
--     template is incorrect.
--]]

-- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or
-- defaultBanners.
masterBanner = {
	text = '${INTROBLURB}',
	explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
	tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}',
	link = '${IMAGELINK}',
	alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}'
},

-- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection
-- levels.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
defaultBanners = {
	edit = {},
	move = {},
	autoreview = {
		default = {
			alt = 'Page protected with pending changes',
			tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users',
			image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg'
		}
	},
	upload = {}
},

-- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons.
-- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are
-- valid inputs to the first positional parameter.
--
-- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items
-- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the
-- module documentation.
--
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
banners = {
	edit = {
		blp = {
			description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons'
				.. '|biographies of living persons]] policy',
			text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons'
				.. "|Wikipedia's&amp;nbsp;policy on&amp;nbsp;the&amp;nbsp;biographies"
				.. ' of&amp;nbsp;living&amp;nbsp;people]].',
			tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on'
				.. ' biographies of living persons',
		},
		dmca = {
			description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation'
				.. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests',
			explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
				local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital'
					.. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content'
					.. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under'
					.. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content'
					.. ' in question.'
				if args.notice then
					ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: '
						.. args.notice .. '.'
				end
				ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing'
					.. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see'
					.. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}."
					.. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the"
					.. " restrictions are withdrawn'''."
				return ret
			end,
			image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg',
		},
		dispute = {
			description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes',
			text = function (protectionObj, args)
				-- Find the value of "disputes".
				local display = 'disputes'
				local disputes
				if args.section then
					disputes = string.format(
						'[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]',
						mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,
						protectionObj.title.text,
						args.section,
						display
					)
				else
					disputes = display
				end

				-- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry.
				local msg
				if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then
					msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.'
				else
					msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.'
				end
				return string.format(msg, disputes)
			end,
			explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the"
				.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
			tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes',
		},
		ecp = {
			description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or'
				.. ' meets the criteria for community use',
			tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}',
			alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}',
		},
		mainpage = {
			description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]',
			text = 'This file is currently'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from'
				.. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed'
				.. ' on the [[Main Page]].',
			explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high'
				.. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.'
				.. '&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:90%;"&gt;'
				.. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page,"
				.. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,'
				.. ' as appropriate.&lt;/span&gt;',
		},
		office = {
			description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation',
			text = function (protectionObj, args)
				local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the'
					.. ' scrutiny of the'
					.. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]'
					.. ' and is protected.'
				if protectionObj.protectionDate then
					ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.'
				end
				return ret
			end,
			explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and"
				.. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this"
				.. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do"
				.. " so.'''",
			image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg',
		},
		reset = {
			description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and'
				.. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version',
 			text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the'
					.. ' scrutiny of the'
					.. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]'
					.. ' and is protected.',
			explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
				local ret = ''
				if protectionObj.protectionDate then
					ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was'
				else
					ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been'
				end
				ret = ret .. ' reduced to a'
				.. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely'
				.. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of'
				.. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].'
				.. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which'
				.. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly'
				.. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while'
				.. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n'
				.. 'Any insertion of material directly from'
				.. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as'
				.. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly'
				.. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the'
				.. " same date.\n\n"
				.. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and"
				.. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override"
				.. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page,"
				.. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation"
				.. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''"

				return ret
			end,
			image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg',
		},
		sock = {
			description = 'For pages protected due to'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]',
			text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]'
				.. ' from editing it.',
			tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from'
				.. ' editing it',
		},
		template = {
			description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]'
				.. ' templates and Lua modules',
			text = 'This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},'
				.. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].',
			explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may'
				.. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if'
				.. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
				.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
				.. ' unprotected.',
			tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}'
				.. ' to prevent vandalism',
			alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}',
		},
		usertalk = {
			description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a'
				.. ' particular user',
			text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,'
				.. ' such as abusing the'
				.. ' &amp;#123;&amp;#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&amp;#125;&amp;#125; template.',
			explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to'
				.. ' make a change or leave a message, you can'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
				.. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page'
				.. '|request an edit]],'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
				.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
				.. '|request unprotection]],'
				.. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],'
				.. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
		},
		vandalism = {
			description = 'For pages protected against'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]',
			text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].',
			explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
				local ret = ''
				if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then
					ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the"
						.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. '
				end
				return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}'
			end,
			tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism',
		}
	},
	move = {
		dispute = {
			description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to'
				.. ' disputes over the page title',
			explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the"
				.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
			image = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg'
		},
		vandalism = {
			description = 'For pages protected against'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism'
				.. ' |page-move vandalism]]'
		}
	},
	autoreview = {},
	upload = {}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
--                            GENERAL DATA TABLES
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection blurbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the
-- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and
-- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
protectionBlurbs = {
	edit = {
		default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|'
			.. 'protected]] from editing',
		autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access'
			.. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered'
			.. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]',
		extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under extended confirmed protection',
	},
	move = {
		default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]'
			.. ' from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]'
	},
	autoreview = {
		default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by'
			.. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or'
			.. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]'
			.. ' users are currently'
			.. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]'
	},
	upload = {
		default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled'
	}
},


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Explanation blurbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the
-- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action,
-- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is
-- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk
-- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key
-- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key
-- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key
-- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
explanationBlurbs = {
	edit = {
		autoconfirmed = {
			subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you'
				.. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can'
				.. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
				.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
				.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
				.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
			default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you'
				.. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
				.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
				.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
				.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
		},
		extendedconfirmed = {
			default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all unregistered editors'
				.. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.'
				.. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]'
				.. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat'
				.. ' disruption, if semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.'
				.. ' Extended confirmed protection may also be applied to enforce'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|arbitration sanctions]].'
				.. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may'
				.. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for uncontroversial changes supported by'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].'
		},
		default = {
			subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
				.. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you'
				.. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it'
				.. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
				.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus'
				.. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for'
				.. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
				.. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.',
			default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
				.. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page'
				.. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an'
				.. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for'
				.. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
				.. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.'
		}
	},
	move = {
		default = {
			subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
				.. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved'
				.. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the'
				.. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
				.. ' unprotected.',
			default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
				.. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved'
				.. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
				.. ' unprotected.'
		}
	},
	autoreview = {
		default = {
			default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
				.. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users'
				.. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by'
				.. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be'
				.. ' reviewed, you may'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
				.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
				.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
				.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].'
		},
	},
	upload = {
		default = {
			default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
				.. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file'
				.. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can'
				.. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you'
				.. ' can  [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]'
				.. ' that the file be unprotected.'
		}
	}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection levels
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which
-- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by
-- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following
-- order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
protectionLevels = {
	edit = {
		default = 'protected',
		templateeditor = 'template-protected',
		extendedconfirmed = 'extended-protected',
		autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected',
	},
	move = {
		default = 'move-protected'
	},
	autoreview = {
	},
	upload = {
		default = 'upload-protected'
	}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Images
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and
-- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the
-- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using
-- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
images = {
	edit = {
		default = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg',
		templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg',
		extendedconfirmed = 'Extended-protection-shackle.svg',
		autoconfirmed = 'Semi-protection-shackle.svg'
	},
	move = {
		default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg',
	},
	autoreview = {
		default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg'
	},
	upload = {
		default = 'Upload-protection-shackle.svg'
	}
},

-- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef"
-- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set.
indefImageReasons = {
	template = true
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Image links
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets
-- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action
-- and protection level. It is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
imageLinks = {
	edit = {
		default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full',
		templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template',
		extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended',
		autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi'
	},
	move = {
		default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move'
	},
	autoreview = {
		default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending'
	},
	upload = {
		default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload'
	}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Padlock indicator names
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the "name" attribute for the &lt;indicator&gt; extension tag
-- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page
-- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with
-- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins.
-- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a
-- protection action name or the string "default".
padlockIndicatorNames = {
	autoreview = 'pp-autoreview',
	default = 'pp-default'
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection categories
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table.
-- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings:
--
-- 1. the expiry date
-- 2. the namespace
-- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism")
-- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed")
-- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move")
-- 
-- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to
-- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a
-- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key
-- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module
-- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It
-- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the
-- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all".
--
-- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search.
-- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values
-- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g.
-- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism").
--
--        expiry    namespace reason   level     action
-- order
-- 1      1         1         1        1         1
-- 2      0         1         1        1         1
-- 3      1         0         1        1         1
-- 4      0         0         1        1         1
-- 5      1         1         0        1         1
-- 6      0         1         0        1         1
-- 7      1         0         0        1         1
-- 8      0         0         0        1         1
-- 9      1         1         1        0         1
-- 10     0         1         1        0         1
-- 11     1         0         1        0         1
-- 12     0         0         1        0         1
-- 13     1         1         0        0         1
-- 14     0         1         0        0         1
-- 15     1         0         0        0         1
-- 16     0         0         0        0         1
-- 17     1         1         1        1         0
-- 18     0         1         1        1         0
-- 19     1         0         1        1         0
-- 20     0         0         1        1         0
-- 21     1         1         0        1         0
-- 22     0         1         0        1         0
-- 23     1         0         0        1         0
-- 24     0         0         0        1         0
-- 25     1         1         1        0         0
-- 26     0         1         1        0         0
-- 27     1         0         1        0         0
-- 28     0         0         1        0         0
-- 29     1         1         0        0         0
-- 30     0         1         0        0         0
-- 31     1         0         0        0         0
-- 32     0         0         0        0         0
--
-- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last
-- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most.
-- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are
-- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped
-- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table.
--]]

-- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table,
-- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories
-- table.
reasonsWithNamespacePriority = {
	vandalism = true,
},

-- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each
-- namespace number.
categoryNamespaceKeys = {
	[  2] = 'user',
	[  3] = 'user',
	[  4] = 'project',
	[  6] = 'file',
	[  8] = 'mediawiki',
	[ 10] = 'template',
	[ 12] = 'project',
	[ 14] = 'category',
	[100] = 'portal',
	[828] = 'module',
},

protectionCategories = {
	['all|all|all|all|all']                     = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages',
	['all|all|office|all|all']                  = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
	['all|all|reset|all|all']                   = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
	['all|all|dmca|all|all']                    = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
	['all|all|mainpage|all|all']                = 'Wikipedia fully protected main page files',
	['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all']       = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages',
	['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all']       = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages',
	['all|template|all|all|edit']               = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates',
	['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit']          = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages',
	['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit']        = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages',
	['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit']          = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people',
	['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit']         = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people',
	['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit']      = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute',
	['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit']         = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users',
	['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit']    = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism',
	['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit']     = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories',
	['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit']         = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files',
	['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit']       = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals',
	['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit']      = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages',
	['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit']         = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages',
	['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit']     = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates',
	['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit']         = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages',
	['all|all|all|templateeditor|move']         = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules',
	['all|all|all|templateeditor|edit']         = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules',
	['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit']    = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates',
	['all|template|all|templateeditor|move']    = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', -- move-protected templates
	['all|all|blp|sysop|edit']                  = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people',
	['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit']                 = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people',
	['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit']              = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute',
	['all|all|sock|sysop|edit']                 = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users',
	['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit']            = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism',
	['all|category|all|sysop|edit']             = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories',
	['all|file|all|sysop|edit']                 = 'Wikipedia fully protected files',
	['all|project|all|sysop|edit']              = 'Wikipedia fully protected project pages',
	['all|talk|all|sysop|edit']                 = 'Wikipedia fully protected talk pages',
	['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates',
	['all|template|all|sysop|edit']             = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates',
	['all|user|all|sysop|edit']                 = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages',
	['all|module|all|all|edit']                 = 'Wikipedia fully protected modules',
	['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit']      = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules',
	['all|module|all|extendedconfirmed|edit']   = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected modules',
	['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit']       = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules',
	['all|all|all|sysop|move']                  = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages',
	['indef|all|all|sysop|move']                = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages',
	['all|all|dispute|sysop|move']              = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute',
	['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move']            = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism',
	['all|portal|all|sysop|move']               = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals',
	['all|project|all|sysop|move']              = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages',
	['all|talk|all|sysop|move']                 = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages',
	['all|template|all|sysop|move']             = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates',
	['all|user|all|sysop|move']                 = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages',
	['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview']    = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages',
	['all|file|all|all|upload']                 = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files',
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Expiry category config
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection
-- action.
-- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if
--   an expiry parameter is not set.
-- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page.
-- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if:
--   1) an expiry parameter is not set, and
--   2) a reason is provided, and
--   3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck
--      table.

expiryCheckActions = {
	edit = nil,
	move = false,
	autoreview = true,
	upload = false
},

reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = {
	blp = true,
	template = true,
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Pagetypes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter.
-- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value.
pagetypes = {
	[0] = 'article',
	[6] = 'file',
	[10] = 'template',
	[14] = 'category',
	[828] = 'module',
	default = 'page'
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Strings marking indefinite protection
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page
-- is protected indefinitely.
indefStrings = {
	['indef'] = true,
	['indefinite'] = true,
	['indefinitely'] = true,
	['infinite'] = true,
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Group hierarchy
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original
-- group's page editing permissions.
hierarchy = {
	sysop = {},
	reviewer = {'sysop'},
	filemover = {'sysop'},
	templateeditor = {'sysop'},
	extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'},
	autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'},
	user = {'autoconfirmed'},
	['*'] = {'user'}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Wrapper templates and their default arguments
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their
-- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the
-- following invocation, and no other template content:
--
-- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}
--
-- If other content is desired, it can be added between
-- &lt;noinclude&gt;...&lt;/noinclude&gt; tags.
--
-- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the
-- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the
-- arguments.
wrappers = {
	['Template:Pp']                         = {},
	['Template:Pp-extended']                = {'ecp'},
	['Template:Pp-blp']                     = {'blp'},
	-- we don't need Template:Pp-create
	['Template:Pp-dispute']                 = {'dispute'},
	['Template:Pp-main-page']               = {'mainpage'},
	['Template:Pp-move']                    = {action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'},
	['Template:Pp-move-dispute']            = {'dispute', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'},
	-- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef
	['Template:Pp-move-vandalism']          = {'vandalism', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'},
	['Template:Pp-office']                  = {'office'},
	['Template:Pp-office-dmca']             = {'dmca'},
	['Template:Pp-pc']                      = {action = 'autoreview', small = true},
	['Template:Pp-pc1']                     = {action = 'autoreview', small = true},
	['Template:Pp-reset']                   = {'reset'},
	['Template:Pp-semi-indef']              = {small = true},
	['Template:Pp-sock']                    = {'sock'},
	['Template:Pp-template']                = {'template', small = true},
	['Template:Pp-upload']                  = {action = 'upload'},
	['Template:Pp-usertalk']                = {'usertalk'},
	['Template:Pp-vandalism']               = {'vandalism'},
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- 
--                                 MESSAGES
-- 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

msg = {

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Intro blurb and intro fragment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and
-- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the
-- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use
-- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.',
['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.',
['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},',
['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tooltip blurb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter.
-- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and
-- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.',
['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.',
['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},',
['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Special explanation blurb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages
-- in the MediaWiki namespace.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
	.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
	.. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you'
	.. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
	.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it'
	.. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
	.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus'
	.. '|consensus]].',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection log display values
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link
-- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log',
['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Current version display values
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine the display values for the page history link
-- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title',
['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Talk page
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced
-- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Edit requests
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced
-- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Expiry date format
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for
-- the first parameter of the #time parser function.
['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y "at" H:i e',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking categories
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs.
['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates',
['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Images
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level.
['image-filename-indef'] = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg',
['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End messages
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End configuration
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
}</text>
    <sha1>65de905227752d0a0dae145e9ad8dbe1d0087016</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Tree list/style.css</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>36</id>
  <revision>
    <id>77</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T22:00:34Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "/* {{pp-template}} */ .treeview ul { 	padding: 0; 	margin: 0; }  .treeview li { 	padding: 0; 	margin: 0; 	list-style-type: none; 	list-style-image: none; }  .treeview li li { 	background: url("https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/f/f2/Treeview-grey-line.png") no-repeat 0 -2981px; 	/* @noflip */ 	padding-left: 21px; 	text-indent: 0.3em; }  .treeview li li:last-child { 	background-position: 0 -5971px }  /* first line here deals with new situation after RemexHTML..."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="711" xml:space="preserve">/* {{pp-template}} */
.treeview ul {
	padding: 0;
	margin: 0;
}

.treeview li {
	padding: 0;
	margin: 0;
	list-style-type: none;
	list-style-image: none;
}

.treeview li li {
	background: url("https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/f/f2/Treeview-grey-line.png") no-repeat 0 -2981px;
	/* @noflip */
	padding-left: 21px;
	text-indent: 0.3em;
}

.treeview li li:last-child {
	background-position: 0 -5971px
}

/* first line here deals with new situation after RemexHTML switch,
 * where emptyline cause the first child to become the 2nd child. Such a mess
 */
.treeview li.emptyline &gt; ul &gt; .mw-empty-elt:first-child + .emptyline,
.treeview li.emptyline &gt; ul &gt; li:first-child {
	background-position: 0 9px
}</text>
    <sha1>a033cdb57b07f78781a6c065fa37884bfe489045</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Side box</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>37</id>
  <revision>
    <id>78</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T22:09:50Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {}  local function makeData(args) 	local data = {}  	-- Main table classes 	data.classes = {} 	if yesno(args.metadata) ~= false then 		table.insert(data.classes, 'metadata') 	end 	if args.position and args.position:lower() == 'left' then 		table.insert(data.classes, 'side-box-left') 	else 		table.insert(data.classes, 'side-box-right') 	end 	 	if args.collapsible then 		table.insert(data.classes, 'mw-collapsible') 		if args...."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="3691" xml:space="preserve">local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local p = {}

local function makeData(args)
	local data = {}

	-- Main table classes
	data.classes = {}
	if yesno(args.metadata) ~= false then
		table.insert(data.classes, 'metadata')
	end
	if args.position and args.position:lower() == 'left' then
		table.insert(data.classes, 'side-box-left')
	else
		table.insert(data.classes, 'side-box-right')
	end
	
	if args.collapsible then
		table.insert(data.classes, 'mw-collapsible')
		if args.collapsible == "collapsed" then
			table.insert(data.classes, 'mw-collapsed')
		end
		data.collapsible = true
	end

	table.insert(data.classes, args.class)
	
	-- Image
	if args.image and args.image ~= 'none' then
		data.image = args.image
	end
	
	-- we have to check to see if a downstream use has plainlist like
	-- Template:Sister_project. also it's the default. wikitext is :(
	if args.textclass == 'plainlist' or not args.textclass then
		data.textclass = 'plainlist'
		data.plainlist_templatestyles = 'Plainlist/styles.css'
	else
		data.textclass = args.textclass
	end

	-- Copy over data that does not need adjusting
	local argsToCopy = {
		-- aria qualities
		'role',
		'labelledby',

		-- Styles
		'style',
		'textstyle',
		'templatestyles',

		-- Above row
		'above',
		'abovestyle',

		-- Body row
		'text',
		'imageright',

		-- Below row
		'below',
	}
	for i, key in ipairs(argsToCopy) do
		data[key] = args[key]
	end

	return data
end

local function renderSidebox(data)
	-- Renders the sidebox HTML.

	-- Table root
	local root = mw.html.create('div')
	root:attr('role', data.role)
		:attr('aria-labelledby', data.labelledby)
		:addClass('side-box')
	for i, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do
		root:addClass(class)
	end
	if data.style then
		root:cssText(data.style)
	end
	
	local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
	if data.plainlist_templatestyles then
		root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{
			name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = data.plainlist_templatestyles }
		})
	end

	-- The "above" row
	if data.above then
		local above = root:newline():tag('div')
		above:addClass('side-box-abovebelow')
			:newline()
			:wikitext(data.above)
		if data.textstyle then
			above:cssText(data.textstyle)
		end
		if data.abovestyle then
			above:cssText(data.abovestyle)
		end
	end

	-- The body row
	local body = root:newline():tag('div')
		body:addClass('side-box-flex')
			:addClass(data.collapsible and 'mw-collapsible-content')
			:newline()
	if data.image then
		body:tag('div')
			:addClass('side-box-image')
			:wikitext(data.image)
	end
	local text = body:newline():tag('div')
	text:addClass('side-box-text')
		:addClass(data.textclass)
	if data.textstyle then
		text:cssText(data.textstyle)
	end
	text:wikitext(data.text)
	if data.imageright then
		body:newline():tag('div')
			:addClass('side-box-imageright')
			:wikitext(data.imageright)
	end

	-- The below row
	if data.below then
		local below = root:newline():tag('div')
		below
			:addClass('side-box-abovebelow')
			:wikitext(data.below)
		if data.textstyle then
			below:cssText(data.textstyle)
		end
	end

	root:newline()
	local templatestyles = ''
	if data.templatestyles then
		templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
			name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = data.templatestyles }
		}
	end
	return frame:extensionTag{
		name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Side box/styles.css' }
	} .. templatestyles .. tostring(root)
end

function p._main(args)
	local data = makeData(args)
	return renderSidebox(data)
end

function p.main(frame)
	local origArgs = frame:getParent().args
	local args = {}
	for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do
		v = v:match('%s*(.-)%s*$')
		if v ~= '' then
			args[k] = v
		end
	end
	return p._main(args)
end

return p</text>
    <sha1>096bef4a3721857fc16eb509a4f8d75973484485</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Infobox country</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>4</id>
  <revision>
    <id>82</id>
    <parentid>37</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T22:25:29Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1569" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="dates"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="motto"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Motto&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="anthem"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Anthem&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image3" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub3"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="capital"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Capital&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="largestcity"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Largest city&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="offlangs"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Official languages&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="reglangs"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Recognized regional languages&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="comlangs"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Other common languages&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="religion"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Religion&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="demonyms"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Demonyms&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="government"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Government&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="firstking"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;First king&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="lastking"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Last king&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="legislature"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Legislature&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="population"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Population&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="currency"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Currency&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="preceded"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Preceded by&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="suceeded"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Suceeded by&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>7b6247ec8be2589785cd6fa70f670e381143fecc</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Mangalia</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>5</id>
  <revision>
    <id>83</id>
    <parentid>38</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T22:34:11Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3188" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = '''Empire of Mangalia'''
 |nativename = Mangalelakuara ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |dates = 1973 BCE-Now
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Itsi]] (former), [[Piapao]] (former northern), [[Tsinaa]] (former southern), [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]] (current)
 |offlangs = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |comlangs = [[Laoanese Language]], [[Komishinite Language]]
 |demonyms = Mangalese
 |government = Absolute monarchy
 |firstking = [[Pailamu|Piukama Pailamu]] (2025-1973-1962 BCE)
 |lastking = [[Kauk|Piukama Kauk]] (1989-2016-Now)
 |currency = [[Amakilapulonesh]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''.

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== History ==
=== Beginning of Empire ===
Many city-states begin to gain power and establish their kingdoms. Each kingdom is ruled by a Pawa or lord/king. One of the more powerful is the City of Piapao, which starts to assimilate other kingdoms. The [[Pawa]] of Piapao, whose name was [[Pailamu]], became the first Piukama, and all the other Pawas became the first [[Pakama|Pakamas]] of the modern provinces.

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces: 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]], 2-[[Oloparunga]], 3-[[Whurawhurani]], 4-[[Tanilaparang]], 5-[[Qulaku]], 6-[[Suruniqu]], 7-[[Olobuni]], 8-[[Puna]], 9-[[Gahlani]], 10-[[Basharlakuara]], 11-[[Mawiaikan]], 12-[[Saruna]], 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]], 14-[[Babania]], 15-[[Jalapo]]]]

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Northern region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Aatsulaoparunga || Piapao || WIP
|-
| Oloparunga || Chuqatsi || WIP
|-
| Whurawhurani || Druiuna || WIP
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Central region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Tanilaparang || Uraxaalaparang || WIP
|-
| Qulaku || Lakuaralaluma || WIP
|-
| Suruniqu || Trotoni || WIP
|-
| Olobuni || Whurama || WIP
|-
| Puna || Maniaka || WIP
|-
| Gahlani || Xarii || WIP
|-
| Basharlakuara|| Suna || WIP
|-
| Mawiaikan || Talaria || WIP
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Southern region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Saruna || Huuni || WIP
|-
| Babasharhuplalakuara || Xanijana || WIP
|-
| Babania || Sira || WIP
|-
| Jalapo || Tsinaa || WIP
|}</text>
    <sha1>9cd01937484510c4c2cf097be586236f6c09d15c</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Tree list/branching</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>41</id>
  <revision>
    <id>84</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T22:37:16Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;li class="emptyline"&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt; {{Documentation|Template:Tree list/doc}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="114" xml:space="preserve">&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;li class="emptyline"&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation|Template:Tree list/doc}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>530e32b7119fdb2a9fcb93fdecf211a365e6541f</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Tree list/styles.css</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>42</id>
  <revision>
    <id>85</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T22:47:11Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "/* {{pp-template}} */ .treeview ul { 	padding: 0; 	margin: 0; }  .treeview li { 	padding: 0; 	margin: 0; 	list-style-type: none; 	list-style-image: none; }  .treeview li li { 	background: url("https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/f/f2/Treeview-grey-line.png") no-repeat 0 -2981px; 	/* @noflip */ 	padding-left: 21px; 	text-indent: 0.3em; }  .treeview li li:last-child { 	background-position: 0 -5971px }  /* first line here deals with new situation after RemexHTML..."</comment>
    <model>sanitized-css</model>
    <format>text/css</format>
    <text bytes="711" xml:space="preserve">/* {{pp-template}} */
.treeview ul {
	padding: 0;
	margin: 0;
}

.treeview li {
	padding: 0;
	margin: 0;
	list-style-type: none;
	list-style-image: none;
}

.treeview li li {
	background: url("https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/f/f2/Treeview-grey-line.png") no-repeat 0 -2981px;
	/* @noflip */
	padding-left: 21px;
	text-indent: 0.3em;
}

.treeview li li:last-child {
	background-position: 0 -5971px
}

/* first line here deals with new situation after RemexHTML switch,
 * where emptyline cause the first child to become the 2nd child. Such a mess
 */
.treeview li.emptyline &gt; ul &gt; .mw-empty-elt:first-child + .emptyline,
.treeview li.emptyline &gt; ul &gt; li:first-child {
	background-position: 0 9px
}</text>
    <sha1>a033cdb57b07f78781a6c065fa37884bfe489045</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Pp</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>43</id>
  <revision>
    <id>86</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T22:50:25Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="76" xml:space="preserve">{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>4b195ffc44cfde864ef77b55a54c006333226ced</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Documentation/styles.css</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>44</id>
  <revision>
    <id>87</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T22:52:25Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "/* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .documentation, .documentation-metadata { 	border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; 	background-color: #ecfcf4; 	clear: both; }  .documentation { 	margin: 1em 0 0 0; 	padding: 1em; }  .documentation-metadata { 	margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */     font-style: italic;     padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ }  .documentation-startbox { 	padding-bottom: 3px; 	border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; 	margin-bott..."</comment>
    <model>sanitized-css</model>
    <format>text/css</format>
    <text bytes="1050" xml:space="preserve">/* {{pp|small=yes}} */
.documentation,
.documentation-metadata {
	border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
	background-color: #ecfcf4;
	clear: both;
}

.documentation {
	margin: 1em 0 0 0;
	padding: 1em;
}

.documentation-metadata {
	margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */
    font-style: italic;
    padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */
}

.documentation-startbox {
	padding-bottom: 3px;
	border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa;
	margin-bottom: 1ex;
}

.documentation-heading {
	font-weight: bold;
	font-size: 125%;
}

.documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */
	clear: both;
}

.documentation-toolbar {
	font-style: normal;
	font-size: 85%;
}

html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation,
html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation-metadata {
    background-color: inherit;
}

@media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) {
    html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation,
    html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation-metadata {
        background-color: inherit;
    }
}</text>
    <sha1>a086e12b14e61c1254b77cddf71625c15359e806</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Piukama</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>45</id>
  <revision>
    <id>88</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T22:58:00Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".  == First Emperor ==  {{Tree list}} * Khi (2045-2022 BCE) ** Muntsa (2022-2020 BCE) ** Hup (2020-1989 BCE) *** Pailamu (1989-1962 BCE) **** Shukhi **** Hup II **** Amia {{Tree list/end}}"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="339" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

== First Emperor ==

{{Tree list}}
* Khi (2045-2022 BCE)
** Muntsa (2022-2020 BCE)
** Hup (2020-1989 BCE)
*** Pailamu (1989-1962 BCE)
**** Shukhi
**** Hup II
**** Amia
{{Tree list/end}}</text>
    <sha1>522d3c2ae28c53ac5e1e17ee859a26f8a0bcd93f</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Hidden begin</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>46</id>
  <revision>
    <id>90</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:07:48Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;templatestyles src="Template:Hidden begin/styles.css"/&gt;&lt;div class="hidden-begin mw-collapsible {{#ifeq:{{{showhide|{{{toggle}}}}}}|left|mw-collapsible-leftside-toggle}} {{#if:{{{expanded|}}}||mw-collapsed}} {{{class|}}}" style="{{#if:{{{width|}}}|width:{{{width}}};}} {{#if:{{{border|}}}|border:{{{border}}};}} {{#if:{{{bgcolor|}}}|background-color:{{{bgcolor}}};}} {{{style|}}}"&gt;&lt;!-- --&gt;&lt;div class="hidden-title skin-nightmode-reset-color" style="{{#if:{{{ta1|..."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="928" xml:space="preserve">&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;templatestyles src="Template:Hidden begin/styles.css"/&gt;&lt;div class="hidden-begin mw-collapsible {{#ifeq:{{{showhide|{{{toggle}}}}}}|left|mw-collapsible-leftside-toggle}} {{#if:{{{expanded|}}}||mw-collapsed}} {{{class|}}}" style="{{#if:{{{width|}}}|width:{{{width}}};}} {{#if:{{{border|}}}|border:{{{border}}};}} {{#if:{{{bgcolor|}}}|background-color:{{{bgcolor}}};}} {{{style|}}}"&gt;&lt;!--
--&gt;&lt;div class="hidden-title skin-nightmode-reset-color" style="{{#if:{{{ta1|}}}|text-align:{{{ta1}}};}} {{#if:{{{titlebgcolor|}}}|background-color:{{{titlebgcolor}}};}} {{{titlestyle|}}}"&gt;{{{title|{{{header|}}}}}}&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--
--&gt;&lt;div class="hidden-content mw-collapsible-content" style="{{#if:{{{ta2|}}}|text-align:{{{ta2}}};}} {{#if:{{{contentbgcolor|}}}|background-color:{{{contentbgcolor}}};}} {{{contentstyle|{{{bodystyle|}}}}}}"&gt;&lt;!--
Content added after the template
--&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>827e7bbb20cf10d19ad4c3798326207c85de69f8</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Hidden end</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>47</id>
  <revision>
    <id>91</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:08:25Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt; {{hatnote|Templates {{noredirect|Template:End hidden|End hidden}} and {{noredirect|Template:End hidden section|End hidden section}} redirect here.}} {{Documentation|Template:Hidden begin/doc}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="256" xml:space="preserve">&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{hatnote|Templates {{noredirect|Template:End hidden|End hidden}} and {{noredirect|Template:End hidden section|End hidden section}} redirect here.}}
{{Documentation|Template:Hidden begin/doc}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>6cc7eb4776ef10092d5f7d48da123117e7b430b2</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Hatnote</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>48</id>
  <revision>
    <id>92</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:09:09Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:Hatnote|hatnote}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt; &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="171" xml:space="preserve">&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:Hatnote|hatnote}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>4a1d1028d07c9056022807a96051e1c82cf2a1c7</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Hatnote</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>49</id>
  <revision>
    <id>93</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:09:59Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --                              Module:Hatnote                                -- --                                                                            -- -- This module produces hatnote links and links to related articles. It       -- -- implements the {{hatnote}} and {{format link}} meta-templates and includes -- -- helper functions for other Lua hatnote modules...."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="6037" xml:space="preserve">--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                              Module:Hatnote                                --
--                                                                            --
-- This module produces hatnote links and links to related articles. It       --
-- implements the {{hatnote}} and {{format link}} meta-templates and includes --
-- helper functions for other Lua hatnote modules.                            --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType
local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg
local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]]
local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]]
local formatLink -- lazily initialise [[Module:Format link]] ._formatLink

local p = {}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function getArgs(frame)
	-- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and
	-- blanks are removed.
	mArguments = require('Module:Arguments')
	return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true})
end

local function removeInitialColon(s)
	-- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present.
	return s:match('^:?(.*)')
end

function p.defaultClasses(inline)
	-- Provides the default hatnote classes as a space-separated string; useful
	-- for hatnote-manipulation modules like [[Module:Hatnote group]].
	return
		(inline == 1 and 'hatnote-inline' or 'hatnote') .. ' ' ..
		'navigation-not-searchable'
end

function p.disambiguate(page, disambiguator)
	-- Formats a page title with a disambiguation parenthetical,
	-- i.e. "Example" → "Example (disambiguation)".
	checkType('disambiguate', 1, page, 'string')
	checkType('disambiguate', 2, disambiguator, 'string', true)
	disambiguator = disambiguator or 'disambiguation'
	return mw.ustring.format('%s (%s)', page, disambiguator)
end

function p.findNamespaceId(link, removeColon)
	-- Finds the namespace id (namespace number) of a link or a pagename. This
	-- function will not work if the link is enclosed in double brackets. Colons
	-- are trimmed from the start of the link by default. To skip colon
	-- trimming, set the removeColon parameter to false.
	checkType('findNamespaceId', 1, link, 'string')
	checkType('findNamespaceId', 2, removeColon, 'boolean', true)
	if removeColon ~= false then
		link = removeInitialColon(link)
	end
	local namespace = link:match('^(.-):')
	if namespace then
		local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[namespace]
		if nsTable then
			return nsTable.id
		end
	end
	return 0
end

function p.makeWikitextError(msg, helpLink, addTrackingCategory, title)
	-- Formats an error message to be returned to wikitext. If
	-- addTrackingCategory is not false after being returned from
	-- [[Module:Yesno]], and if we are not on a talk page, a tracking category
	-- is added.
	checkType('makeWikitextError', 1, msg, 'string')
	checkType('makeWikitextError', 2, helpLink, 'string', true)
	yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
	title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
	-- Make the help link text.
	local helpText
	if helpLink then
		helpText = ' ([[' .. helpLink .. '|help]])'
	else
		helpText = ''
	end
	-- Make the category text.
	local category
	if not title.isTalkPage -- Don't categorise talk pages
		and title.namespace ~= 2 -- Don't categorise userspace
		and yesno(addTrackingCategory) ~= false -- Allow opting out
	then
		category = 'Hatnote templates with errors'
		category = mw.ustring.format(
			'[[%s:%s]]',
			mw.site.namespaces[14].name,
			category
		)
	else
		category = ''
	end
	return mw.ustring.format(
		'&lt;strong class="error"&gt;Error: %s%s.&lt;/strong&gt;%s',
		msg,
		helpText,
		category
	)
end

local curNs = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace
p.missingTargetCat =
	--Default missing target category, exported for use in related modules
	((curNs ==  0) or (curNs == 14)) and
	'Articles with hatnote templates targeting a nonexistent page' or nil

function p.quote(title)
	--Wraps titles in quotation marks. If the title starts/ends with a quotation
	--mark, kerns that side as with {{-'}}
	local quotationMarks = {
		["'"]=true, ['"']=true, ['“']=true, ["‘"]=true, ['”']=true, ["’"]=true
	}
	local quoteLeft, quoteRight = -- Test if start/end are quotation marks
		quotationMarks[string.sub(title,  1,  1)],
		quotationMarks[string.sub(title, -1, -1)]
	if quoteLeft or quoteRight then
		title = mw.html.create("span"):wikitext(title)
	end
	if quoteLeft  then title:css("padding-left",  "0.15em") end
	if quoteRight then title:css("padding-right", "0.15em") end
	return '"' .. tostring(title) .. '"'
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Hatnote
--
-- Produces standard hatnote text. Implements the {{hatnote}} template.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.hatnote(frame)
	local args = getArgs(frame)
	local s = args[1]
	if not s then
		return p.makeWikitextError(
			'no text specified',
			'Template:Hatnote#Errors',
			args.category
		)
	end
	return p._hatnote(s, {
		extraclasses = args.extraclasses,
		selfref = args.selfref
	})
end

function p._hatnote(s, options)
	checkType('_hatnote', 1, s, 'string')
	checkType('_hatnote', 2, options, 'table', true)
	options = options or {}
	local inline = options.inline
	local hatnote = mw.html.create(inline == 1 and 'span' or 'div')
	local extraclasses
	if type(options.extraclasses) == 'string' then
		extraclasses = options.extraclasses
	end

	hatnote
		:attr('role', 'note')
		:addClass(p.defaultClasses(inline))
		:addClass(extraclasses)
		:addClass(options.selfref and 'selfref' or nil)
		:wikitext(s)

	return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{
		name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Hatnote/styles.css' }
	} .. tostring(hatnote)
end

return p</text>
    <sha1>3ae1ed7094c5005ca0896395ec9a587287a0bef1</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:No redirect</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>50</id>
  <revision>
    <id>94</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:12:32Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;#if: {{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;#invoke:Redirect|isRedirect|{{{1}}}}} | &lt;span class="plainlinks"&gt;[{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;fullurl:{{{1}}}|redirect=no}} {{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]&lt;/span&gt; | {{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;#if:{{{2|}}}|[[:{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}|{{{2}}}]]|[[:{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}]]}} }}&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="394" xml:space="preserve">{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;#if: {{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;#invoke:Redirect|isRedirect|{{{1}}}}}
| &lt;span class="plainlinks"&gt;[{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;fullurl:{{{1}}}|redirect=no}} {{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]&lt;/span&gt;
| {{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;#if:{{{2|}}}|[[:{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}|{{{2}}}]]|[[:{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}]]}}
}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>1760035b1bed54ee08b810208ed3551b812dfe13</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Redirect</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>51</id>
  <revision>
    <id>95</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:13:01Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "-- This module provides functions for getting the target of a redirect page.  local p = {}  -- Gets a mw.title object, using pcall to avoid generating script errors if we -- are over the expensive function count limit (among other possible causes). local function getTitle(...) 	local success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) 	if success then 		return titleObj 	else 		return nil 	end end  -- Gets the name of a page that a redirect leads to, or nil if it isn't a -- redi..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="3295" xml:space="preserve">-- This module provides functions for getting the target of a redirect page.

local p = {}

-- Gets a mw.title object, using pcall to avoid generating script errors if we
-- are over the expensive function count limit (among other possible causes).
local function getTitle(...)
	local success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, ...)
	if success then
		return titleObj
	else
		return nil
	end
end

-- Gets the name of a page that a redirect leads to, or nil if it isn't a
-- redirect.
function p.getTargetFromText(text)
	local target = string.match(
		text,
		"^%s*#[Rr][Ee][Dd][Ii][Rr][Ee][Cc][Tt]%s*:?%s*%[%[([^%[%]|]-)%]%]"
	) or string.match(
		text,
		"^%s*#[Rr][Ee][Dd][Ii][Rr][Ee][Cc][Tt]%s*:?%s*%[%[([^%[%]|]-)|[^%[%]]-%]%]"
	)
	return target and mw.uri.decode(target, 'PATH')
end

-- Gets the target of a redirect. If the page specified is not a redirect,
-- returns nil.
function p.getTarget(page, fulltext)
	-- Get the title object. Both page names and title objects are allowed
	-- as input.
	local titleObj
	if type(page) == 'string' or type(page) == 'number' then
		titleObj = getTitle(page)
	elseif type(page) == 'table' and type(page.getContent) == 'function' then
		titleObj = page
	else
		error(string.format(
			"bad argument #1 to 'getTarget'"
				.. " (string, number, or title object expected, got %s)",
			type(page)
		), 2)
	end
	if not titleObj then
		return nil
	end
	local targetTitle = titleObj.redirectTarget
	if targetTitle then
		if fulltext then
			return targetTitle.fullText
		else
			return targetTitle.prefixedText
		end
	else
		return nil
	end
end

--[[
-- Given a single page name determines what page it redirects to and returns the
-- target page name, or the passed page name when not a redirect. The passed
-- page name can be given as plain text or as a page link.
--
-- Returns page name as plain text, or when the bracket parameter is given, as a
-- page link. Returns an error message when page does not exist or the redirect
-- target cannot be determined for some reason.
--]]
function p.luaMain(rname, bracket, fulltext)
	if type(rname) ~= "string" or not rname:find("%S") then
		return nil
	end
	bracket = bracket and "[[%s]]" or "%s"
	rname = rname:match("%[%[(.+)%]%]") or rname
	local target = p.getTarget(rname, fulltext)
	local ret = target or rname
	ret = getTitle(ret)
	if ret then
		if fulltext then
			ret = ret.fullText
		else
			ret = ret.prefixedText
		end
		return bracket:format(ret)
	else
		return nil
	end
end

-- Provides access to the luaMain function from wikitext.
function p.main(frame)
	local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true})
	return p.luaMain(args[1], args.bracket, args.fulltext) or ''
end

-- Returns true if the specified page is a redirect, and false otherwise.
function p.luaIsRedirect(page)
	local titleObj = getTitle(page)
	if not titleObj then
		return false
	end
	if titleObj.isRedirect then
		return true
	else
		return false
	end
end

-- Provides access to the luaIsRedirect function from wikitext, returning 'yes'
-- if the specified page is a redirect, and the blank string otherwise.
function p.isRedirect(frame)
	local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true})
	if p.luaIsRedirect(args[1]) then
		return 'yes'
	else
		return ''
	end
end

return p</text>
    <sha1>a224c45940343d66f49a78b0a39b2045e2c45d20</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Message box</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>52</id>
  <revision>
    <id>96</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:15:43Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "require('strict') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()  local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'}  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions ---------------------------------------------------------------------------..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="18677" xml:space="preserve">require('strict')
local getArgs
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()

local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration'
local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function getTitleObject(...)
	-- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall
	-- in case we are over the expensive function count limit.
	local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...)
	if success then
		return title
	end
end

local function union(t1, t2)
	-- Returns the union of two arrays.
	local vals = {}
	for i, v in ipairs(t1) do
		vals[v] = true
	end
	for i, v in ipairs(t2) do
		vals[v] = true
	end
	local ret = {}
	for k in pairs(vals) do
		table.insert(ret, k)
	end
	table.sort(ret)
	return ret
end

local function getArgNums(args, prefix)
	local nums = {}
	for k, v in pairs(args) do
		local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$')
		if num then
			table.insert(nums, tonumber(num))
		end
	end
	table.sort(nums)
	return nums
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Box class definition
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local MessageBox = {}
MessageBox.__index = MessageBox

function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg)
	args = args or {}
	local obj = {}

	-- Set the title object and the namespace.
	obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()

	-- Set the config for our box type.
	obj.cfg = cfg[boxType]
	if not obj.cfg then
		local ns = obj.title.namespace
		-- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input
		if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then
			-- implement demospace parameter of mbox
			local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace)
			if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then
				-- use template from DEMOSPACES
				obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]]
			elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then
				-- demo as a talk page
				obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox
			else
				-- default to ombox
				obj.cfg = cfg.ombox
			end
		elseif ns == 0 then
			obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace
		elseif ns == 6 then
			obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace
		elseif ns == 14 then
			obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace
		else
			local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns]
			if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then
				obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace
			else
				obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input
			end
		end
	end

	-- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones
	-- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams.
	do
		local newArgs = {}
		for k, v in pairs(args) do
			if v ~= '' then
				newArgs[k] = v
			end
		end
		for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do
			newArgs[param] = args[param]
		end
		obj.args = newArgs
	end

	-- Define internal data structure.
	obj.categories = {}
	obj.classes = {}
	-- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]].
	obj.hasCategories = false

	return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox)
end

function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort)
	if not cat then
		return nil
	end
	if sort then
		cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort)
	else
		cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat)
	end
	self.hasCategories = true
	self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {}
	table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat)
end

function MessageBox:addClass(class)
	if not class then
		return nil
	end
	table.insert(self.classes, class)
end

function MessageBox:setParameters()
	local args = self.args
	local cfg = self.cfg

	-- Get type data.
	self.type = args.type
	local typeData = cfg.types[self.type]
	self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError
		and self.type
		and not typeData
	typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default]
	self.typeClass = typeData.class
	self.typeImage = typeData.image
	self.typeImageNeedsLink = typeData.imageNeedsLink

	-- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted.
	self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST'

	-- Find whether we are using a small message box.
	self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and (
		cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam
		or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small)
	)

	-- Add attributes, classes and styles.
	self.id = args.id
	self.name = args.name
	if self.name then
		self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_'))
	end
	if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then
		self:addClass('plainlinks')
	end
	for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do
		self:addClass(class)
	end
	if self.isSmall then
		self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small')
	end
	self:addClass(self.typeClass)
	self:addClass(args.class)
	self.style = args.style
	self.attrs = args.attrs

	-- Set text style.
	self.textstyle = args.textstyle

	-- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only
	-- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory
	-- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set.
	self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields
	if self.useCollapsibleTextFields
		or cfg.templateCategory
		and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName
	then
		if self.name then
			local templateName = mw.ustring.match(
				self.name,
				'^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$'
			) or self.name
			templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName
			self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName)
		end
		self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle
			and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle)
	end
	
	-- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only
	-- used in {{ambox}}.
	if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then
		-- Get the self.issue value.
		if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then
			self.issue = args.smalltext
		else
			local sect
			if args.sect == '' then
				sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page')
			elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then
				sect = 'This ' .. args.sect
			end
			local issue = args.issue
			issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil
			local text = args.text
			text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil
			local issues = {}
			table.insert(issues, sect)
			table.insert(issues, issue)
			table.insert(issues, text)
			self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ')
		end

		-- Get the self.talk value.
		local talk = args.talk
		-- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk
		-- parameter is blank.
		if talk == ''
			and self.templateTitle
			and (
				mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title)
				or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle)
			)
		then
			talk = '#'
		elseif talk == '' then
			talk = nil
		end
		if talk then
			-- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else
			-- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk
			-- page of the current page with that section heading.
			local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk)
			local talkArgIsTalkPage = true
			if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then
				talkArgIsTalkPage = false
				talkTitle = getTitleObject(
					self.title.text,
					mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id
				)
			end
			if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then
                local talkText
                if self.isSmall then
                    local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk)
                    talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink)
                else
                    talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on'
                    if talkArgIsTalkPage then
                        talkText = string.format(
                            '%s [[%s|%s]].',
                            talkText,
                            talk,
                            talkTitle.prefixedText
                        )
                    else
                        talkText = string.format(
                            '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].',
                            talkText,
                            talkTitle.prefixedText,
                            talk
                        )
                    end
                end
				self.talk = talkText
			end
		end

		-- Get other values.
		self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil
		local date
		if args.date and args.date ~= '' then
			date = args.date
		elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then
			date = lang:formatDate('F Y')
		end
		if date then
			self.date = string.format(" &lt;span class='date-container'&gt;&lt;i&gt;(&lt;span class='date'&gt;%s&lt;/span&gt;)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;", date)
		end
		self.info = args.info
		if yesno(args.removalnotice) then
			self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice
		end
	end

	-- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box
	-- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes.
	if self.isSmall then
		self.text = args.smalltext or args.text
	else
		self.text = args.text
	end

	-- Set the below row.
	self.below = cfg.below and args.below

	-- General image settings.
	self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv
	self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell

	-- Left image settings.
	local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image
	if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none'
		or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none'
	then
		self.imageLeft = imageLeft
		if not imageLeft then
			local imageSize = self.isSmall
				and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px')
				or '40x40px'
			self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s%s|alt=]]', self.typeImage
				or 'Information icon4.svg', imageSize, self.typeImageNeedsLink and "" or "|link=" )
		end
	end

	-- Right image settings.
	local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright
	if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then
		self.imageRight = imageRight
	end
	
	-- set templatestyles
	self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles
	self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles
end

function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories()
	local args = self.args
	local cfg = self.cfg

	if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then
		return nil
	end

	local nums = {}
	for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do
		args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix]
		nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix))
	end

	-- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}.
	local date = args.date
	date = type(date) == 'string' and date
	local preposition = 'from'
	for _, num in ipairs(nums) do
		local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)]
			or args['category' .. tostring(num)]
		local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)]
		mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat
		allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat
		if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then
			local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date)
			self:addCat(0, catTitle)
			catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle)
			if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then
				self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template')
			end
		elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then
			self:addCat(0, mainCat)
		end
		if allCat then
			self:addCat(0, allCat)
		end
	end
end

function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories()
	local args = self.args
	local cfg = self.cfg

	-- Add template categories.
	if cfg.templateCategory then
		if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then
			if self.isTemplatePage then
				self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory)
			end
		elseif not self.title.isSubpage then
			self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory)
		end
	end

	-- Add template error categories.
	if cfg.templateErrorCategory then
		local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory
		local templateCat, templateSort
		if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then
			templateCat = templateErrorCategory
		elseif self.isTemplatePage then
			local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {}
			local count = 0
			for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do
				if not args[param] then
					count = count + 1
				end
			end
			if count &gt; 0 then
				templateCat = templateErrorCategory
				templateSort = tostring(count)
			end
			if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums &gt; 0 then
				templateCat = templateErrorCategory
				templateSort = 'C'
			end
		end
		self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort)
	end
end

function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories()
	-- Set categories for all namespaces.
	if self.invalidTypeError then
		local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText
		self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort)
	end
	if self.isSubstituted then
		self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates')
	end
end

function MessageBox:setCategories()
	if self.title.namespace == 0 then
		self:setMainspaceCategories()
	elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then
		self:setTemplateCategories()
	end
	self:setAllNamespaceCategories()
end

function MessageBox:renderCategories()
	if not self.hasCategories then
		-- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so,
		-- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string.
		-- So we shortcut and return the empty string.
		return ""
	end
	-- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through
	-- [[Module:Category handler]].
	return require('Module:Category handler')._main{
		main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}),
		template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}),
		all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}),
		nocat = self.args.nocat,
		page = self.args.page
	}
end

function MessageBox:export()
	local root = mw.html.create()

	-- Add the subst check error.
	if self.isSubstituted and self.name then
		root:tag('b')
			:addClass('error')
			:wikitext(string.format(
				'Template &lt;code&gt;%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s&lt;/code&gt; has been incorrectly substituted.',
				mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}')
			))
	end

	local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
	root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{
		name = 'templatestyles',
		args = { src = self.base_templatestyles },
	})
	-- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as
	-- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we
	-- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places
	if self.templatestyles then
		root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{
			name = 'templatestyles',
			args = { src = self.templatestyles },
		})
	end

	-- Create the box table.
	local boxTable = root:tag('table')
	boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil)
	for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do
		boxTable:addClass(class or nil)
	end
	boxTable
		:cssText(self.style or nil)
		:attr('role', 'presentation')

	if self.attrs then
		boxTable:attr(self.attrs)
	end

	-- Add the left-hand image.
	local row = boxTable:tag('tr')
	if self.imageLeft then
		local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image')
		if self.imageCellDiv then
			-- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image
			-- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the
			-- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that,
			-- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems.
			imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div')
		end
		imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil)
	elseif self.imageEmptyCell then
		-- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and
		-- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are
		-- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width
		-- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width."
		row:tag('td')
			:addClass('mbox-empty-cell')
	end

	-- Add the text.
	local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text')
	if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then
		-- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be
		-- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this.
		textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
		local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div')
		textCellDiv
			:addClass('mbox-text-span')
			:wikitext(self.issue or nil)
		if (self.talk or self.fix) then
			textCellDiv:tag('span')
				:addClass('hide-when-compact')
				:wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil)
				:wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil)
		end
		textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil)
		if self.info and not self.isSmall then
			textCellDiv
				:tag('span')
				:addClass('hide-when-compact')
				:wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil)
		end
		if self.removalNotice then
			textCellDiv:tag('span')
				:addClass('hide-when-compact')
				:tag('i')
					:wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice))
		end
	else
		-- Default text formatting - anything goes.
		textCell
			:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
			:wikitext(self.text or nil)
	end

	-- Add the right-hand image.
	if self.imageRight then
		local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright')
		if self.imageCellDiv then
			-- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image
			-- is inside it.
			imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div')
		end
		imageRightCell
			:wikitext(self.imageRight or nil)
	end

	-- Add the below row.
	if self.below then
		boxTable:tag('tr')
			:tag('td')
				:attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2')
				:addClass('mbox-text')
				:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
				:wikitext(self.below or nil)
	end

	-- Add error message for invalid type parameters.
	if self.invalidTypeError then
		root:tag('div')
			:addClass('mbox-invalid-type')
			:wikitext(string.format(
				'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.',
				self.type or ''
			))
	end

	-- Add categories.
	root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil)

	return tostring(root)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exports
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local p, mt = {}, {}

function p._exportClasses()
	-- For testing.
	return {
		MessageBox = MessageBox
	}
end

function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables)
	local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE))
	box:setParameters()
	box:setCategories()
	return box:export()
end

function mt.__index(t, k)
	return function (frame)
		if not getArgs then
			getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
		end
		return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false}))
	end
end

return setmetatable(p, mt)</text>
    <sha1>f2fb84f7b817d2d88747f57c40902a0d8be8158a</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Message box/configuration</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>53</id>
  <revision>
    <id>97</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:16:40Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --                          Message box configuration                         -- --                                                                            -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]].        -- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  return { 	ambox = { 		types = { 			speedy = { 				class = 'ambox-spee..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="6546" xml:space="preserve">--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                          Message box configuration                         --
--                                                                            --
-- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]].        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

return {
	ambox = {
		types = {
			speedy = {
				class = 'ambox-speedy',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			delete = {
				class = 'ambox-delete',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			content = {
				class = 'ambox-content',
				image = 'Ambox important.svg'
			},
			style = {
				class = 'ambox-style',
				image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
			},
			move = {
				class = 'ambox-move',
				image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
			},
			protection = {
				class = 'ambox-protection',
				image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
			},
			notice = {
				class = 'ambox-notice',
				image = 'Information icon4.svg'
			}
		},
		default                     = 'notice',
		allowBlankParams            = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'},
		allowSmall                  = true,
		smallParam                  = 'left',
		smallClass                  = 'mbox-small-left',
		substCheck                  = true,
		classes                     = {'metadata', 'ambox'},
		imageEmptyCell              = true,
		imageCheckBlank             = true,
		imageSmallSize              = '20x20px',
		imageCellDiv                = true,
		useCollapsibleTextFields    = true,
		imageRightNone              = true,
		sectionDefault              = 'article',
		allowMainspaceCategories    = true,
		templateCategory            = 'Article message templates',
	        templateCategoryRequireName = true,
		templateErrorCategory       = 'Article message templates with missing parameters',
		templateErrorParamsToCheck  = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'},
		removalNotice               = '&lt;small&gt;[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this message]]&lt;/small&gt;',
		templatestyles              = 'Module:Message box/ambox.css'
	},
	
	cmbox = {
		types = {
			speedy = {
				class = 'cmbox-speedy',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			delete = {
				class = 'cmbox-delete',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			content = {
				class = 'cmbox-content',
				image = 'Ambox important.svg'
			},
			style = {
				class = 'cmbox-style',
				image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
			},
			move = {
				class = 'cmbox-move',
				image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
			},
			protection = {
				class = 'cmbox-protection',
				image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
			},
			notice = {
				class = 'cmbox-notice',
				image = 'Information icon4.svg'
			}
		},
		default              = 'notice',
		showInvalidTypeError = true,
		classes              = {'cmbox'},
		imageEmptyCell       = true,
		templatestyles       = 'Module:Message box/cmbox.css'
	},
	
	fmbox = {
		types = {
			warning = {
				class = 'fmbox-warning',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			editnotice = {
				class = 'fmbox-editnotice',
				image = 'Information icon4.svg'
			},
			system = {
				class = 'fmbox-system',
				image = 'Information icon4.svg'
			}
		},
		default              = 'system',
		showInvalidTypeError = true,
		classes              = {'fmbox'},
		imageEmptyCell       = false,
		imageRightNone       = false,
		templatestyles       = 'Module:Message box/fmbox.css'
	},
	
	imbox = {
		types = {
			speedy = {
				class = 'imbox-speedy',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			delete = {
				class = 'imbox-delete',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			content = {
				class = 'imbox-content',
				image = 'Ambox important.svg'
			},
			style = {
				class = 'imbox-style',
				image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
			},
			move = {
				class = 'imbox-move',
				image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
			},
			protection = {
				class = 'imbox-protection',
				image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
			},
			license = {
				class = 'imbox-license licensetpl',
				image = 'Imbox-license.svg'
			},
			["license-related"] = {
				class = 'imbox-license',
				image = 'Imbox-license.svg'
			},
			featured = {
				class = 'imbox-featured',
				image = 'Cscr-featured.svg',
				imageNeedsLink = true
			},
			notice = {
				class = 'imbox-notice',
				image = 'Information icon4.svg'
			}
		},
		default              = 'notice',
		showInvalidTypeError = true,
		classes              = {'imbox'},
		imageEmptyCell       = true,
		below                = true,
		templateCategory     = 'File message boxes',
		templatestyles       = 'Module:Message box/imbox.css'
	},
	
	ombox = {
		types = {
			speedy = {
				class = 'ombox-speedy',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			delete = {
				class = 'ombox-delete',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			content = {
				class = 'ombox-content',
				image = 'Ambox important.svg'
			},
			style = {
				class = 'ombox-style',
				image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
			},
			move = {
				class = 'ombox-move',
				image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
			},
			protection = {
				class = 'ombox-protection',
				image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
			},
			notice = {
				class = 'ombox-notice',
				image = 'Information icon4.svg'
			}
		},
		default              = 'notice',
		showInvalidTypeError = true,
		classes              = {'ombox'},
		allowSmall           = true,
		imageEmptyCell       = true,
		imageRightNone       = true,
		templatestyles       = 'Module:Message box/ombox.css'
	},
	
	tmbox = {
		types = {
			speedy = {
				class = 'tmbox-speedy',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			delete = {
				class = 'tmbox-delete',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			content = {
				class = 'tmbox-content',
				image = 'Ambox important.svg'
			},
			style = {
				class = 'tmbox-style',
				image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
			},
			move = {
				class = 'tmbox-move',
				image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
			},
			protection = {
				class = 'tmbox-protection',
				image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
			},
			notice = {
				class = 'tmbox-notice',
				image = 'Information icon4.svg'
			}
		},
		default              = 'notice',
		showInvalidTypeError = true,
		classes              = {'tmbox'},
		allowSmall           = true,
		imageRightNone       = true,
		imageEmptyCell       = true,
		templateCategory     = 'Talk message boxes',
		templatestyles       = 'Module:Message box/tmbox.css'
	}
}</text>
    <sha1>49dc54b386118c78d3d31440487ab56706e40048</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Message box/ombox.css</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>54</id>
  <revision>
    <id>98</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:17:35Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "/* {{pp|small=y}} */ .ombox { 	margin: 4px 0; 	border-collapse: collapse; 	border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;    /* Default "notice" gray */ 	background-color: #f8f9fa; 	box-sizing: border-box; 	color: #202122; }  /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { 	font-size: 88%; 	line-height: 1.25em; }  .ombox-speedy { 	border: 2px solid #b32424;    /* Red */ 	background-color: #fee7e6;    /* Pink */ }  .ombox-delete { 	border: 2px solid #b32424;    /* Red */ }  .ombox-cont..."</comment>
    <model>sanitized-css</model>
    <format>text/css</format>
    <text bytes="1378" xml:space="preserve">/* {{pp|small=y}} */
.ombox {
	margin: 4px 0;
	border-collapse: collapse;
	border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;    /* Default "notice" gray */
	background-color: #f8f9fa;
	box-sizing: border-box;
	color: #202122;
}

/* For the "small=yes" option. */
.ombox.mbox-small {
	font-size: 88%;
	line-height: 1.25em;
}

.ombox-speedy {
	border: 2px solid #b32424;    /* Red */
	background-color: #fee7e6;    /* Pink */
}

.ombox-delete {
	border: 2px solid #b32424;    /* Red */
}

.ombox-content {
	border: 1px solid #f28500;    /* Orange */
}

.ombox-style {
	border: 1px solid #fc3;       /* Yellow */
}

.ombox-move {
	border: 1px solid #9932cc;    /* Purple */
}

.ombox-protection {
	border: 2px solid #a2a9b1;    /* Gray-gold */
}

.ombox .mbox-text {
	border: none;
	/* @noflip */
	padding: 0.25em 0.9em;
	width: 100%;
}

.ombox .mbox-image {
	border: none;
	/* @noflip */
	padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em;
	text-align: center;
}

.ombox .mbox-imageright {
	border: none;
	/* @noflip */
	padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0;
	text-align: center;
}

/* An empty narrow cell */
.ombox .mbox-empty-cell {
	border: none;
	padding: 0;
	width: 1px;
}

.ombox .mbox-invalid-type {
	text-align: center;
}

@media (min-width: 720px) {
	.ombox {
		margin: 4px 10%;
	}
	
	.ombox.mbox-small {
		/* @noflip */
		clear: right;
		/* @noflip */
		float: right;
		/* @noflip */
		margin: 4px 0 4px 1em;
		width: 238px;
	}
}</text>
    <sha1>51da8e3a249d31a9cc20677c28206961500c2430</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Mbox</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>55</id>
  <revision>
    <id>99</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:17:43Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --&gt; &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="153" xml:space="preserve">{{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>5bfb2becf8bed35974b47e3ff8660dc14bee40c7</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Cat</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>56</id>
  <revision>
    <id>100</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:18:23Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "[[:Category:{{PAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}]]&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="76" xml:space="preserve">[[:Category:{{PAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}]]&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>1bc496e43140b2151295691ec72e6d251bb0b6cb</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Talk other</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>57</id>
  <revision>
    <id>101</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:19:02Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#switch:   &lt;!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--&gt;   {{#if:{{{demospace|}}}    | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }}    &lt;!--Use lower case "demospace"--&gt;   | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{TALKSPACE}}     | talk     | other     }}    }} | talk     = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}&lt;!--End switch--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="360" xml:space="preserve">{{#switch:
  &lt;!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--&gt;
  {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} 
  | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }}    &lt;!--Use lower case "demospace"--&gt;
  | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{TALKSPACE}}
    | talk
    | other
    }} 
  }}
| talk     = {{{1|}}}
| other
| #default = {{{2|}}}
}}&lt;!--End switch--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>a8a973e372c5984a59953eb0cb4767a03dc6cd3c</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Rcat shell</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>58</id>
  <revision>
    <id>102</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:19:24Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "__NONEWSECTIONLINK__{{Mbox | name  = Redirect category shell | type  = move  | image = none | style = margin-top: 1.1em; border: solid 1px darkblue; border-left-width: 0.5em; | textstyle = padding-top: 0.9em; padding-bottom: 0.9em; | text  = '''This {{Talk other|talk page|page}} is a [[Wikipedia:Redirect|redirect]]. &lt;small&gt;The following [[Wikipedia:Categorizing redirects|categories]] are used to track and monitor this redirect:&lt;/small&gt;'''{{#if:{{{h|}}}  |:: ''{{{h}}}''..."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="2408" xml:space="preserve">__NONEWSECTIONLINK__{{Mbox
| name  = Redirect category shell
| type  = move 
| image = none
| style = margin-top: 1.1em; border: solid 1px darkblue; border-left-width: 0.5em;
| textstyle = padding-top: 0.9em; padding-bottom: 0.9em;
| text  = '''This {{Talk other|talk page|page}} is a [[Wikipedia:Redirect|redirect]]. &lt;small&gt;The following [[Wikipedia:Categorizing redirects|categories]] are used to track and monitor this redirect:&lt;/small&gt;'''{{#if:{{{h|}}}
 |:: ''{{{h}}}''
 }}&lt;!--
  Automatically detect protected redirects:
--&gt;&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#switch: {{PROTECTIONLEVEL:move}}
   |sysop|templateeditor|extendedconfirmed={{pp-move|small=yes}}
 }}{{#switch: {{PROTECTIONLEVEL:edit}}
   |sysop={{pp-protected|small=yes}}{{R fully-protected|embed=yes}}
   |templateeditor={{pp-protected|small=yes}}{{R template protected|embed=yes}}
   |extendedconfirmed={{pp-protected|small=yes}}{{R extended-protected|embed=yes}}
   |autoconfirmed={{pp-protected|small=yes}}{{R semi-protected|embed=yes}}
   | &lt;!--Not protected, or only semi-move-protected--&gt;
 }}&lt;/includeonly&gt;{{#if: {{{1|}}}||&lt;includeonly&gt;
* {{red|'''Important – Please Read! {{maroon|This template should {{em|not}} be applied without parameters by bot nor by any automated or semi-automated process. It should {{em|not}} be used without parameters {{em|unless you want to learn how to categorize redirects}}. For editors who want to learn how to categorize redirects, this template is a {{em|learning tool}}. {{em|Only}} those editors who intend to return to the redirect to learn which rcats to use should apply this template without parameters, or with an empty first parameter!}}'''}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;
* '''Manifold sort''':  If help is needed to determine appropriate categories, then this redirect populates '''{{Cat|Miscellaneous redirects}}'''.  Monitors of that category will check this redirect and add or remove [[Wikipedia:Categorizing redirects|rcats]] as needed.{{#ifeq: {{lc:{{{nocat|false}}}}} | false |{{{category|&lt;includeonly&gt;[[Category:Miscellaneous redirects]]&lt;/includeonly&gt;}}}}}
}}
{{#if: {{{2|}}}|{{{2}}}|{{{1|}}}}}{{#if: {{{1|}}}{{{2|}}}||{{#ifeq: {{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Redirect category shell||[[Category:Redirect category shell without parameters]]}}}}
''&lt;small&gt;When appropriate, [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|protection levels]] are automatically sensed, described and categorized.&lt;/small&gt;''
}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>9fc97beec25c6dd7f5ccd95f748cdf13972d4c3b</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Module:Hatnote/styles.css</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>59</id>
  <revision>
    <id>103</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:20:20Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "/* {{pp|small=y}} */ .hatnote { 	font-style: italic; }  /* Limit structure CSS to divs because of [[Module:Hatnote inline]] */ div.hatnote { 	/* @noflip */ 	padding-left: 1.6em; 	margin-bottom: 0.5em; }  .hatnote i { 	font-style: normal; }  /* The templatestyles element inserts a link element before hatnotes.  * TODO: Remove link if/when WMF resolves T200206 */ .hatnote + link + .hatnote { 	margin-top: -0.5em; }"</comment>
    <model>sanitized-css</model>
    <format>text/css</format>
    <text bytes="415" xml:space="preserve">/* {{pp|small=y}} */
.hatnote {
	font-style: italic;
}

/* Limit structure CSS to divs because of [[Module:Hatnote inline]] */
div.hatnote {
	/* @noflip */
	padding-left: 1.6em;
	margin-bottom: 0.5em;
}

.hatnote i {
	font-style: normal;
}

/* The templatestyles element inserts a link element before hatnotes.
 * TODO: Remove link if/when WMF resolves T200206 */
.hatnote + link + .hatnote {
	margin-top: -0.5em;
}</text>
    <sha1>44680ffd6e888866df2cdfa0341af9c7b97da94c</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511203407|52">
  <title>Template:Noredirect</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>60</id>
  <revision>
    <id>104</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:21:03Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;#if: {{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;#invoke:Redirect|isRedirect|{{{1}}}}} | &lt;span class="plainlinks"&gt;[{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;fullurl:{{{1}}}|redirect=no}} {{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]&lt;/span&gt; | {{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;#if:{{{2|}}}|[[:{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}|{{{2}}}]]|[[:{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}]]}} }}&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="394" xml:space="preserve">{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;#if: {{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;#invoke:Redirect|isRedirect|{{{1}}}}}
| &lt;span class="plainlinks"&gt;[{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;fullurl:{{{1}}}|redirect=no}} {{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]&lt;/span&gt;
| {{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;#if:{{{2|}}}|[[:{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}|{{{2}}}]]|[[:{{safesubst:&lt;noinclude/&gt;FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}]]}}
}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>1760035b1bed54ee08b810208ed3551b812dfe13</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:End hidden</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>61</id>
  <revision>
    <id>105</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:22:12Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt; {{hatnote|Templates {{noredirect|Template:End hidden|End hidden}} and {{noredirect|Template:End hidden section|End hidden section}} redirect here.}} {{Documentation|Template:Hidden begin/doc}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="256" xml:space="preserve">&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{hatnote|Templates {{noredirect|Template:End hidden|End hidden}} and {{noredirect|Template:End hidden section|End hidden section}} redirect here.}}
{{Documentation|Template:Hidden begin/doc}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>6cc7eb4776ef10092d5f7d48da123117e7b430b2</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:Hidden begin/styles.css</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>62</id>
  <revision>
    <id>106</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:22:59Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "/* {{pp-template}} */ .hidden-begin { 	box-sizing: border-box; 	width: 100%; 	padding: 5px; 	border: none; 	font-size: 95%; }  .hidden-title { 	font-weight: bold; 	line-height: 1.6; 	text-align: left; }  .hidden-content { 	text-align: left; }  /* [[phab:T360582]] */ @media all and ( max-width: 500px ) {   .hidden-begin {     width: auto !important;     clear: none  !important;     float: none !important;   } }"</comment>
    <model>sanitized-css</model>
    <format>text/css</format>
    <text bytes="413" xml:space="preserve">/* {{pp-template}} */
.hidden-begin {
	box-sizing: border-box;
	width: 100%;
	padding: 5px;
	border: none;
	font-size: 95%;
}

.hidden-title {
	font-weight: bold;
	line-height: 1.6;
	text-align: left;
}

.hidden-content {
	text-align: left;
}

/* [[phab:T360582]] */
@media all and ( max-width: 500px ) {
  .hidden-begin {
    width: auto !important;
    clear: none  !important;
    float: none !important;
  }
}</text>
    <sha1>5e8fdfe60dfb642d37ef0a54e1d25523b565ac11</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Mangalic Language Family</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>63</id>
  <revision>
    <id>107</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:43:43Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "The Mangalic languages are a group of languages spoken mainly by the inhabitants of the Western island of [[Mangalitia]].  == Mangalic family tree == {{Tree list|title=Mangalic family}} * [[Proto-Mangalic]] ** Western Mangalic *** Balopoan of Biatuna **** Central Balopoan languages ***** Möna ***** Ra'i ****** Mi ***** T'umpa ****** Pants ****** Rhiani *** Kaonese *** Western Balopoan languages **** Bami ***** Muk **** Chòn'ý ** Eastern Mangalic *** Ancient Mangalese..."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="657" xml:space="preserve">The Mangalic languages are a group of languages spoken mainly by the inhabitants of the Western island of [[Mangalitia]].

== Mangalic family tree ==
{{Tree list|title=Mangalic family}}
* [[Proto-Mangalic]]
** Western Mangalic
*** Balopoan of Biatuna
**** Central Balopoan languages
***** Möna
***** Ra'i
****** Mi
***** T'umpa
****** Pants
****** Rhiani
*** Kaonese
*** Western Balopoan languages
**** Bami
***** Muk
**** Chòn'ý
** Eastern Mangalic
*** Ancient Mangalese
**** [[Mangalese]]
***** Northern Dialects
***** Southern Dialects
*** Ancient Laoanese
**** Laoanese continuum
***** Kimiatsio Laoanese
***** Marean
***** Apaxo†
{{Tree list/end}}</text>
    <sha1>d1b610170180d49eec5dad1fc6ac8465f37e1a0d</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Piukama</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>45</id>
  <revision>
    <id>108</id>
    <parentid>88</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-11T23:47:08Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="432" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

== First Emperor ==

{{Tree list}}
* Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
*** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}

{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi
** Hup II
** Amia
{{Tree list/end}}</text>
    <sha1>fe01112b5f007f81d519677709be413e76e251cd</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Module:Side box/styles.css</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>64</id>
  <revision>
    <id>109</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:22:36Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "/* {{pp|small=y}} */ .side-box { 	margin: 4px 0; 	box-sizing: border-box; 	border: 1px solid #aaa; 	font-size: 88%; 	line-height: 1.25em; 	background-color: #f9f9f9;     display: flow-root; }  .side-box-abovebelow, .side-box-text { 	padding: 0.25em 0.9em; }  .side-box-image { 	/* @noflip */ 	padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; 	text-align: center; }  .side-box-imageright { 	/* @noflip */ 	padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; 	text-align: center; }  /* roughly the skin's sidebar + size of sid..."</comment>
    <model>sanitized-css</model>
    <format>text/css</format>
    <text bytes="1049" xml:space="preserve">/* {{pp|small=y}} */
.side-box {
	margin: 4px 0;
	box-sizing: border-box;
	border: 1px solid #aaa;
	font-size: 88%;
	line-height: 1.25em;
	background-color: #f9f9f9;
    display: flow-root;
}

.side-box-abovebelow,
.side-box-text {
	padding: 0.25em 0.9em;
}

.side-box-image {
	/* @noflip */
	padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em;
	text-align: center;
}

.side-box-imageright {
	/* @noflip */
	padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0;
	text-align: center;
}

/* roughly the skin's sidebar + size of side box */
@media (min-width: 500px) {
	.side-box-flex {
		display: flex;
		align-items: center;
	}
	
	.side-box-text {
		flex: 1;
		min-width: 0;
	}
}

@media (min-width: 720px) {
	.side-box {
		width: 238px;
	}
	
	.side-box-right {
		/* @noflip */
		clear: right;
		/* @noflip */
		float: right;
		/* @noflip */
		margin-left: 1em;
	}
	
	/* derives from mbox classes, which do not float left in mbox-small-left
	 * so far as I can tell, that was a deliberate decision, since only .ambox
	 * supports mbox-left
	 */
	.side-box-left {
		/* @noflip */
		margin-right: 1em;
	}
}</text>
    <sha1>f3c24b817d80a66d283d974906aa851ac4768517</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:Plainlist/styles.css</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>65</id>
  <revision>
    <id>110</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:23:17Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "/* {{pp-template|small=yes}} */ .plainlist ol, .plainlist ul { 	line-height: inherit; 	list-style: none; 	margin: 0; 	padding: 0; /* Reset Minerva default */ }  .plainlist ol li, .plainlist ul li { 	margin-bottom: 0; }"</comment>
    <model>sanitized-css</model>
    <format>text/css</format>
    <text bytes="218" xml:space="preserve">/* {{pp-template|small=yes}} */
.plainlist ol,
.plainlist ul {
	line-height: inherit;
	list-style: none;
	margin: 0;
	padding: 0; /* Reset Minerva default */
}

.plainlist ol li,
.plainlist ul li {
	margin-bottom: 0;
}</text>
    <sha1>51706efa229ff8794c0d94f260a208e7c5e6ec30</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:Side box</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>66</id>
  <revision>
    <id>111</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:23:31Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#invoke:Side box|main}}&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt; &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="142" xml:space="preserve">{{#invoke:Side box|main}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>f02d48c7bd2f7bc64e2982d16b3578c99137d27e</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:Sister project</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>67</id>
  <revision>
    <id>112</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:24:16Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{Side box | metadata=no | position = {{{position|}}} | image    =    {{#switch: {{{image|}}}   | none =    &lt;!-- "image=none", do nothing --&gt;   |      =    &lt;!-- No image fed, select an image --&gt;     File:{{#switch: {{lc: {{{project|}}} }}     | commons|c              = Commons-logo.svg     | meta|metawiki|m        = Wikimedia Community Logo.svg     | wikibooks|wbk|wb|b     = Wikibooks-logo-en-noslogan.svg     | wikidata|data          = Wikidata-logo.svg     | wikiquote..."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1539" xml:space="preserve">{{Side box
| metadata=no
| position = {{{position|}}}
| image    = 
  {{#switch: {{{image|}}}
  | none =    &lt;!-- "image=none", do nothing --&gt;
  |      =    &lt;!-- No image fed, select an image --&gt;
    [[File:{{#switch: {{lc: {{{project|}}} }}
    | commons|c              = Commons-logo.svg
    | meta|metawiki|m        = Wikimedia Community Logo.svg
    | wikibooks|wbk|wb|b     = Wikibooks-logo-en-noslogan.svg
    | wikidata|data          = Wikidata-logo.svg
    | wikiquote|quote|wqt|q  = Wikiquote-logo.svg
    | wikipedia|wp|w|iw      = Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg
    | wikisource|source|ws|s = Wikisource-logo.svg
    | wiktionary|wikt|wkt|wdy|d = Wiktionary-logo-en-v2.svg
    | wikinews|news|wnw|n    = Wikinews-logo.svg
    | wikispecies|species    = Wikispecies-logo.svg
    | wikiversity|wvy|v      = Wikiversity logo 2017.svg
    | wikivoyage|voyage|voy  = Wikivoyage-Logo-v3-icon.svg
    | mediawiki|mw           = MediaWiki-2020-icon.svg
    | outreachwiki|outreach  = Wikimedia Outreach.png
    | incubator              = Incubator-notext.svg
    | wikifunctions = Wikifunctions-logo.svg
    | #default               = Wikimedia-logo.svg
    }}|40x40px|class=noviewer|alt=|link=
    ]]
  | #default = {{{image|}}}
  }}
| textclass  = {{{textclass|plainlist}}}
| textstyle  = {{{textstyle|}}}
| text       = {{{text}}}
| below      = {{{below|}}}
| imageright = {{{imageright|}}}
| class      = plainlinks sistersitebox
}}&lt;noinclude&gt;{{Documentation}}&lt;!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>9bab46e6907b835c6af71184149f8c81afa6f1b1</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:If then show</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>68</id>
  <revision>
    <id>113</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:25:10Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{SAFESUBST:&lt;noinclude /&gt;#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{3|}}}{{{1|}}}{{{4|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}&lt;noinclude&gt; {{Documentation}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="115" xml:space="preserve">{{SAFESUBST:&lt;noinclude /&gt;#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{3|}}}{{{1|}}}{{{4|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>3f1216512c3d3bd85a7b05b2dd86d22f74b10784</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Module:String</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>69</id>
  <revision>
    <id>114</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:26:10Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "--[[  This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions.  Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture.  If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace.  Global options     ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error c..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="18034" xml:space="preserve">--[[

This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions.

Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters,
unnamed parameters, or a mixture.  If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will
automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter.
Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or
remove such whitespace.

Global options
    ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in
        an empty string being returned rather than an error message.

    error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to
        include with the error message.  The default category is
        [Category:Errors reported by Module String].

    no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error
        is generated.

Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests.
]]

local str = {}

--[[
len

This function returns the length of the target string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}}

Parameters
    s: The string whose length to report

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the target string.
]]
function str.len( frame )
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} )
	local s = new_args['s'] or ''
	return mw.ustring.len( s )
end

--[[
sub

This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}}

Parameters
    s: The string to return a subset of
    i: The first index of the substring to return, defaults to 1.
    j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character.

The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1.  If either i or j
is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by
counting from the end of the string.  Hence, a value of -1 is the same as
selecting the last character of the string.

If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is
reported.
]]
function str.sub( frame )
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } )
	local s = new_args['s'] or ''
	local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1
	local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1

	local len = mw.ustring.len( s )

	-- Convert negatives for range checking
	if i &lt; 0 then
		i = len + i + 1
	end
	if j &lt; 0 then
		j = len + j + 1
	end

	if i &gt; len or j &gt; len or i &lt; 1 or j &lt; 1 then
		return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' )
	end
	if j &lt; i then
		return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' )
	end

	return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j )
end

--[[
This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order
to maintain these older templates.
]]
function str.sublength( frame )
	local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0
	local len = tonumber( frame.args.len )
	return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) )
end

--[[
_match

This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a
specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules

Usage:
strmatch = require("Module:String")._match
sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch )

Parameters
    s: The string to search
    pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string
    start: The index within the source string to start the search.  The first
        character of the string has index 1.  Defaults to 1.
    match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single
        string.  This specifies which match to return, where the first match is
        match= 1.  If a negative number is specified then a match is returned
        counting from the last match.  Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting
        the last match.  Defaults to 1.
    plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain
        text.  Defaults to false.
    nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error.

For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see:

* http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns

]]
-- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules
function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch )
	if s == '' then
		return str._error( 'Target string is empty' )
	end
	if pattern == '' then
		return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' )
	end
	start = tonumber(start) or 1
	if math.abs(start) &lt; 1 or math.abs(start) &gt; mw.ustring.len( s ) then
		return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' )
	end
	if match_index == 0 then
		return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' )
	end
	if plain_flag then
		pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern )
	end

	local result
	if match_index == 1 then
		-- Find first match is simple case
		result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start )
	else
		if start &gt; 1 then
			s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start )
		end

		local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern)
		if match_index &gt; 0 then
			-- Forward search
			for w in iterator do
				match_index = match_index - 1
				if match_index == 0 then
					result = w
					break
				end
			end
		else
			-- Reverse search
			local result_table = {}
			local count = 1
			for w in iterator do
				result_table[count] = w
				count = count + 1
			end

			result = result_table[ count + match_index ]
		end
	end

	if result == nil then
		if nomatch == nil then
			return str._error( 'Match not found' )
		else
			return nomatch
		end
	else
		return result
	end
end

--[[
match

This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a
specified pattern.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index
    |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}}

Parameters
    s: The string to search
    pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string
    start: The index within the source string to start the search.  The first
        character of the string has index 1.  Defaults to 1.
    match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single
        string.  This specifies which match to return, where the first match is
        match= 1.  If a negative number is specified then a match is returned
        counting from the last match.  Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting
        the last match.  Defaults to 1.
    plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain
        text.  Defaults to false.
    nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error.

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from each string.  In some circumstances this is desirable, in
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then
this function generates an error.  An error is also generated if no match is found.
If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and
an empty string will be returned on any failure.

For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see:

* http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns

]]
-- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match
function str.match( frame )
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} )
	local s = new_args['s'] or ''
	local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1
	local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false )
	local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or ''
	local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 )
	local nomatch = new_args['nomatch']

	return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch )
end

--[[
pos

This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}}

Parameters
    target: The string to search
    pos: The index for the character to return

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the target string.  In some circumstances this is desirable, in
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

The first character has an index value of 1.

If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards
from the end of the string.  In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character.

A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error.
]]
function str.pos( frame )
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} )
	local target_str = new_args['target'] or ''
	local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0

	if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) &gt; mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then
		return str._error( 'String index out of range' )
	end

	return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos )
end

--[[
str_find

This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks.
This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for
new code and templates.  New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead.

Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target".  Indexing is 1-based,
and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source".

Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a
value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for
separatetly.
]]
function str.str_find( frame )
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} )
	local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''
	local target_str = new_args['target'] or ''

	if target_str == '' then
		return 1
	end

	local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true )
	if start == nil then
		start = -1
	end

	return start
end

--[[
find

This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another
string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}}

Parameters
    source: The string to search
    target: The string or pattern to find within source
    start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1
    plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain
        text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the parameter.  In some circumstances this is desirable, in
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

This function returns the first index &gt;= "start" where "target" can be found
within "source".  Indices are 1-based.  If "target" is not found, then this
function returns 0.  If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this
function also returns 0.

This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings.
]]
function str.find( frame )
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } )
	local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''
	local pattern = new_args['target'] or ''
	local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1
	local plain = new_args['plain'] or true

	if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then
		return 0
	end

	plain = str._getBoolean( plain )

	local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain )
	if start == nil then
		start = 0
	end

	return start
end

--[[
replace

This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another
string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string|
   count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}}

Parameters
    source: The string to search
    pattern: The string or pattern to find within source
    replace: The replacement text
    count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all.
    plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain
        text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true
]]
function str.replace( frame )
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } )
	local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''
	local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or ''
	local replace = new_args['replace'] or ''
	local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] )
	local plain = new_args['plain'] or true

	if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then
		return source_str
	end
	plain = str._getBoolean( plain )

	if plain then
		pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern )
		replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences.
	end

	local result

	if count ~= nil then
		result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count )
	else
		result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace )
	end

	return result
end

--[[
    simple function to pipe string.rep to templates.
]]
function str.rep( frame )
	local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] )
	if not repetitions then
		return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' )
	end
	return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions )
end

--[[
escapePattern

This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1]
for details on how patterns work.

[1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}}

Parameters
    pattern_string: The pattern string to escape.
]]
function str.escapePattern( frame )
	local pattern_str = frame.args[1]
	if not pattern_str then
		return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' )
	end
	local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str )
	return result
end

--[[
count
This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another.
]]
function str.count(frame)
	local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'})
	local source = args.source or ''
	local pattern = args.pattern or ''
	local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true)
	if plain then
		pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern)
	end
	local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '')
	return count
end

--[[
endswith
This function determines whether a string ends with another string.
]]
function str.endswith(frame)
	local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'})
	local source = args.source or ''
	local pattern = args.pattern or ''
	if pattern == '' then
		-- All strings end with the empty string.
		return "yes"
	end
	if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then
		return "yes"
	else
		return ""
	end
end

--[[
join

Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator.
Usage:
{{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}}
]]
function str.join(frame)
	local args = {}
	local sep
	for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do
		if sep then
			if v ~= '' then
				table.insert(args, v)
			end
		else
			sep = v
		end
	end
	return table.concat( args, sep or '' )
end

--[[
Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of
named and unnamed parameters.  This is relevant because named parameters are not
identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings
we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application.
]]
function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list )
	local new_args = {}
	local index = 1
	local value

	for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do
		value = frame_args[arg]
		if value == nil then
			value = frame_args[index]
			index = index + 1
		end
		new_args[arg] = value
	end

	return new_args
end

--[[
Helper function to handle error messages.
]]
function str._error( error_str )
	local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
	local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String'
	local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false
	local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false

	if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then
		return ''
	end

	local error_str = '&lt;strong class="error"&gt;String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '&lt;/strong&gt;'
	if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then
		error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str
	end

	return error_str
end

--[[
Helper Function to interpret boolean strings
]]
function str._getBoolean( boolean_str )
	local boolean_value

	if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then
		boolean_str = boolean_str:lower()
		if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0'
				or boolean_str == '' then
			boolean_value = false
		else
			boolean_value = true
		end
	elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then
		boolean_value = boolean_str
	else
		error( 'No boolean value found' )
	end
	return boolean_value
end

--[[
Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated
as plain text.
]]
function str._escapePattern( pattern_str )
	return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, "([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" )
end

return str</text>
    <sha1>2ad0905c56ef4955950b75a8f00974fe82aed5e4</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Module:WikidataIB</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>70</id>
  <revision>
    <id>115</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:26:36Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "-- Version: 2023-07-10 -- Module to implement use of a blacklist and whitelist for infobox fields -- Can take a named parameter |qid which is the Wikidata ID for the article -- if not supplied, it will use the Wikidata ID associated with the current page. -- Fields in blacklist are never to be displayed, i.e. module must return nil in all circumstances -- Fields in whitelist return local value if it exists or the Wikidata value otherwise -- The name of the field that thi..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="142142" xml:space="preserve">-- Version: 2023-07-10
-- Module to implement use of a blacklist and whitelist for infobox fields
-- Can take a named parameter |qid which is the Wikidata ID for the article
-- if not supplied, it will use the Wikidata ID associated with the current page.
-- Fields in blacklist are never to be displayed, i.e. module must return nil in all circumstances
-- Fields in whitelist return local value if it exists or the Wikidata value otherwise
-- The name of the field that this function is called from is passed in named parameter |name
-- The name is compulsory when blacklist or whitelist is used,
-- so the module returns nil if it is not supplied.
-- blacklist is passed in named parameter |suppressfields (or |spf)
-- whitelist is passed in named parameter |fetchwikidata (or |fwd)

require("strict")
local p = {}

local cdate -- initialise as nil and only load _complex_date function if needed
-- Module:Complex date is loaded lazily and has the following dependencies:
-- Module:Calendar
-- Module:ISOdate
-- Module:DateI18n
-- Module:I18n/complex date
-- Module:Ordinal
-- Module:I18n/ordinal
-- Module:Yesno
-- Module:Formatnum
-- Module:Linguistic
--
-- The following, taken from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Wikibase/DataModel#Dates_and_times,
-- is needed to use Module:Complex date which seemingly requires date precision as a string.
-- It would work better if only the authors of the mediawiki page could spell 'millennium'.
local dp = {
	[6] = "millennium",
	[7] = "century",
	[8] = "decade",
	[9] = "year",
	[10] = "month",
	[11] = "day",
}

local i18n =
{
	["errors"] =
	{
		["property-not-found"] = "Property not found.",
		["No property supplied"] = "No property supplied",
		["entity-not-found"] = "Wikidata entity not found.",
		["unknown-claim-type"] = "Unknown claim type.",
		["unknown-entity-type"] = "Unknown entity type.",
		["qualifier-not-found"] = "Qualifier not found.",
		["site-not-found"] = "Wikimedia project not found.",
		["labels-not-found"] = "No labels found.",
		["descriptions-not-found"] = "No descriptions found.",
		["aliases-not-found"] = "No aliases found.",
		["unknown-datetime-format"] = "Unknown datetime format.",
		["local-article-not-found"] = "Article is available on Wikidata, but not on Wikipedia",
		["dab-page"] = " (dab)",
	},
	["months"] =
	{
		"January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June",
		"July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December"
	},
	["century"] = "century",
	["BC"] = "BC",
	["BCE"] = "BCE",
	["ordinal"] =
	{
		[1] = "st",
		[2] = "nd",
		[3] = "rd",
		["default"] = "th"
	},
	["filespace"] = "File",
	["Unknown"] = "Unknown",
	["NaN"] = "Not a number",
	-- set the following to the name of a tracking category,
	-- e.g. "[[Category:Articles with missing Wikidata information]]", or "" to disable:
	["missinginfocat"] = "[[Category:Articles with missing Wikidata information]]",
	["editonwikidata"] = "Edit this on Wikidata",
	["latestdatequalifier"] = function (date) return "before " .. date end,
	-- some languages, e.g. Bosnian use a period as a suffix after each number in a date
	["datenumbersuffix"] = "",
	["list separator"] = ", ",
	["multipliers"] = {
		[0]  = "",
		[3]  = " thousand",
		[6]  = " million",
		[9]  = " billion",
		[12] = " trillion",
	}
}
-- This allows an internationisation module to override the above table
if 'en' ~= mw.getContentLanguage():getCode() then
	require("Module:i18n").loadI18n("Module:WikidataIB/i18n", i18n)
end

-- This piece of html implements a collapsible container. Check the classes exist on your wiki.
local collapsediv = '&lt;div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" style="width:100%; overflow:auto;" data-expandtext="{{int:show}}" data-collapsetext="{{int:hide}}"&gt;'

-- Some items should not be linked.
-- Each wiki can create a list of those in Module:WikidataIB/nolinks
-- It should return a table called itemsindex, containing true for each item not to be linked
local donotlink = {}
local nolinks_exists, nolinks = pcall(mw.loadData, "Module:WikidataIB/nolinks")
if nolinks_exists then
	donotlink = nolinks.itemsindex
end

-- To satisfy Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Titles, certain types of items are italicised, and others are quoted.
-- The submodule [[Module:WikidataIB/titleformats]] lists the entity-ids used in 'instance of' (P31),
-- which allows this module to identify the values that should be formatted.
-- WikidataIB/titleformats exports a table p.formats, which is indexed by entity-id, and contains the value " or ''
local formats = {}
local titleformats_exists, titleformats = pcall(mw.loadData, "Module:WikidataIB/titleformats")
if titleformats_exists then
	formats = titleformats.formats
end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Private functions
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- makeOrdinal needs to be internationalised along with the above:
-- takes cardinal number as a numeric and returns the ordinal as a string
-- we need three exceptions in English for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 21st, .. 31st, etc.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local makeOrdinal = function(cardinal)
	local ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal.default
	if cardinal % 10 == 1 then
		ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal[1]
	elseif cardinal % 10 == 2 then
		ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal[2]
	elseif cardinal % 10 == 3 then
		ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal[3]
	end
	-- In English, 1, 21, 31, etc. use 'st', but 11, 111, etc. use 'th'
	-- similarly for 12 and 13, etc.
	if (cardinal % 100 == 11) or (cardinal % 100 == 12) or (cardinal % 100 == 13) then
		ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal.default
	end
	return tostring(cardinal) .. ordsuffix
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- findLang takes a "langcode" parameter if supplied and valid
-- otherwise it tries to create it from the user's set language ({{int:lang}})
-- failing that it uses the wiki's content language.
-- It returns a language object
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local findLang = function(langcode)
	local langobj
	langcode = mw.text.trim(langcode or "")
	if mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag(langcode) then
		langobj = mw.language.new( langcode )
	else
		langcode = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('int', {'lang'})
		if mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag(langcode) then
			langobj = mw.language.new( langcode )
		else
			langobj = mw.language.getContentLanguage()
		end
	end
	return langobj
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- _getItemLangCode takes a qid parameter (using the current page's qid if blank)
-- If the item for that qid has property country (P17) it looks at the first preferred value
-- If the country has an official language (P37), it looks at the first preferred value
-- If that official language has a language code (P424), it returns the first preferred value
-- Otherwise it returns nothing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local _getItemLangCode = function(qid)
	qid = mw.text.trim(qid or ""):upper()
	if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	if not qid then return end
	local prop17 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P17")[1]
	if not prop17 or prop17.mainsnak.snaktype ~= "value" then return end
	local qid17 = prop17.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
	local prop37 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid17, "P37")[1]
	if not prop37 or prop37.mainsnak.snaktype ~= "value" then return end
	local qid37 = prop37.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
	local prop424 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid37, "P424")[1]
	if not prop424 or prop424.mainsnak.snaktype ~= "value" then return end
	return prop424.mainsnak.datavalue.value
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- roundto takes a number (x)
-- and returns it rounded to (sf) significant figures
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local roundto = function(x, sf)
	if x == 0 then return 0 end
	local s = 1
	if x &lt; 0 then
		x = -x
		s = -1
	end
	if sf &lt; 1 then sf = 1 end
	local p = 10 ^ (math.floor(math.log10(x)) - sf + 1)
	x = math.floor(x / p + 0.5) * p * s
	-- if it's integral, cast to an integer:
	if x == math.floor(x) then x = math.floor(x) end
	return x
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- decimalToDMS takes a decimal degrees (x) with precision (p)
-- and returns degrees/minutes/seconds according to the precision
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local decimalToDMS = function(x, p)
	-- if p is not supplied, use a precision around 0.1 seconds
	if not tonumber(p) then p = 1e-4 end
	local d = math.floor(x)
	local ms = (x - d) * 60
	if p &gt; 0.5 then -- precision is &gt; 1/2 a degree
		if ms &gt; 30 then d = d + 1 end
		ms = 0
	end
	local m = math.floor(ms)
	local s = (ms - m) * 60
	if p &gt; 0.008 then -- precision is &gt; 1/2 a minute
		if s &gt; 30 then m = m +1 end
		s = 0
	elseif p &gt; 0.00014 then -- precision is &gt; 1/2 a second
		s = math.floor(s + 0.5)
	elseif p &gt; 0.000014 then -- precision is &gt; 1/20 second
		s = math.floor(10 * s + 0.5) / 10
	elseif p &gt; 0.0000014 then -- precision is &gt; 1/200 second
		s = math.floor(100 * s + 0.5) / 100
	else -- cap it at 3 dec places for now
		s = math.floor(1000 * s + 0.5) / 1000
	end
	return d, m, s
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- decimalPrecision takes a decimal (x) with precision (p)
-- and returns x rounded approximately to the given precision
-- precision should be between 1 and 1e-6, preferably a power of 10.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local decimalPrecision = function(x, p)
	local s = 1
	if x &lt; 0 then
		x = -x
		s = -1
	end
	-- if p is not supplied, pick an arbitrary precision
	if not tonumber(p) then p = 1e-4
	elseif p &gt; 1 then p = 1
	elseif p &lt; 1e-6 then p = 1e-6
	else p = 10 ^ math.floor(math.log10(p))
	end
	x = math.floor(x / p + 0.5) * p * s
	-- if it's integral, cast to an integer:
	if  x == math.floor(x) then x = math.floor(x) end
	-- if it's less than 1e-4, it will be in exponent form, so return a string with 6dp
	-- 9e-5 becomes 0.000090
	if math.abs(x) &lt; 1e-4 then x = string.format("%f", x) end
	return x
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- formatDate takes a datetime of the usual format from mw.wikibase.entity:formatPropertyValues
-- like "1 August 30 BCE" as parameter 1
-- and formats it according to the df (date format) and bc parameters
-- df = ["dmy" / "mdy" / "y"] default will be "dmy"
-- bc = ["BC" / "BCE"] default will be "BCE"
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local format_Date = function(datetime, dateformat, bc)
	local datetime = datetime or "1 August 30 BCE" -- in case of nil value
	-- chop off multiple vales and/or any hours, mins, etc.
	-- keep anything before punctuation - we just want a single date:
	local dateval = string.match( datetime, "[%w ]+")

	local dateformat = string.lower(dateformat or "dmy") -- default to dmy

	local bc = string.upper(bc or "") -- can't use nil for bc
	-- we only want to accept two possibilities: BC or default to BCE
	if bc == "BC" then
		bc = "&amp;nbsp;" .. i18n["BC"] -- prepend a non-breaking space.
	else
		bc = "&amp;nbsp;" .. i18n["BCE"]
	end

	local postchrist = true -- start by assuming no BCE
	local dateparts = {}
	for word in string.gmatch(dateval, "%w+") do
		if word == "BCE" or word == "BC" then -- *** internationalise later ***
			postchrist = false
		else
			-- we'll keep the parts that are not 'BCE' in a table
			dateparts[#dateparts + 1] = word
		end
	end
	if postchrist then bc = "" end -- set AD dates to no suffix *** internationalise later ***

	local sep = "&amp;nbsp;" -- separator is nbsp
	local fdate = table.concat(dateparts, sep) -- set formatted date to same order as input

	-- if we have day month year, check dateformat
	if #dateparts == 3 then
		if dateformat == "y" then
			fdate = dateparts[3]
		elseif dateformat == "mdy" then
			fdate = dateparts[2] .. sep .. dateparts[1] .. "," .. sep .. dateparts[3]
		end
	elseif #dateparts == 2 and dateformat == "y" then
		fdate = dateparts[2]
	end

	return fdate .. bc
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- dateFormat is the handler for properties that are of type "time"
-- It takes timestamp, precision (6 to 11 per mediawiki), dateformat (y/dmy/mdy), BC format (BC/BCE),
-- a plaindate switch (yes/no/adj) to en/disable "sourcing circumstances"/use adjectival form,
-- any qualifiers for the property, the language, and any adjective to use like 'before'.
-- It passes the date through the "complex date" function
-- and returns a string with the internatonalised date formatted according to preferences.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang(); cdate(); dp[]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local dateFormat = function(timestamp, dprec, df, bcf, pd, qualifiers, lang, adj, model)
	-- output formatting according to preferences (y/dmy/mdy/ymd)
	df = (df or ""):lower()
	-- if ymd is required, return the part of the timestamp in YYYY-MM-DD form
	-- but apply Year zero#Astronomers fix: 1 BC = 0000; 2 BC = -0001; etc.
	if df == "ymd" then
		if timestamp:sub(1,1) == "+" then
			return timestamp:sub(2,11)
		else
			local yr = tonumber(timestamp:sub(2,5)) - 1
			yr = ("000" .. yr):sub(-4)
			if yr ~= "0000" then yr = "-" .. yr end
			return yr .. timestamp:sub(6,11)
		end
	end
	-- A year can be stored like this: "+1872-00-00T00:00:00Z",
	-- which is processed here as if it were the day before "+1872-01-01T00:00:00Z",
	-- and that's the last day of 1871, so the year is wrong.
	-- So fix the month 0, day 0 timestamp to become 1 January instead:
	timestamp = timestamp:gsub("%-00%-00T", "-01-01T")
	-- just in case date precision is missing
	dprec = dprec or 11
	-- override more precise dates if required dateformat is year alone:
	if df == "y" and dprec &gt; 9 then dprec = 9 end
	-- complex date only deals with precisions from 6 to 11, so clip range
	dprec = dprec&gt;11 and 11 or dprec
	dprec = dprec&lt;6 and 6 or dprec
	-- BC format is "BC" or "BCE"
	bcf = (bcf or ""):upper()
	-- plaindate only needs the first letter (y/n/a)
	pd = (pd or ""):sub(1,1):lower()
	if pd == "" or pd == "n" or pd == "f" or pd == "0" then pd = false end
	-- in case language isn't passed
	lang = lang or findLang().code
	-- set adj as empty if nil
	adj = adj or ""
	-- extract the day, month, year from the timestamp
	local bc = timestamp:sub(1, 1)=="-" and "BC" or ""
	local year, month, day = timestamp:match("[+-](%d*)-(%d*)-(%d*)T")
	local iso = tonumber(year) -- if year is missing, let it throw an error
	-- this will adjust the date format to be compatible with cdate
	-- possible formats are Y, YY, YYY0, YYYY, YYYY-MM, YYYY-MM-DD
	if dprec == 6 then iso = math.floor( (iso - 1) / 1000 ) + 1 end
	if dprec == 7 then iso = math.floor( (iso - 1) / 100 ) + 1 end
	if dprec == 8 then iso = math.floor( iso / 10 ) .. "0" end
	if dprec == 10 then iso = year .. "-" .. month end
	if dprec == 11 then iso = year .. "-" .. month .. "-" .. day end
	-- add "circa" (Q5727902) from "sourcing circumstances" (P1480)
	local sc = not pd and qualifiers and qualifiers.P1480
	if sc then
		for k1, v1 in pairs(sc) do
			if v1.datavalue and v1.datavalue.value.id == "Q5727902" then
				adj = "circa"
				break
			end
		end
	end
	-- deal with Julian dates:
	-- no point in saying that dates before 1582 are Julian - they are by default
	-- doesn't make sense for dates less precise than year
	-- we can suppress it by setting |plaindate, e.g. for use in constructing categories.
	local calendarmodel = ""
	if tonumber(year) &gt; 1582
		and dprec &gt; 8
		and not pd
		and model == "http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q1985786" then
		calendarmodel = "julian"
	end
	if not cdate then
		cdate = require("Module:Complex date")._complex_date
	end
	local fdate = cdate(calendarmodel, adj, tostring(iso), dp[dprec], bc, "", "", "", "", lang, 1)
	-- this may have QuickStatements info appended to it in a div, so remove that
	fdate = fdate:gsub(' &lt;div style="display: none;"&gt;[^&lt;]*&lt;/div&gt;', '')
	-- it may also be returned wrapped in a microformat, so remove that
	fdate = fdate:gsub("&lt;[^&gt;]*&gt;", "")
	-- there may be leading zeros that we should remove
	fdate = fdate:gsub("^0*", "")
	-- if a plain date is required, then remove any links (like BC linked)
	if pd then
		fdate = fdate:gsub("%[%[.*|", ""):gsub("]]", "")
	end
	-- if 'circa', use the abbreviated form *** internationalise later ***
	fdate = fdate:gsub('circa ', '&lt;abbr title="circa"&gt;c.&lt;/abbr&gt;&amp;nbsp;')
	-- deal with BC/BCE
	if bcf == "BCE" then
		fdate = fdate:gsub('BC', 'BCE')
	end
	-- deal with mdy format
	if df == "mdy" then
		fdate = fdate:gsub("(%d+) (%w+) (%d+)", "%2 %1, %3")
	end
	-- deal with adjectival form *** internationalise later ***
	if pd == "a" then
		fdate = fdate:gsub(' century', '-century')
	end
	return fdate
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- parseParam takes a (string) parameter, e.g. from the list of frame arguments,
-- and makes "false", "no", and "0" into the (boolean) false
-- it makes the empty string and nil into the (boolean) value passed as default
-- allowing the parameter to be true or false by default.
-- It returns a boolean.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local parseParam = function(param, default)
	if type(param) == "boolean" then param = tostring(param) end
	if param and param ~= "" then
		param = param:lower()
		if (param == "false") or (param:sub(1,1) == "n") or (param == "0") then
			return false
		else
			return true
		end
	else
		return default
	end
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- _getSitelink takes the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- It takes an optional parameter |wiki= to determine which wiki is to be checked for a sitelink
-- If the parameter is blank, then it uses the local wiki.
-- If there is a sitelink to an article available, it returns the plain text link to the article
-- If there is no sitelink, it returns nil.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local _getSitelink = function(qid, wiki)
	qid = (qid or ""):upper()
	if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	if not qid then return nil end
	wiki = wiki or ""
	local sitelink
	if wiki == "" then
		sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid)
	else
		sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid, wiki)
	end
	return sitelink
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- _getCommonslink takes an optional qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- It returns one of the following in order of preference:
-- 	the Commons sitelink of the Wikidata entity - but not if onlycat=true and it's not a category;
-- 	the Commons sitelink of the topic's main category of the Wikidata entity;
-- 	the Commons category of the Wikidata entity - unless fallback=false.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getSitelink(); parseParam()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local _getCommonslink = function(qid, onlycat, fallback)
	qid = (qid or ""):upper()
	if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	if not qid then return nil end
	onlycat = parseParam(onlycat, false)
	if fallback == "" then fallback = nil end
	local sitelink = _getSitelink(qid, "commonswiki")
	if onlycat and sitelink and sitelink:sub(1,9) ~= "Category:" then sitelink = nil end
	if not sitelink then
		-- check for topic's main category
		local prop910 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P910")[1]
		if prop910 then
			local tmcid = prop910.mainsnak.datavalue and prop910.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
			sitelink = _getSitelink(tmcid, "commonswiki")
		end
		if not sitelink then
			-- check for list's main category
			local prop1754 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P1754")[1]
			if prop1754 then
				local tmcid = prop1754.mainsnak.datavalue and prop1754.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
				sitelink = _getSitelink(tmcid, "commonswiki")
			end
		end
	end
	if not sitelink and fallback then
		-- check for Commons category (string value)
		local prop373 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P373")[1]
		if prop373 then
			sitelink = prop373.mainsnak.datavalue and prop373.mainsnak.datavalue.value
			if sitelink then sitelink = "Category:" .. sitelink end
		end
	end
	return sitelink
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- The label in a Wikidata item is subject to vulnerabilities
-- that an attacker might try to exploit.
-- It needs to be 'sanitised' by removing any wikitext before use.
-- If it doesn't exist, return the id for the item
-- a second (boolean) value is also returned, value is true when the label exists
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local labelOrId = function(id, lang)
	if lang == "default" then lang = findLang().code end
	local label
	if lang then
		label = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(id, lang)
	else
		label = mw.wikibase.getLabel(id)
	end
	if label then
		return mw.text.nowiki(label), true
	else
		return id, false
	end
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- linkedItem takes an entity-id and returns a string, linked if possible.
-- This is the handler for "wikibase-item". Preferences:
-- 1. Display linked disambiguated sitelink if it exists
-- 2. Display linked label if it is a redirect
-- 3. TBA: Display an inter-language link for the label if it exists other than in default language
-- 4. Display unlinked label if it exists
-- 5. Display entity-id for now to indicate a label could be provided
-- dtxt is text to be used instead of label, or nil.
-- shortname is boolean switch to use P1813 (short name) instead of label if true.
-- lang is the current language code.
-- uselbl is boolean switch to force display of the label instead of the sitelink (default: false)
-- linkredir is boolean switch to allow linking to a redirect (default: false)
-- formatvalue is boolean switch to allow formatting as italics or quoted (default: false)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: labelOrId(); donotlink[]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local linkedItem = function(id, args)
	local lprefix = (args.lp or args.lprefix or args.linkprefix or ""):gsub('"', '') -- toughen against nil values passed
	local lpostfix = (args.lpostfix or ""):gsub('"', '')
	local prefix = (args.prefix or ""):gsub('"', '')
	local postfix = (args.postfix or ""):gsub('"', '')
	local dtxt = args.dtxt
	local shortname = args.shortname or args.sn
	local lang = args.lang or "en" -- fallback to default if missing
	local uselbl = args.uselabel or args.uselbl
	uselbl = parseParam(uselbl, false)
	local linkredir = args.linkredir
	linkredir = parseParam(linkredir, false)
	local formatvalue = args.formatvalue or args.fv
	formatvalue = parseParam(formatvalue, false)
	-- see if item might need italics or quotes
	local fmt = ""
	if next(formats) and formatvalue then
		for k, v in ipairs( mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P31") ) do
			if v.mainsnak.datavalue and formats[v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id] then
				fmt = formats[v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id]
				break -- pick the first match
			end
		end
	end
	local disp
	local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(id)
	local label, islabel
	if dtxt then
		label, islabel = dtxt, true
	elseif shortname then
		-- see if there is a shortname in our language, and set label to it
		for k, v in ipairs( mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P1813") ) do
			if v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == lang then
				label, islabel = v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text, true
				break
			end -- test for language match
		end -- loop through values of short name
		-- if we have no label set, then there was no shortname available
		if not islabel then
			label, islabel = labelOrId(id)
			shortname = false
		end
	else
		label, islabel = labelOrId(id)
	end
	if mw.site.siteName ~= "Wikimedia Commons" then
		if sitelink then
			if not (dtxt or shortname) then
				-- if sitelink and label are the same except for case, no need to process further
				if sitelink:lower() ~= label:lower() then
					-- strip any namespace or dab from the sitelink
					local pos = sitelink:find(":") or 0
					local slink = sitelink
					if pos &gt; 0 then
						local pfx = sitelink:sub(1,pos-1)
						if mw.site.namespaces[pfx] then -- that prefix is a valid namespace, so remove it
							slink = sitelink:sub(pos+1)
						end
					end
					-- remove stuff after commas or inside parentheses - ie. dabs
					slink = slink:gsub("%s%(.+%)$", ""):gsub(",.+$", "")
					-- if uselbl is false, use sitelink instead of label
					if not uselbl then
						--  use slink as display, preserving label case - find("^%u") is true for 1st char uppercase
						if label:find("^%u") then
							label = slink:gsub("^(%l)", string.upper)
						else
							label = slink:gsub("^(%u)", string.lower)
						end
					end
				end
			end
			if donotlink[label] then
				disp = prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix
			else
				disp = "[[" .. lprefix .. sitelink .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix .. "]]"
			end
		elseif islabel then
			-- no sitelink, label exists, so check if a redirect with that title exists, if linkredir is true
			-- display plain label by default
			disp = prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix
			if linkredir then
				local artitle = mw.title.new(label, 0) -- only nil if label has invalid chars
				if not donotlink[label] and artitle and artitle.redirectTarget then
					-- there's a redirect with the same title as the label, so let's link to that
					disp = "[[".. lprefix .. label .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix .. "]]"
				end
			end -- test if article title exists as redirect on current Wiki
		else
			-- no sitelink and no label, so return whatever was returned from labelOrId for now
			-- add tracking category [[Category:Articles with missing Wikidata information]]
			-- for enwiki, just return the tracking category
			if mw.wikibase.getGlobalSiteId() == "enwiki" then
				disp = i18n.missinginfocat
			else
				disp = prefix .. label .. postfix .. i18n.missinginfocat
			end
		end
	else
		local ccat = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P373")[1]
		if ccat and ccat.mainsnak.datavalue then
			ccat = ccat.mainsnak.datavalue.value
			disp = "[[" .. lprefix .. "Category:" .. ccat .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. label .. postfix .. "]]"
		elseif sitelink then
			-- this asumes that if a sitelink exists, then a label also exists
			disp = "[[" .. lprefix .. sitelink .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. label .. postfix .. "]]"
		else
			-- no sitelink and no Commons cat, so return label from labelOrId for now
			disp = prefix .. label .. postfix
		end
	end
	return disp
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- sourced takes a table representing a statement that may or may not have references
-- it looks for a reference sourced to something not containing the word "wikipedia"
-- it returns a boolean = true if it finds a sourced reference.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local sourced = function(claim)
	if claim.references then
		for kr, vr in pairs(claim.references) do
			local ref = mw.wikibase.renderSnaks(vr.snaks)
			if not ref:find("Wiki") then
				return true
			end
		end
	end
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- setRanks takes a flag (parameter passed) that requests the values to return
-- "b[est]" returns preferred if available, otherwise normal
-- "p[referred]" returns preferred
-- "n[ormal]" returns normal
-- "d[eprecated]" returns deprecated
-- multiple values are allowed, e.g. "preferred normal" (which is the default)
-- "best" will override the other flags, and set p and n
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local setRanks = function(rank)
	rank = (rank or ""):lower()
	-- if nothing passed, return preferred and normal
	-- if rank == "" then rank = "p n" end
	local ranks = {}
	for w in string.gmatch(rank, "%a+") do
		w = w:sub(1,1)
		if w == "b" or w == "p" or w == "n" or w == "d" then
			ranks[w] = true
		end
	end
	-- check if "best" is requested or no ranks requested; and if so, set preferred and normal
	if ranks.b or not next(ranks) then
		ranks.p = true
		ranks.n = true
	end
	return ranks
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- parseInput processes the Q-id , the blacklist and the whitelist
-- if an input parameter is supplied, it returns that and ends the call.
-- it returns (1) either the qid or nil indicating whether or not the call should continue
-- and (2) a table containing all of the statements for the propertyID and relevant Qid
-- if "best" ranks are requested, it returns those instead of all non-deprecated ranks
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local parseInput = function(frame, input_parm, property_id)
	-- There may be a local parameter supplied, if it's blank, set it to nil
	input_parm = mw.text.trim(input_parm or "")
	if input_parm == "" then input_parm = nil end

	-- return nil if Wikidata is not available
	if not mw.wikibase then return false, input_parm end

	local args = frame.args

	-- can take a named parameter |qid which is the Wikidata ID for the article.
	-- if it's not supplied, use the id for the current page
	local qid = args.qid or ""
	if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	-- if there's no Wikidata item for the current page return nil
	if not qid then return false, input_parm end

	-- The blacklist is passed in named parameter |suppressfields
	local blacklist = args.suppressfields or args.spf or ""

	-- The whitelist is passed in named parameter |fetchwikidata
	local whitelist = args.fetchwikidata or args.fwd or ""
	if whitelist == "" then whitelist = "NONE" end

	-- The name of the field that this function is called from is passed in named parameter |name
	local fieldname = args.name or ""

	if blacklist ~= "" then
		-- The name is compulsory when blacklist is used, so return nil if it is not supplied
		if fieldname == "" then return false, nil end
		-- If this field is on the blacklist, then return nil
		if blacklist:find(fieldname) then return false, nil end
	end

	-- If we got this far then we're not on the blacklist
	-- The blacklist overrides any locally supplied parameter as well
	-- If a non-blank input parameter was supplied return it
	if input_parm then return false, input_parm end

	-- We can filter out non-valid properties
	if property_id:sub(1,1):upper() ~="P" or property_id == "P0" then return false, nil end

	-- Otherwise see if this field is on the whitelist:
	-- needs a bit more logic because find will return its second value = 0 if fieldname is ""
	-- but nil if fieldname not found on whitelist
	local _, found = whitelist:find(fieldname)
	found = ((found or 0) &gt; 0)
	if whitelist ~= 'ALL' and (whitelist:upper() == "NONE" or not found) then
		return false, nil
	end

	-- See what's on Wikidata (the call always returns a table, but it may be empty):
	local props = {}
	if args.reqranks.b then
		props = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, property_id)
	else
		props = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid, property_id)
	end
	if props[1] then
		return qid, props
	end
	-- no property on Wikidata
	return false, nil
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- createicon assembles the "Edit at Wikidata" pen icon.
-- It returns a wikitext string inside a span class="penicon"
-- if entityID is nil or empty, the ID associated with current page is used
-- langcode and propertyID may be nil or empty
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: i18n[];
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local createicon = function(langcode, entityID, propertyID)
	langcode = langcode or ""
	if not entityID or entityID == "" then entityID= mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	propertyID = propertyID or ""
	local icon = "&amp;nbsp;&lt;span class='penicon autoconfirmed-show'&gt;[["
	-- "&amp;nbsp;&lt;span data-bridge-edit-flow='overwrite' class='penicon'&gt;[[" -&gt; enable Wikidata Bridge
	.. i18n["filespace"]
	.. ":OOjs UI icon edit-ltr-progressive.svg |frameless |text-top |10px |alt="
	.. i18n["editonwikidata"]
	.. "|link=https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/" .. entityID
	if langcode ~= "" then icon = icon .. "?uselang=" .. langcode end
	if propertyID ~= "" then icon = icon .. "#" .. propertyID end
	icon = icon .. "|" .. i18n["editonwikidata"] .. "]]&lt;/span&gt;"
	return icon
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- assembleoutput takes the sequence table containing the property values
-- and formats it according to switches given. It returns a string or nil.
-- It uses the entityID (and optionally propertyID) to create a link in the pen icon.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local assembleoutput = function(out, args, entityID, propertyID)

	-- sorted is a boolean passed to enable sorting of the values returned
	-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false
	-- if "false" or "no" or "0" is passed set it false
	local sorted = parseParam(args.sorted, false)

	-- noicon is a boolean passed to suppress the trailing "edit at Wikidata" icon
	-- for use when the value is processed further by the infobox
	-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false
	-- if "false" or "no" or "0" is passed set it false
	local noic = parseParam(args.noicon, false)

	-- list is the name of a template that a list of multiple values is passed through
	-- examples include "hlist" and "ubl"
	-- setting it to "prose" produces something like "1, 2, 3, and 4"
	local list = args.list or ""

	-- sep is a string that is used to separate multiple returned values
	-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it to the default
	-- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed
	-- e.g. |sep=" - "
	local sepdefault = i18n["list separator"]
	local separator = args.sep or ""
	separator = string.gsub(separator, '"', '')
	if separator == "" then
		separator = sepdefault
	end

	-- collapse is a number that determines the maximum number of returned values
	-- before the output is collapsed.
	-- Zero or not a number result in no collapsing (default becomes 0).
	local collapse = tonumber(args.collapse) or 0

	-- replacetext (rt) is a string that is returned instead of any non-empty Wikidata value
	-- this is useful for tracking and debugging
	local replacetext = mw.text.trim(args.rt or args.replacetext or "")

	-- if there's anything to return, then return a list
	-- comma-separated by default, but may be specified by the sep parameter
	-- optionally specify a hlist or ubl or a prose list, etc.
	local strout
	if #out &gt; 0 then
		if sorted then table.sort(out) end
		-- if there's something to display and a pen icon is wanted, add it the end of the last value
		local hasdisplay = false
		for i, v in ipairs(out) do
			if v ~= i18n.missinginfocat then
				hasdisplay = true
				break
			end
		end
		if not noic and hasdisplay then
			out[#out] = out[#out] .. createicon(args.langobj.code, entityID, propertyID)
		end
		if list == "" then
			strout = table.concat(out, separator)
		elseif list:lower() == "prose" then
			strout = mw.text.listToText( out )
		else
			strout = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = list, args = out}
		end
		if collapse &gt;0 and #out &gt; collapse then
			strout = collapsediv .. strout .. "&lt;/div&gt;"
		end
	else
		strout = nil -- no items had valid reference
	end
	if replacetext ~= "" and strout then strout = replacetext end
	return strout
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- rendersnak takes a table (propval) containing the information stored on one property value
-- and returns the value as a string and its language if monolingual text.
-- It handles data of type:
--		wikibase-item
--		time
--		string, url, commonsMedia, external-id
--		quantity
--		globe-coordinate
--		monolingualtext
-- It also requires linked, the link/pre/postfixes, uabbr, and the arguments passed from frame.
-- The optional filter parameter allows quantities to be be filtered by unit Qid.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam(); labelOrId(); i18n[]; dateFormat();
-- roundto(); decimalPrecision(); decimalToDMS(); linkedItem();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local rendersnak = function(propval, args, linked, lpre, lpost, pre, post, uabbr, filter)
	lpre = lpre or ""
	lpost = lpost or ""
	pre = pre or ""
	post = post or ""
	args.lang = args.lang or findLang().code
	-- allow values to display a fixed text instead of label
	local dtxt = args.displaytext or args.dt
	if dtxt == "" then dtxt = nil end
	-- switch to use display of short name (P1813) instead of label
	local shortname = args.shortname or args.sn
	shortname = parseParam(shortname, false)
	local snak = propval.mainsnak or propval
	local dtype = snak.datatype
	local dv = snak.datavalue
	dv = dv and dv.value
	-- value and monolingual text language code returned
	local val, mlt
	if propval.rank and not args.reqranks[propval.rank:sub(1, 1)] then
		-- val is nil: value has a rank that isn't requested
		------------------------------------
	elseif snak.snaktype == "somevalue" then -- value is unknown
		val = i18n["Unknown"]
		------------------------------------
	elseif snak.snaktype == "novalue" then -- value is none
		-- val = "No value" -- don't return anything
		------------------------------------
	elseif dtype == "wikibase-item" then -- data type is a wikibase item:
		-- it's wiki-linked value, so output as link if enabled and possible
		local qnumber = dv.id
		if linked then
			val = linkedItem(qnumber, args)
		else -- no link wanted so check for display-text, otherwise test for lang code
			local label, islabel
			if dtxt then
				label = dtxt
			else
				label, islabel = labelOrId(qnumber)
				local langlabel = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(qnumber, args.lang)
				if langlabel then
					label = mw.text.nowiki( langlabel )
				end
			end
			val = pre .. label .. post
		end -- test for link required
		------------------------------------
	elseif dtype == "time" then -- data type is time:
		-- time is in timestamp format
		-- date precision is integer per mediawiki
		-- output formatting according to preferences (y/dmy/mdy)
		-- BC format as BC or BCE
		-- plaindate is passed to disable looking for "sourcing cirumstances"
		-- or to set the adjectival form
		-- qualifiers (if any) is a nested table or nil
		-- lang is given, or user language, or site language
		--
		-- Here we can check whether args.df has a value
		-- If not, use code from Module:Sandbox/RexxS/Getdateformat to set it from templates like {{Use mdy dates}}
		val = dateFormat(dv.time, dv.precision, args.df, args.bc, args.pd, propval.qualifiers, args.lang, "", dv.calendarmodel)
		------------------------------------
	-- data types which are strings:
	elseif dtype == "commonsMedia" or dtype == "external-id" or dtype == "string" or dtype == "url" then
		-- commonsMedia or external-id or string or url
		-- all have mainsnak.datavalue.value as string
		if (lpre == "" or lpre == ":") and lpost == "" then
			-- don't link if no linkpre/postfix or linkprefix is just ":"
			val = pre .. dv .. post
		elseif dtype == "external-id" then
			val = "[" .. lpre .. dv .. lpost .. " " .. pre .. dv .. post .. "]"
		else
			val = "[[" .. lpre .. dv .. lpost .. "|" .. pre .. dv .. post .. "]]"
		end -- check for link requested (i.e. either linkprefix or linkpostfix exists)
		------------------------------------
	-- data types which are quantities:
	elseif dtype == "quantity" then
		-- quantities have mainsnak.datavalue.value.amount and mainsnak.datavalue.value.unit
		-- the unit is of the form http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q829073
		--
		-- implement a switch to turn on/off numerical formatting later
		local fnum = true
		--
		-- a switch to turn on/off conversions - only for en-wiki
		local conv = parseParam(args.conv or args.convert, false)
		-- if we have conversions, we won't have formatted numbers or scales
		if conv then
			uabbr = true
			fnum = false
			args.scale = "0"
		end
		--
		-- a switch to turn on/off showing units, default is true
		local showunits = parseParam(args.su or args.showunits, true)
		--
		-- convert amount to a number
		local amount = tonumber(dv.amount) or i18n["NaN"]
		--
		-- scale factor for millions, billions, etc.
		local sc = tostring(args.scale or ""):sub(1,1):lower()
		local scale
		if sc == "a" then
			-- automatic scaling
			if amount &gt; 1e15 then
				scale = 12
			elseif amount &gt; 1e12 then
				scale = 9
			elseif amount &gt; 1e9 then
				scale = 6
			elseif amount &gt; 1e6 then
				scale = 3
			else
				scale = 0
			end
		else
			scale = tonumber(args.scale) or 0
			if scale &lt; 0 or scale &gt; 12 then scale = 0 end
			scale = math.floor(scale/3) * 3
		end
		local factor = 10^scale
		amount = amount / factor
		-- ranges:
		local range = ""
		-- check if upper and/or lower bounds are given and significant
		local upb = tonumber(dv.upperBound)
		local lowb = tonumber(dv.lowerBound)
		if upb and lowb then
			-- differences rounded to 2 sig fig:
			local posdif = roundto(upb - amount, 2) / factor
			local negdif = roundto(amount - lowb, 2) / factor
			upb, lowb = amount + posdif, amount - negdif
			-- round scaled numbers to integers or 4 sig fig
			if (scale &gt; 0 or sc == "a") then
				if amount &lt; 1e4 then
					amount = roundto(amount, 4)
				else
					amount = math.floor(amount + 0.5)
				end
			end
			if fnum then amount = args.langobj:formatNum( amount ) end
			if posdif ~= negdif then
				-- non-symmetrical
				range = " +" .. posdif .. " -" .. negdif
			elseif posdif ~= 0 then
				-- symmetrical and non-zero
				range = " ±" .. posdif
			else
				-- otherwise range is zero, so leave it as ""
			end
		else
			-- round scaled numbers to integers or 4 sig fig
			if (scale &gt; 0 or sc == "a") then
				if amount &lt; 1e4 then
					amount = roundto(amount, 4)
				else
					amount = math.floor(amount + 0.5)
				end
			end
			if fnum then amount = args.langobj:formatNum( amount ) end
		end
		-- unit names and symbols:
		-- extract the qid in the form 'Qnnn' from the value.unit url
		-- and then fetch the label from that - or symbol if unitabbr is true
		local unit = ""
		local usep = ""
		local usym = ""
		local unitqid = string.match( dv.unit, "(Q%d+)" )
		if filter and unitqid ~= filter then return nil end
		if unitqid and showunits then
			local uname = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(unitqid, args.lang) or ""
			if uname ~= "" then usep, unit = " ", uname end
			if uabbr then
				-- see if there's a unit symbol (P5061)
				local unitsymbols = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(unitqid, "P5061")
				-- construct fallback table, add local lang and multiple languages
				local fbtbl = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( args.lang )
				table.insert( fbtbl, 1, args.lang )
				table.insert( fbtbl, 1, "mul" )
				local found = false
				for idx1, us in ipairs(unitsymbols) do
					for idx2, fblang in ipairs(fbtbl) do
						if us.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == fblang then
							usym = us.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text
							found = true
							break
						end
					if found then break end
					end -- loop through fallback table
				end -- loop through values of P5061
				if found then usep, unit = "&amp;nbsp;", usym end
			end
		end
		-- format display:
		if conv then
			if range == "" then
				val = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = "cvt", args = {amount, unit}}
			else
				val = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = "cvt", args = {lowb, "to", upb, unit}}
			end
		elseif unit == "$" or unit == "£" then
			val = unit .. amount .. range .. i18n.multipliers[scale]
		else
			val = amount .. range .. i18n.multipliers[scale] .. usep .. unit
		end
		------------------------------------
	-- datatypes which are global coordinates:
	elseif dtype == "globe-coordinate" then
		-- 'display' parameter defaults to "inline, title" *** unused for now ***
		-- local disp = args.display or ""
		-- if disp == "" then disp = "inline, title" end
		--
		-- format parameter switches from deg/min/sec to decimal degrees
		-- default is deg/min/sec -- decimal degrees needs |format = dec
		local form = (args.format or ""):lower():sub(1,3)
		if form ~= "dec" then form = "dms" end -- not needed for now
		--
		-- show parameter allows just the latitude, or just the longitude, or both
		-- to be returned as a signed decimal, ignoring the format parameter.
		local show = (args.show or ""):lower()
		if show ~= "longlat" then show = show:sub(1,3) end
		--
		local lat, long, prec = dv.latitude, dv.longitude, dv.precision
		if show == "lat" then
			val = decimalPrecision(lat, prec)
		elseif show == "lon" then
			val = decimalPrecision(long, prec)
		elseif show == "longlat" then
			val = decimalPrecision(long, prec) .. ", " .. decimalPrecision(lat, prec)
		else
			local ns = "N"
			local ew = "E"
			if lat &lt; 0 then
				ns = "S"
				lat = - lat
			end
			if long &lt; 0 then
				ew = "W"
				long = - long
			end
			if form == "dec" then
				lat = decimalPrecision(lat, prec)
				long = decimalPrecision(long, prec)
				val = lat .. "°" .. ns .. " " .. long ..  "°" .. ew
			else
				local latdeg, latmin, latsec = decimalToDMS(lat, prec)
				local longdeg, longmin, longsec = decimalToDMS(long, prec)

				if latsec == 0 and longsec == 0 then
					if latmin == 0 and longmin == 0 then
						val = latdeg .. "°" .. ns .. " " .. longdeg ..  "°" .. ew
					else
						val = latdeg .. "°" .. latmin .. "′" .. ns .. " "
						val = val .. longdeg .. "°".. longmin .. "′" .. ew
					end
				else
					val = latdeg .. "°" .. latmin .. "′" .. latsec .. "″" .. ns .. " "
					val = val .. longdeg .. "°" .. longmin .. "′" .. longsec .. "″" .. ew
				end
			end
		end
		------------------------------------
	elseif dtype == "monolingualtext" then -- data type is Monolingual text:
		-- has mainsnak.datavalue.value as a table containing language/text pairs
		-- collect all the values in 'out' and languages in 'mlt' and process them later
		val = pre .. dv.text .. post
		mlt = dv.language
		------------------------------------
	else
		-- some other data type so write a specific handler
		val = "unknown data type: " .. dtype
	end -- of datatype/unknown value/sourced check
	return val, mlt
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- propertyvalueandquals takes a property object, the arguments passed from frame,
-- and a qualifier propertyID.
-- It returns a sequence (table) of values representing the values of that property
-- and qualifiers that match the qualifierID if supplied.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam(); sourced(); labelOrId(); i18n.latestdatequalifier(); format_Date();
-- makeOrdinal(); roundto(); decimalPrecision(); decimalToDMS(); assembleoutput();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local function propertyvalueandquals(objproperty, args, qualID)
	-- needs this style of declaration because it's re-entrant

	-- onlysourced is a boolean passed to return only values sourced to other than Wikipedia
	-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true
	local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)

	-- linked is a a boolean that enables the link to a local page via sitelink
	-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true
	local linked = parseParam(args.linked, true)

	-- prefix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters
	-- this is prefixed to each value
	-- useful when when multiple values are returned
	-- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed
	local prefix = (args.prefix or ""):gsub('"', '')

	-- postfix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters
	-- this is postfixed to each value
	-- useful when when multiple values are returned
	-- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed
	local postfix = (args.postfix or ""):gsub('"', '')

	-- linkprefix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters
	-- this creates a link and is then prefixed to each value
	-- useful when when multiple values are returned and indirect links are needed
	-- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed
	local lprefix = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '')

	-- linkpostfix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters
	-- this is postfixed to each value when linking is enabled with lprefix
	-- useful when when multiple values are returned
	-- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed
	local lpostfix = (args.linkpostfix or ""):gsub('"', '')

	-- wdlinks is a boolean passed to enable links to Wikidata when no article exists
	-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false
	local wdl = parseParam(args.wdlinks or args.wdl, false)

	-- unitabbr is a boolean passed to enable unit abbreviations for common units
	-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false
	local uabbr = parseParam(args.unitabbr or args.uabbr, false)

	-- qualsonly is a boolean passed to return just the qualifiers
	-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false
	local qualsonly = parseParam(args.qualsonly or args.qo, false)

	-- maxvals is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a number
	-- this determines how many items may be returned when multiple values are available
	-- setting it = 1 is useful where the returned string is used within another call, e.g. image
	local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0

	-- pd (plain date) is a string: yes/true/1 | no/false/0 | adj
	-- to disable/enable "sourcing cirumstances" or use adjectival form for the plain date
	local pd = args.plaindate or args.pd or "no"
	args.pd = pd

	-- allow qualifiers to have a different date format; default to year unless qualsonly is set
	args.qdf = args.qdf or args.qualifierdateformat or args.df or (not qualsonly and "y")

	local lang = args.lang or findLang().code

    -- qualID is a string list of wanted qualifiers or "ALL"
    qualID = qualID or ""
    -- capitalise list of wanted qualifiers and substitute "DATES"
    qualID = qualID:upper():gsub("DATES", "P580, P582")
    local allflag = (qualID == "ALL")
    -- create table of wanted qualifiers as key
    local qwanted = {}
    -- create sequence of wanted qualifiers
    local qorder = {}
    for q in mw.text.gsplit(qualID, "%p") do -- split at punctuation and iterate
        local qtrim = mw.text.trim(q)
        if qtrim ~= "" then
            qwanted[mw.text.trim(q)] = true
            qorder[#qorder+1] = qtrim
        end
    end
    -- qsep is the output separator for rendering qualifier list
    local qsep = (args.qsep or ""):gsub('"', '')
    -- qargs are the arguments to supply to assembleoutput()
    local qargs = {
        ["osd"]         = "false",
        ["linked"]      = tostring(linked),
        ["prefix"]      = args.qprefix,
        ["postfix"]     = args.qpostfix,
        ["linkprefix"]  = args.qlinkprefix or args.qlp,
        ["linkpostfix"] = args.qlinkpostfix,
        ["wdl"]         = "false",
        ["unitabbr"]    = tostring(uabbr),
        ["maxvals"]     = 0,
        ["sorted"]      = tostring(args.qsorted),
        ["noicon"]      = "true",
        ["list"]        = args.qlist,
        ["sep"]         = qsep,
        ["langobj"]     = args.langobj,
        ["lang"]        = args.langobj.code,
        ["df"]          = args.qdf,
        ["sn"]          = parseParam(args.qsn or args.qshortname, false),
    }

	-- all proper values of a Wikidata property will be the same type as the first
	-- qualifiers don't have a mainsnak, properties do
	local datatype = objproperty[1].datatype or objproperty[1].mainsnak.datatype

	-- out[] holds the a list of returned values for this property
	-- mlt[] holds the language code if the datatype is monolingual text
	local out = {}
	local mlt = {}

	for k, v in ipairs(objproperty) do
		local hasvalue = true
		if (onlysrc and not sourced(v)) then
			-- no value: it isn't sourced when onlysourced=true
			hasvalue = false
		else
			local val, lcode = rendersnak(v, args, linked, lprefix, lpostfix, prefix, postfix, uabbr)
			if not val then
				hasvalue = false -- rank doesn't match
			elseif qualsonly and qualID then
				-- suppress value returned: only qualifiers are requested
			else
				out[#out+1], mlt[#out+1] = val, lcode
			end
		end

		-- See if qualifiers are to be returned:
		local snak = v.mainsnak or v
		if hasvalue and v.qualifiers and qualID ~= "" and snak.snaktype~="novalue" then
            -- collect all wanted qualifier values returned in qlist, indexed by propertyID
			local qlist = {}
			local timestart, timeend = "", ""
            -- loop through qualifiers
            for k1, v1 in pairs(v.qualifiers) do
                if allflag or qwanted[k1] then
                    if k1 == "P1326" then
                        local ts = v1[1].datavalue.value.time
                        local dp = v1[1].datavalue.value.precision
                        qlist[k1] = dateFormat(ts, dp, args.qdf, args.bc, pd, "", lang, "before")
                    elseif k1 == "P1319" then
                        local ts = v1[1].datavalue.value.time
                        local dp = v1[1].datavalue.value.precision
                        qlist[k1] = dateFormat(ts, dp, args.qdf, args.bc, pd, "", lang, "after")
                    elseif k1 == "P580" then
                        timestart = propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs)[1] or "" -- treat only one start time as valid
                    elseif k1 == "P582" then
                        timeend = propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs)[1] or "" -- treat only one end time as valid
                    else
                        local q = assembleoutput(propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs), qargs)
                        -- we already deal with circa via 'sourcing circumstances' if the datatype was time
                        -- circa may be either linked or unlinked *** internationalise later ***
                        if datatype ~= "time" or q ~= "circa" and not (type(q) == "string" and q:find("circa]]")) then
                            qlist[k1] = q
                        end
                    end
                end -- of test for wanted
            end -- of loop through qualifiers
            -- set date separator
			local t = timestart .. timeend
			-- *** internationalise date separators later ***
			local dsep = "&amp;ndash;"
			if t:find("%s") or t:find("&amp;nbsp;") then dsep = " &amp;ndash; " end
            -- set the order for the list of qualifiers returned; start time and end time go last
			if next(qlist) then
                local qlistout = {}
                if allflag then
                    for k2, v2 in pairs(qlist) do
                        qlistout[#qlistout+1] = v2
                    end
                else
                    for i2, v2 in ipairs(qorder) do
                        qlistout[#qlistout+1] = qlist[v2]
                    end
                end
                if t ~= "" then
                    qlistout[#qlistout+1] = timestart .. dsep .. timeend
                end
				local qstr = assembleoutput(qlistout, qargs)
				if qualsonly then
					out[#out+1] = qstr
				else
					out[#out] = out[#out] .. " (" .. qstr .. ")"
				end
			elseif t ~= "" then
				if qualsonly then
					if timestart == "" then
						out[#out+1] = timeend
					elseif timeend == "" then
						out[#out+1] = timestart
					else
						out[#out+1] = timestart .. dsep .. timeend
					end
				else
					out[#out] = out[#out] .. " (" .. timestart .. dsep .. timeend .. ")"
				end
			end
		end -- of test for qualifiers wanted

		if maxvals &gt; 0 and #out &gt;= maxvals then break end
	end -- of for each value loop

	-- we need to pick one value to return if the datatype was "monolingualtext"
	-- if there's only one value, use that
	-- otherwise look through the fallback languages for a match
	if datatype == "monolingualtext" and #out &gt;1 then
		lang = mw.text.split( lang, '-', true )[1]
		local fbtbl = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( lang )
		table.insert( fbtbl, 1, lang )
		local bestval = ""
		local found = false
		for idx1, lang1 in ipairs(fbtbl) do
			for idx2, lang2 in ipairs(mlt) do
				if (lang1 == lang2) and not found then
					bestval = out[idx2]
					found = true
					break
				end
			end -- loop through values of property
		end -- loop through fallback languages
		if found then
			-- replace output table with a table containing the best value
			out = { bestval }
		else
			-- more than one value and none of them on the list of fallback languages
			-- sod it, just give them the first one
			out = { out[1] }
		end
	end
	return out
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Common code for p.getValueByQual and p.getValueByLang
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local _getvaluebyqual = function(frame, qualID, checkvalue)

	-- The property ID that will have a qualifier is the first unnamed parameter
	local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "")
	if propertyID == "" then return "no property supplied" end

	if qualID == "" then return "no qualifier supplied" end

	-- onlysourced is a boolean passed to return property values
	-- only when property values are sourced to something other than Wikipedia
	-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true
	-- if "false" or "no" or 0 is passed set it false
	local onlysrc = parseParam(frame.args.onlysourced or frame.args.osd, true)

	-- set the requested ranks flags
	frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank)

	-- set a language object and code in the frame.args table
	frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang)
	frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code

	local args = frame.args

	-- check for locally supplied parameter in second unnamed parameter
	-- success means no local parameter and the property exists
	local qid, props = parseInput(frame, args[2], propertyID)

	local linked = parseParam(args.linked, true)
	local lpre = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '')
	local lpost = (args.linkpostfix or ""):gsub('"', '')
	local pre = (args.prefix or ""):gsub('"', '')
	local post = (args.postfix or ""):gsub('"', '')
	local uabbr = parseParam(args.unitabbr or args.uabbr, false)
	local filter = (args.unit or ""):upper()
	local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0
	if filter == "" then filter = nil end

	if qid then
		local out = {}
		-- Scan through the values of the property
		-- we want something like property is "pronunciation audio (P443)" in propertyID
		-- with a qualifier like "language of work or name (P407)" in qualID
		-- whose value has the required ID, like "British English (Q7979)", in qval
		for k1, v1 in ipairs(props) do
			if v1.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then
				-- check if it has the right qualifier
				local v1q = v1.qualifiers
				if v1q and v1q[qualID] then
					if onlysrc == false or sourced(v1) then
						-- if we've got this far, we have a (sourced) claim with qualifiers
						-- so see if matches the required value
						-- We'll only deal with wikibase-items and strings for now
						if v1q[qualID][1].datatype == "wikibase-item" then
							if checkvalue(v1q[qualID][1].datavalue.value.id) then
								out[#out + 1] = rendersnak(v1, args, linked, lpre, lpost, pre, post, uabbr, filter)
							end
						elseif v1q[qualID][1].datatype == "string" then
							if checkvalue(v1q[qualID][1].datavalue.value) then
								out[#out + 1] = rendersnak(v1, args, linked, lpre, lpost, pre, post, uabbr, filter)
							end
						end
					end -- of check for sourced
				end -- of check for matching required value and has qualifiers
			else
				return nil
			end -- of check for string
			if maxvals &gt; 0 and #out &gt;= maxvals then break end
		end -- of loop through values of propertyID
		return assembleoutput(out, frame.args, qid, propertyID)
	else
		return props -- either local parameter or nothing
	end -- of test for success
	return nil
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- _location takes Q-id and follows P276 (location)
-- or P131 (located in the administrative territorial entity) or P706 (located on terrain feature)
-- from the initial item to higher level territories/locations until it reaches the highest.
-- An optional boolean, 'first', determines whether the first item is returned (default: false).
-- An optional boolean 'skip' toggles the display to skip to the last item (default: false).
-- It returns a table containing the locations - linked where possible, except for the highest.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang(); labelOrId(); linkedItem
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local _location = function(qid, first, skip)
	first = parseParam(first, false)
	skip = parseParam(skip, false)
	local locs = {"P276", "P131", "P706"}
	local out = {}
	local langcode = findLang():getCode()
	local finished = false
	local count = 0
	local prevqid = "Q0"
	repeat
		local prop
		for i1, v1 in ipairs(locs) do
			local proptbl = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, v1)
			if #proptbl &gt; 1 then
				-- there is more than one higher location
				local prevP131, prevP131id
				if prevqid ~= "Q0" then
					prevP131 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(prevqid, "P131")[1]
					prevP131id = prevP131
					and prevP131.mainsnak.datavalue
					and prevP131.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
				end
				for i2, v2 in ipairs(proptbl) do
					local parttbl = v2.qualifiers and v2.qualifiers.P518
					if parttbl then
						-- this higher location has qualifier 'applies to part' (P518)
						for i3, v3 in ipairs(parttbl) do
							if v3.snaktype == "value" and v3.datavalue.value.id == prevqid then
								-- it has a value equal to the previous location
								prop = proptbl[i2]
								break
							end -- of test for matching last location
						end -- of loop through values of 'applies to part'
					else
						-- there's no qualifier 'applies to part' (P518)
						-- so check if the previous location had a P131 that matches this alternate
						if qid == prevP131id then
								prop = proptbl[i2]
								break
						end -- of test for matching previous P131
					end
				end -- of loop through parent locations
				-- fallback to second value if match not found
				prop = prop or proptbl[2]
			elseif #proptbl &gt; 0 then
				prop = proptbl[1]
			end
			if prop then break end
		end

		-- check if it's an instance of (P31) a country (Q6256) or sovereign state (Q3624078)
		-- and terminate the chain if it is
		local inst = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid, "P31")
		if #inst &gt; 0 then
			for k, v in ipairs(inst) do
				local instid = v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
				-- stop if it's a country (or a country within the United Kingdom if skip is true)
				if instid == "Q6256" or instid == "Q3624078" or (skip and instid == "Q3336843") then
					prop = nil -- this will ensure this is treated as top-level location
					break
				end
			end
		end

		-- get the name of this location and update qid to point to the parent location
		if prop and prop.mainsnak.datavalue then
			if not skip or count == 0 then
				local args = { lprefix = ":" }
				out[#out+1] = linkedItem(qid, args) -- get a linked value if we can
			end
			qid, prevqid = prop.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, qid
		else
			-- This is top-level location, so get short name except when this is the first item
			-- Use full label if there's no short name or this is the first item
			local prop1813 = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid, "P1813")
			-- if there's a short name and this isn't the only item
			if prop1813[1] and (#out &gt; 0)then
				local shortname
				-- short name is monolingual text, so look for match to the local language
				-- choose the shortest 'short name' in that language
				for k, v in pairs(prop1813) do
					if v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == langcode then
						local name = v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text
						if (not shortname) or (#name &lt; #shortname) then
							shortname = name
						end
					end
				end
				-- add the shortname if one is found, fallback to the label
				-- but skip it if it's "USA"
				if shortname ~= "USA" then
					out[#out+1] = shortname or labelOrId(qid)
				else
					if skip then out[#out+1] = "US" end
				end
			else
				-- no shortname, so just add the label
				local loc = labelOrId(qid)
				-- exceptions go here:
				if loc == "United States of America" then
					out[#out+1] = "United States"
				else
					out[#out+1] = loc
				end
			end
			finished = true
		end
		count = count + 1
	until finished or count &gt;= 10 -- limit to 10 levels to avoid infinite loops

	-- remove the first location if not required
	if not first then table.remove(out, 1) end

	-- we might have duplicate text for consecutive locations, so remove them
	if #out &gt; 2 then
		local plain = {}
		for i, v in ipairs(out) do
			-- strip any links
			plain[i] = v:gsub("^%[%[[^|]*|", ""):gsub("]]$", "")
		end
		local idx = 2
		repeat
			if plain[idx] == plain[idx-1] then
				-- duplicate found
				local removeidx = 0
				if (plain[idx] ~= out[idx]) and (plain[idx-1] == out[idx-1]) then
					-- only second one is linked, so drop the first
					removeidx = idx - 1
				elseif (plain[idx] == out[idx]) and (plain[idx-1] ~= out[idx-1]) then
					-- only first one is linked, so drop the second
					removeidx = idx
				else
					-- pick one
					removeidx = idx - (os.time()%2)
				end
				table.remove(out, removeidx)
				table.remove(plain, removeidx)
			else
				idx = idx +1
			end
		until idx &gt;= #out
	end
	return out
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- _getsumofparts scans the property 'has part' (P527) for values matching a list.
-- The list (args.vlist) consists of a string of Qids separated by spaces or any usual punctuation.
-- If the matched values have a qualifer 'quantity' (P1114), those quantites are summed.
-- The sum is returned as a number (i.e. 0 if none)
-- a table of arguments is supplied implementing the usual parameters.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: setRanks; parseParam; parseInput; sourced; assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local _getsumofparts = function(args)
	local vallist = (args.vlist or ""):upper()
	if vallist == "" then return end
	args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank)
	local f = {}
	f.args = args
	local qid, props = parseInput(f, "", "P527")
	if not qid then return 0 end
	local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)
	local sum = 0
	for k1, v1 in ipairs(props) do
		if (onlysrc == false or sourced(v1))
			and v1.mainsnak.snaktype == "value"
			and v1.mainsnak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid"
			and vallist:match( v1.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id )
			and v1.qualifiers
			then
			local quals = v1.qualifiers["P1114"]
			if quals then
				for k2, v2 in ipairs(quals) do
					sum = sum + v2.datavalue.value.amount
				end
			end
		end
	end
	return sum
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Public functions
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- _getValue makes the functionality of getValue available to other modules
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput; parseParam; sourced;
-- labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date; makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p._getValue = function(args)
	-- parameter sets for commonly used groups of parameters
	local paraset = tonumber(args.ps or args.parameterset or 0)
	if paraset == 1 then
		-- a common setting
		args.rank = "best"
		args.fetchwikidata = "ALL"
		args.onlysourced = "no"
		args.noicon = "true"
	elseif paraset == 2 then
		-- equivalent to raw
		args.rank = "best"
		args.fetchwikidata = "ALL"
		args.onlysourced = "no"
		args.noicon = "true"
		args.linked = "no"
		args.pd = "true"
	elseif paraset == 3 then
		-- third set goes here
	end

	-- implement eid parameter
	local eid = args.eid
	if eid == "" then
		return nil
	elseif eid then
		args.qid = eid
	end

	local propertyID = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "")

	args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank)

	-- replacetext (rt) is a string that is returned instead of any non-empty Wikidata value
	-- this is useful for tracking and debugging, so we set fetchwikidata=ALL to fill the whitelist
	local replacetext = mw.text.trim(args.rt or args.replacetext or "")
	if replacetext ~= "" then
		args.fetchwikidata = "ALL"
	end

	local f = {}
	f.args = args
	local entityid, props = parseInput(f, f.args[2], propertyID)

	if not entityid then
		return props -- either the input parameter or nothing
	end

	-- qual is a string containing the property ID of the qualifier(s) to be returned
	-- if qual == "ALL" then all qualifiers returned
	-- if qual == "DATES" then qualifiers P580 (start time) and P582 (end time) returned
	-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it nil -&gt; no qualifiers returned
	local qualID = mw.text.trim(args.qual or ""):upper()
	if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end

	-- set a language object and code in the args table
	args.langobj = findLang(args.lang)
	args.lang = args.langobj.code

	-- table 'out' stores the return value(s):
	local out = propertyvalueandquals(props, args, qualID)

	-- format the table of values and return it as a string:
	return assembleoutput(out, args, entityid, propertyID)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getValue is used to get the value(s) of a property
-- The property ID is passed as the first unnamed parameter and is required.
-- A locally supplied parameter may optionaly be supplied as the second unnamed parameter.
-- The function will now also return qualifiers if parameter qual is supplied
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getValue; setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput; parseParam; sourced;
-- labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date; makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getValue = function(frame)
	local args= frame.args
	if not args[1] then
		args = frame:getParent().args
		if not args[1] then return i18n.errors["No property supplied"] end
	end

	return p._getValue(args)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getPreferredValue is used to get a value,
-- (or a comma separated list of them if multiple values exist).
-- If preferred ranks are set, it will return those values, otherwise values with normal ranks
-- now redundant to getValue with |rank=best
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: p.getValue; setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput;
-- parseParam; sourced; labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date;
-- makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getPreferredValue = function(frame)
	frame.args.rank = "best"
	return p.getValue(frame)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getCoords is used to get coordinates for display in an infobox
-- whitelist and blacklist are implemented
-- optional 'display' parameter is allowed, defaults to nil - was "inline, title"
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: setRanks(); parseInput(); decimalPrecision();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getCoords = function(frame)
	local propertyID = "P625"

	-- if there is a 'display' parameter supplied, use it
	-- otherwise default to nothing
	local disp = frame.args.display or ""
	if disp == "" then
		disp = nil -- default to not supplying display parameter, was "inline, title"
	end

	-- there may be a format parameter to switch from deg/min/sec to decimal degrees
	-- default is deg/min/sec
	-- decimal degrees needs |format = dec
	local form = (frame.args.format or ""):lower():sub(1,3)
	if form ~= "dec" then
		form = "dms"
	end

	-- just deal with best values
	frame.args.reqranks = setRanks("best")

	local qid, props = parseInput(frame, frame.args[1], propertyID)
	if not qid then
		return props -- either local parameter or nothing
	else
		local dv = props[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value
		local lat, long, prec = dv.latitude, dv.longitude, dv.precision
		lat = decimalPrecision(lat, prec)
		long = decimalPrecision(long, prec)
		local lat_long = { lat, long }
		lat_long["display"] = disp
		lat_long["format"] = form
		-- invoke template Coord with the values stored in the table
		return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'coord', args = lat_long}
	end
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getQualifierValue is used to get a formatted value of a qualifier
--
-- The call needs:	a property (the unnamed parameter or 1=)
-- 					a target value for that property (pval=)
--					a qualifier for that target value (qual=)
-- The usual whitelisting and blacklisting of the property is implemented
-- The boolean onlysourced= parameter can be set to return nothing
-- when the property is unsourced (or only sourced to Wikipedia)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam(); setRanks(); parseInput(); sourced();
-- propertyvalueandquals(); assembleoutput();
-- labelOrId(); i18n.latestdatequalifier(); format_Date();
-- findLang(); makeOrdinal(); roundto(); decimalPrecision(); decimalToDMS();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getQualifierValue = function(frame)

	-- The property ID that will have a qualifier is the first unnamed parameter
	local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "")

	-- The value of the property we want to match whose qualifier value is to be returned
	-- is passed in named parameter |pval=
	local propvalue = frame.args.pval

	-- The property ID of the qualifier
	-- whose value is to be returned is passed in named parameter |qual=
	local qualifierID = frame.args.qual

	-- A filter can be set like this: filter=P642==Q22674854
	local filter, fprop, fval
	local ftable = mw.text.split(frame.args.filter or "", "==")
	if ftable[2] then
		fprop = mw.text.trim(ftable[1])
		fval = mw.text.trim(ftable[2])
		filter = true
	end

	-- onlysourced is a boolean passed to return qualifiers
	-- only when property values are sourced to something other than Wikipedia
	-- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true
	-- if "false" or "no" or 0 is passed set it false
	local onlysrc = parseParam(frame.args.onlysourced or frame.args.osd, true)

	-- set a language object and language code in the frame.args table
	frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang)
	frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code

	-- set the requested ranks flags
	frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank)

	-- check for locally supplied parameter in second unnamed parameter
	-- success means no local parameter and the property exists
	local qid, props = parseInput(frame, frame.args[2], propertyID)
	if qid then
		local out = {}
		-- Scan through the values of the property
		-- we want something like property is P793, significant event (in propertyID)
		-- whose value is something like Q385378, construction (in propvalue)
		-- then we can return the value(s) of a qualifier such as P580, start time (in qualifierID)
		for k1, v1 in pairs(props) do
			if v1.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" and v1.mainsnak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid" then
				-- It's a wiki-linked value, so check if it's the target (in propvalue) and if it has qualifiers
				if v1.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == propvalue and v1.qualifiers then
					if onlysrc == false or sourced(v1) then
						-- if we've got this far, we have a (sourced) claim with qualifiers
						-- which matches the target, so apply the filter and find the value(s) of the qualifier we want
						if not filter or (v1.qualifiers[fprop] and v1.qualifiers[fprop][1].datavalue.value.id == fval) then
							local quals = v1.qualifiers[qualifierID]
							if quals then
								-- can't reference qualifer, so set onlysourced = "no" (args are strings, not boolean)
								local qargs = frame.args
								qargs.onlysourced = "no"
								local vals = propertyvalueandquals(quals, qargs, qid)
								for k, v in ipairs(vals) do
									out[#out + 1] = v
								end
							end
						end
					end -- of check for sourced
				end -- of check for matching required value and has qualifiers
			end -- of check for wikibase entity
		end -- of loop through values of propertyID
		return assembleoutput(out, frame.args, qid, propertyID)
	else
		return props -- either local parameter or nothing
	end -- of test for success
	return nil
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getSumOfParts scans the property 'has part' (P527) for values matching a list.
-- The list is passed in parameter vlist.
-- It consists of a string of Qids separated by spaces or any usual punctuation.
-- If the matched values have a qualifier 'quantity' (P1114), those quantities are summed.
-- The sum is returned as a number or nothing if zero.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getsumofparts;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getSumOfParts = function(frame)
	local sum = _getsumofparts(frame.args)
	if sum == 0 then return end
	return sum
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getValueByQual gets the value of a property which has a qualifier with a given entity value
-- The call needs:
--					a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx)
--					the ID of a qualifier for that property (qualID=Pyyy)
--					either the Wikibase-entity ID of a value for that qualifier (qvalue=Qzzz)
--					or a string value for that qualifier (qvalue=abc123)
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getvaluebyqual; parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced;
-- assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getValueByQual = function(frame)
	local qualID = frame.args.qualID
	-- The Q-id of the value for the qualifier we want to match is in named parameter |qvalue=
	local qval = frame.args.qvalue or ""
	if qval == "" then return "no qualifier value supplied" end
	local function checkQID(id)
		return id == qval
	end
	return _getvaluebyqual(frame, qualID, checkQID)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getValueByLang gets the value of a property which has a qualifier P407
-- ("language of work or name") whose value has the given language code
-- The call needs:
--					a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx)
--					the MediaWiki language code to match the language (lang=xx[-yy])
--					(if no code is supplied, it uses the default language)
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getvaluebyqual; parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getValueByLang = function(frame)
	-- The language code for the qualifier we want to match is in named parameter |lang=
	local langcode = findLang(frame.args.lang).code
	local function checkLanguage(id)
		-- id should represent a language like "British English (Q7979)"
		-- it should have string property "Wikimedia language code (P424)"
		-- qlcode will be a table:
		local qlcode = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P424")
		if (#qlcode &gt; 0) and (qlcode[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value == langcode) then
			return true
		end
	end
	return _getvaluebyqual(frame, "P407", checkLanguage)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getValueByRefSource gets the value of a property which has a reference "stated in" (P248)
-- whose value has the given entity-ID.
-- The call needs:
--					a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx)
--					the entity ID of a value to match where the reference is stated in (match=Qzzz)
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getValueByRefSource = function(frame)
	-- The property ID that we want to check is the first unnamed parameter
	local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or ""):upper()
	if propertyID == "" then return "no property supplied" end

	-- The Q-id of the value we want to match is in named parameter |qvalue=
	local qval = (frame.args.match or ""):upper()
	if qval == "" then qval = "Q21540096" end

	local unit = (frame.args.unit or ""):upper()
	if unit == "" then unit = "Q4917" end

	local onlysrc = parseParam(frame.args.onlysourced or frame.args.osd, true)

	-- set the requested ranks flags
	frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank)

	-- set a language object and code in the frame.args table
	frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang)
	frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code

	local linked = parseParam(frame.args.linked, true)

	local uabbr = parseParam(frame.args.uabbr or frame.args.unitabbr, false)

	-- qid not nil means no local parameter and the property exists
	local qid, props = parseInput(frame, frame.args[2], propertyID)

	if qid then
		local out = {}
		local mlt= {}
		for k1, v1 in ipairs(props) do
			if onlysrc == false or sourced(v1) then
				if v1.references then
					for k2, v2 in ipairs(v1.references) do
						if v2.snaks.P248 then
							for k3, v3 in ipairs(v2.snaks.P248) do
								if v3.datavalue.value.id == qval then
									out[#out+1], mlt[#out+1] = rendersnak(v1, frame.args, linked, "", "", "", "", uabbr, unit)
									if not mlt[#out] then
										-- we only need one match per property value
										-- unless datatype was monolingual text
										break
									end
								end -- of test for match
							end -- of loop through values "stated in"
						end -- of test that "stated in" exists
					end -- of loop through references
				end -- of test that references exist
			end -- of test for sourced
		end -- of loop through values of propertyID
		if #mlt &gt; 0 then
			local langcode = frame.args.lang
			langcode = mw.text.split( langcode, '-', true )[1]
			local fbtbl = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( langcode )
			table.insert( fbtbl, 1, langcode )
			local bestval = ""
			local found = false
			for idx1, lang1 in ipairs(fbtbl) do
				for idx2, lang2 in ipairs(mlt) do
					if (lang1 == lang2) and not found then
						bestval = out[idx2]
						found = true
						break
					end
				end -- loop through values of property
			end -- loop through fallback languages
			if found then
				-- replace output table with a table containing the best value
				out = { bestval }
			else
				-- more than one value and none of them on the list of fallback languages
				-- sod it, just give them the first one
				out = { out[1] }
			end
		end
		return assembleoutput(out, frame.args, qid, propertyID)
	else
		return props -- no property or local parameter supplied
	end -- of test for success
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getPropertyIDs takes most of the usual parameters.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented.
-- It returns the Entity-IDs (Qids) of the values of a property if it is a Wikibase-Entity.
-- Otherwise it returns nothing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p._getPropertyIDs = function(args)
	args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank)
	args.langobj = findLang(args.lang)
	args.lang = args.langobj.code
	-- change default for noicon to true
	args.noicon = tostring(parseParam(args.noicon or "", true))
	local f = {}
	f.args = args
	local pid = mw.text.trim(args[1] or ""):upper()

	-- get the qid and table of claims for the property, or nothing and the local value passed
	local qid, props = parseInput(f, args[2], pid)
	if not qid then return props end
	if not props[1] then return nil end
	local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)
	local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0

	local out = {}
	for i, v in ipairs(props) do
		local snak = v.mainsnak
		if ( snak.datatype == "wikibase-item" )
			and ( v.rank and args.reqranks[v.rank:sub(1, 1)] )
			and ( snak.snaktype == "value" )
			and ( sourced(v) or not onlysrc )
			then
			out[#out+1] = snak.datavalue.value.id
		end
		if maxvals &gt; 0 and #out &gt;= maxvals then break end
	end

	return assembleoutput(out, args, qid, pid)
end

p.getPropertyIDs = function(frame)
	local args = frame.args
	return p._getPropertyIDs(args)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getQualifierIDs takes most of the usual parameters.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented.
-- It takes a property-id as the first unnamed parameter, and an optional parameter qlist
-- which is a list of qualifier property-ids to search for (default is "ALL")
-- It returns the Entity-IDs (Qids) of the values of a property if it is a Wikibase-Entity.
-- Otherwise it returns nothing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getQualifierIDs = function(frame)
	local args = frame.args
	args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank)
	args.langobj = findLang(args.lang)
	args.lang = args.langobj.code
	-- change default for noicon to true
	args.noicon = tostring(parseParam(args.noicon or "", true))
	local f = {}
	f.args = args
	local pid = mw.text.trim(args[1] or ""):upper()

	-- get the qid and table of claims for the property, or nothing and the local value passed
	local qid, props = parseInput(f, args[2], pid)
	if not qid then return props end
	if not props[1] then return nil end
	-- get the other parameters
	local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)
	local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0
	local qlist = args.qlist or ""
	if qlist == "" then qlist = "ALL" end
	qlist = qlist:gsub("[%p%s]+", " ") .. " "

	local out = {}
	for i, v in ipairs(props) do
		local snak = v.mainsnak
		if ( v.rank and args.reqranks[v.rank:sub(1, 1)] )
			and ( snak.snaktype == "value" )
			and ( sourced(v) or not onlysrc )
			then
			if v.qualifiers then
				for k1, v1 in pairs(v.qualifiers) do
					if qlist == "ALL " or qlist:match(k1 .. " ") then
						for i2, v2 in ipairs(v1) do
							if v2.datatype == "wikibase-item" and v2.snaktype == "value" then
								out[#out+1] = v2.datavalue.value.id
							end -- of test that id exists
						end -- of loop through qualifier values
					end -- of test for kq in qlist
				end -- of loop through qualifiers
			end -- of test for qualifiers
		end -- of test for rank value, sourced, and value exists
		if maxvals &gt; 0 and #out &gt;= maxvals then break end
	end -- of loop through property values

	return assembleoutput(out, args, qid, pid)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getPropOfProp takes two propertyIDs: prop1 and prop2 (as well as the usual parameters)
-- If the value(s) of prop1 are of type "wikibase-item" then it returns the value(s) of prop2
-- of each of those wikibase-items.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p._getPropOfProp = function(args)
	-- parameter sets for commonly used groups of parameters
	local paraset = tonumber(args.ps or args.parameterset or 0)
	if paraset == 1 then
		-- a common setting
		args.rank = "best"
		args.fetchwikidata = "ALL"
		args.onlysourced = "no"
		args.noicon = "true"
	elseif paraset == 2 then
		-- equivalent to raw
		args.rank = "best"
		args.fetchwikidata = "ALL"
		args.onlysourced = "no"
		args.noicon = "true"
		args.linked = "no"
		args.pd = "true"
	elseif paraset == 3 then
		-- third set goes here
	end

	args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank)
	args.langobj = findLang(args.lang)
	args.lang = args.langobj.code
	local pid1 = args.prop1 or args.pid1 or ""
	local pid2 = args.prop2 or args.pid2 or ""
	if pid1 == "" or pid2 == "" then return nil end

	local f = {}
	f.args = args
	local qid1, statements1 = parseInput(f, args[1], pid1)
	-- parseInput nulls empty args[1] and returns args[1] if nothing on Wikidata
	if not qid1 then return statements1 end
	-- otherwise it returns the qid and a table for the statement
	local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)
	local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0
	local qualID = mw.text.trim(args.qual or ""):upper()
	if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end
	local out = {}
	for k, v in ipairs(statements1) do
		if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then
			local snak = v.mainsnak
			if snak.datatype == "wikibase-item" and snak.snaktype == "value" then
				local qid2 = snak.datavalue.value.id
				local statements2 = {}
				if args.reqranks.b then
					statements2 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid2, pid2)
				else
					statements2 = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid2, pid2)
				end
				if statements2[1] then
					local out2 = propertyvalueandquals(statements2, args, qualID)
					out[#out+1] = assembleoutput(out2, args, qid2, pid2)
				end
			end -- of test for valid property1 value
		end -- of test for sourced
		if maxvals &gt; 0 and #out &gt;= maxvals then break end
	end -- of loop through values of property1
	return assembleoutput(out, args, qid1, pid1)
end

p.getPropOfProp = function(frame)
	local args= frame.args
	if not args.prop1 and not args.pid1 then
		args = frame:getParent().args
		if not args.prop1 and not args.pid1 then return i18n.errors["No property supplied"] end
	end

	return p._getPropOfProp(args)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAwardCat takes most of the usual parameters. If the item has values of P166 (award received),
-- then it examines each of those awards for P2517 (category for recipients of this award).
-- If it exists, it returns the corresponding category,
-- with the item's P734 (family name) as sort key, or no sort key if there is no family name.
-- The sort key may be overridden by the parameter |sortkey (alias |sk).
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAwardCat = function(frame)
	frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank)
	frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang)
	frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code
	local args = frame.args
	args.sep = " "
	local pid1 = args.prop1 or "P166"
	local pid2 = args.prop2 or "P2517"
	if pid1 == "" or pid2 == "" then return nil end
	-- locally supplied value:
	local localval = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "")
	local qid1, statements1 = parseInput(frame, localval, pid1)
	if not qid1 then return localval end
	-- linkprefix (strip quotes)
	local lp = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '')
	-- sort key (strip quotes, hyphens and periods):
	local sk = (args.sortkey or args.sk or ""):gsub('["-.]', '')
	-- family name:
	local famname = ""
	if sk == "" then
		local p734 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid1, "P734")[1]
		local p734id = p734 and p734.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" and p734.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id or ""
		famname = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(p734id) or ""
		-- strip namespace and disambigation
		local pos = famname:find(":") or 0
		famname = famname:sub(pos+1):gsub("%s%(.+%)$", "")
		if famname == "" then
			local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabel(p734id)
			famname = lbl and mw.text.nowiki(lbl) or ""
		end
	end
	local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)
	local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0
	local qualID = mw.text.trim(args.qual or ""):upper()
	if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end
	local out = {}
	for k, v in ipairs(statements1) do
		if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then
			local snak = v.mainsnak
			if snak.datatype == "wikibase-item" and snak.snaktype == "value" then
				local qid2 = snak.datavalue.value.id
				local statements2 = {}
				if args.reqranks.b then
					statements2 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid2, pid2)
				else
					statements2 = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid2, pid2)
				end
				if statements2[1] and statements2[1].mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then
					local qid3 = statements2[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
					local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid3)
					-- if there's no local sitelink, create the sitelink from English label
					if not sitelink then
						local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(qid3, "en")
						if lbl then
							if lbl:sub(1,9) == "Category:" then
								sitelink = mw.text.nowiki(lbl)
							else
								sitelink = "Category:" .. mw.text.nowiki(lbl)
							end
						end
					end
					if sitelink then
						if sk ~= "" then
							out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. sitelink .. "|" .. sk .. "]]"
						elseif famname ~= "" then
							out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. sitelink .. "|" .. famname .. "]]"
						else
							out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. sitelink .. "]]"
						end -- of check for sort keys
					end -- of test for sitelink
				end -- of test for category
			end -- of test for wikibase item has a value
		end -- of test for sourced
		if maxvals &gt; 0 and #out &gt;= maxvals then break end
	end -- of loop through values of property1
	return assembleoutput(out, args, qid1, pid1)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getIntersectCat takes most of the usual parameters.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented
-- It takes two properties, |prop1 and |prop2 (e.g. occupation and country of citizenship)
-- Each property's value is a wiki-base entity
-- For each value of the first parameter (ranks implemented) it fetches the value's main category
-- and then each value of the second parameter (possibly substituting a simpler description)
-- then it returns all of the categories representing the intersection of those properties,
-- (e.g. Category:Actors from Canada). A joining term may be supplied (e.g. |join=from).
-- The item's P734 (family name) is the sort key, or no sort key if there is no family name.
-- The sort key may be overridden by the parameter |sortkey (alias |sk).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getIntersectCat = function(frame)
	frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank)
	frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang)
	frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code
	local args = frame.args
	args.sep = " "
	args.linked = "no"
	local pid1 = args.prop1 or "P106"
	local pid2 = args.prop2 or "P27"
	if pid1 == "" or pid2 == "" then return nil end
	local qid, statements1 = parseInput(frame, "", pid1)
	if not qid then return nil end
	local qid, statements2 = parseInput(frame, "", pid2)
	if not qid then return nil end
	-- topics like countries may have different names in categories from their label in Wikidata
	local subs_exists, subs = pcall(mw.loadData, "Module:WikidataIB/subs")
	local join = args.join or ""
	local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)
	local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0
	-- linkprefix (strip quotes)
	local lp = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '')
	-- sort key (strip quotes, hyphens and periods):
	local sk = (args.sortkey or args.sk or ""):gsub('["-.]', '')
	-- family name:
	local famname = ""
	if sk == "" then
		local p734 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P734")[1]
		local p734id = p734 and p734.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" and p734.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id or ""
		famname = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(p734id) or ""
		-- strip namespace and disambigation
		local pos = famname:find(":") or 0
		famname = famname:sub(pos+1):gsub("%s%(.+%)$", "")
		if famname == "" then
			local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabel(p734id)
			famname = lbl and mw.text.nowiki(lbl) or ""
		end
	end
	local cat1 = {}
	for k, v in ipairs(statements1) do
		if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then
			-- get the ID representing the value of the property
			local pvalID = (v.mainsnak.snaktype == "value") and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
			if pvalID then
				-- get the topic's main category (P910) for that entity
				local p910 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(pvalID, "P910")[1]
				if p910 and p910.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then
					local tmcID = p910.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
					-- use sitelink or the English label for the cat
					local cat = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(tmcID)
					if not cat then
						local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(tmcID, "en")
						if lbl then
							if lbl:sub(1,9) == "Category:" then
								cat = mw.text.nowiki(lbl)
							else
								cat = "Category:" .. mw.text.nowiki(lbl)
							end
						end
					end
					cat1[#cat1+1] = cat
				end -- of test for topic's main category exists
			end -- of test for property has vaild value
		end -- of test for sourced
		if maxvals &gt; 0 and #cat1 &gt;= maxvals then break end
	end
	local cat2 = {}
	for k, v in ipairs(statements2) do
		if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then
			local cat = rendersnak(v, args)
			if subs[cat] then cat = subs[cat] end
			cat2[#cat2+1] = cat
		end
		if maxvals &gt; 0 and #cat2 &gt;= maxvals then break end
	end
	local out = {}
	for k1, v1 in ipairs(cat1) do
		for k2, v2 in ipairs(cat2) do
			if sk ~= "" then
				out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. v1 .. " " .. join .. " " .. v2 .. "|" .. sk .. "]]"
			elseif famname ~= "" then
				out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. v1 .. " " .. join .. " " .. v2 .. "|" .. famname .. "]]"
			else
				out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. v1 .. " " .. join .. " " .. v2 .. "]]"
			end -- of check for sort keys
		end
	end
	args.noicon = "true"
	return assembleoutput(out, args, qid, pid1)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- qualsToTable takes most of the usual parameters.
-- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented.
-- A qid may be given, and the first unnamed parameter is the property ID, which is of type wikibase item.
-- It takes a list of qualifier property IDs as |quals=
-- For a given qid and property, it creates the rows of an html table,
-- each row being a value of the property (optionally only if the property matches the value in |pval= )
-- each cell being the first value of the qualifier corresponding to the list in |quals
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.qualsToTable = function(frame)
	local args = frame.args

	local quals = args.quals or ""
	if quals == "" then return "" end

	args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank)

	local propertyID = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "")
	local f = {}
	f.args = args
	local entityid, props = parseInput(f, "", propertyID)
	if not entityid then return "" end

	args.langobj = findLang(args.lang)
	args.lang = args.langobj.code

	local pval = args.pval or ""

	local qplist = mw.text.split(quals, "%p") -- split at punctuation and make a sequential table
	for i, v in ipairs(qplist) do
		qplist[i] = mw.text.trim(v):upper() -- remove whitespace and capitalise
	end

	local col1 = args.firstcol or ""
	if col1 ~= "" then
		col1 = col1 .. "&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;"
	end

	local emptycell = args.emptycell or "&amp;nbsp;"

	-- construct a 2-D array of qualifier values in qvals
	local qvals = {}
	for i, v in ipairs(props) do
		local skip = false
		if pval ~= "" then
			local pid = v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
			if pid ~= pval then skip = true end
		end
		if not skip then
			local qval = {}
			local vqualifiers = v.qualifiers or {}
			-- go through list of wanted qualifier properties
			for i1, v1 in ipairs(qplist) do
				-- check for that property ID in the statement's qualifiers
				local qv, qtype
				if vqualifiers[v1] then
					qtype = vqualifiers[v1][1].datatype
					if qtype == "time" then
						if vqualifiers[v1][1].snaktype == "value" then
							qv = mw.wikibase.renderSnak(vqualifiers[v1][1])
							qv = frame:expandTemplate{title="dts", args={qv}}
						else
							qv = "?"
						end
					elseif qtype == "url" then
						if vqualifiers[v1][1].snaktype == "value" then
							qv = mw.wikibase.renderSnak(vqualifiers[v1][1])
							local display = mw.ustring.match( mw.uri.decode(qv, "WIKI"), "([%w ]+)$" )
							if display then
								qv = "[" .. qv .. " " .. display .. "]"
							end
						end
					else
						qv = mw.wikibase.formatValue(vqualifiers[v1][1])
					end
				end
				-- record either the value or a placeholder
				qval[i1] = qv or emptycell
			end -- of loop through list of qualifiers
			-- add the list of qualifier values as a "row" in the main list
			qvals[#qvals+1] = qval
		end
	end -- of for each value loop

	local out = {}
	for i, v in ipairs(qvals) do
		out[i] = "&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;" .. col1 .. table.concat(qvals[i], "&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;") .. "&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;"
	end
	return table.concat(out, "\n")
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getGlobe takes an optional qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- otherwise it uses the linked item for the current page.
-- If returns the Qid of the globe used in P625 (coordinate location),
-- or nil if there isn't one.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getGlobe = function(frame)
	local qid = frame.args.qid or frame.args[1] or ""
	if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	local coords = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1]
	local globeid
	if coords and coords.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then
		globeid = coords.mainsnak.datavalue.value.globe:match("(Q%d+)")
	end
	return globeid
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getCommonsLink takes an optional qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- It returns one of the following in order of preference:
-- the Commons sitelink of the linked Wikidata item;
-- the Commons sitelink of the topic's main category of the linked Wikidata item;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getCommonslink(); _getSitelink(); parseParam()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getCommonsLink = function(frame)
	local oc = frame.args.onlycat or frame.args.onlycategories
	local fb = parseParam(frame.args.fallback or frame.args.fb, true)
	return _getCommonslink(frame.args.qid, oc, fb)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getSitelink takes the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- It takes an optional parameter |wiki= to determine which wiki is to be checked for a sitelink
-- If the parameter is blank, then it uses the local wiki.
-- If there is a sitelink to an article available, it returns the plain text link to the article
-- If there is no sitelink, it returns nil.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getSiteLink = function(frame)
	return _getSitelink(frame.args.qid, frame.args.wiki or mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or ""))
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getLink has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid=
-- If there is a sitelink to an article on the local Wiki, it returns a link to the article
-- with the Wikidata label as the displayed text.
-- If there is no sitelink, it returns the label as plain text.
-- If there is no label in the local language, it displays the qid instead.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getLink = function(frame)
	local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "")
	if itemID == "" then return end
	local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(itemID)
	local label = labelOrId(itemID)
	if sitelink then
		return "[[:" .. sitelink .. "|" .. label .. "]]"
	else
		return label
	end
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getLabel has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid=
-- It returns the Wikidata label for the local language as plain text.
-- If there is no label in the local language, it displays the qid instead.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getLabel = function(frame)
	local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "")
	if itemID == "" then return end
	local lang = frame.args.lang or ""
	if lang == "" then lang = nil end
	local label = labelOrId(itemID, lang)
	return label
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- label has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid=
-- if no qid is supplied, it uses the qid associated with the current page.
-- It returns the Wikidata label for the local language as plain text.
-- If there is no label in the local language, it returns nil.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.label = function(frame)
	local qid = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "")
	if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	if not qid then return end
	local lang = frame.args.lang or ""
	if lang == "" then lang = nil end
	local label, success = labelOrId(qid, lang)
	if success then return label end
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAT (Article Title)
-- has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid=
-- If there is a sitelink to an article on the local Wiki, it returns the sitelink as plain text.
-- If there is no sitelink or qid supplied, it returns nothing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAT = function(frame)
	local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "")
	if itemID == "" then return end
	return mw.wikibase.getSitelink(itemID)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getDescription has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- (it defaults to the associated qid of the current article if omitted)
-- and a local parameter passed as the first unnamed parameter.
-- Any local parameter passed (other than "Wikidata" or "none") becomes the return value.
-- It returns the article description for the Wikidata entity if the local parameter is "Wikidata".
-- Nothing is returned if the description doesn't exist or "none" is passed as the local parameter.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getDescription = function(frame)
	local desc = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "")
	local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args.qid or "")
	if itemID == "" then itemID = nil end
	if desc:lower() == 'wikidata' then
		return mw.wikibase.getDescription(itemID)
	elseif desc:lower() == 'none' then
		return nil
	else
		return desc
	end
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAliases has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid=
-- (it defaults to the associated qid of the current article if omitted)
-- and a local parameter passed as the first unnamed parameter.
-- It implements blacklisting and whitelisting with a field name of "alias" by default.
-- Any local parameter passed becomes the return value.
-- Otherwise it returns the aliases for the Wikidata entity with the usual list options.
-- Nothing is returned if the aliases do not exist.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang(); assembleoutput()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAliases = function(frame)
	local args = frame.args

	local fieldname = args.name or ""
	if fieldname == "" then fieldname = "alias" end

	local blacklist = args.suppressfields or args.spf or ""
	if blacklist:find(fieldname) then return nil end

	local localval = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "")
	if localval ~= "" then return localval end

	local whitelist = args.fetchwikidata or args.fwd or ""
	if whitelist == "" then whitelist = "NONE" end
	if not (whitelist == 'ALL' or whitelist:find(fieldname)) then return nil end

	local qid = args.qid or ""
	if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return nil end

	local aliases = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).aliases
	if not aliases then return nil end

	args.langobj = findLang(args.lang)
	local langcode = args.langobj.code
	args.lang = langcode

	local out = {}
	for k1, v1 in pairs(aliases) do
		if v1[1].language == langcode then
			for k1, v2 in ipairs(v1) do
				out[#out+1] = v2.value
			end
			break
		end
	end

	return assembleoutput(out, args, qid)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- pageId returns the page id (entity ID, Qnnn) of the current page
-- returns nothing if the page is not connected to Wikidata
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.pageId = function(frame)
	return mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- formatDate is a wrapper to export the private function format_Date
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: format_Date();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.formatDate = function(frame)
	return format_Date(frame.args[1], frame.args.df, frame.args.bc)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- location is a wrapper to export the private function _location
-- it takes the entity-id as qid or the first unnamed parameter
-- optional boolean parameter first toggles the display of the first item
-- optional boolean parameter skip toggles the display to skip to the last item
-- parameter debug=&lt;y/n&gt; (default 'n') adds error msg if not a location
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _location();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.location = function(frame)
	local debug = (frame.args.debug or ""):sub(1, 1):lower()
	if debug == "" then debug = "n" end
	local qid = mw.text.trim(frame.args.qid or frame.args[1] or ""):upper()
	if qid == "" then qid=mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	if not qid then
		if debug ~= "n" then
			return i18n.errors["entity-not-found"]
		else
			return nil
		end
	end
	local first = mw.text.trim(frame.args.first or "")
	local skip = mw.text.trim(frame.args.skip or "")
	return table.concat( _location(qid, first, skip), ", " )
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- checkBlacklist implements a test to check whether a named field is allowed
-- returns true if the field is not blacklisted (i.e. allowed)
-- returns false if the field is blacklisted (i.e. disallowed)
-- {{#if:{{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkBlacklist |name=Joe |suppressfields=Dave; Joe; Fred}} | not blacklisted | blacklisted}}
-- displays "blacklisted"
-- {{#if:{{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkBlacklist |name=Jim |suppressfields=Dave; Joe; Fred}} | not blacklisted | blacklisted}}
-- displays "not blacklisted"
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.checkBlacklist = function(frame)
	local blacklist = frame.args.suppressfields or frame.args.spf or ""
	local fieldname = frame.args.name or ""
	if blacklist ~= "" and fieldname ~= "" then
		if blacklist:find(fieldname) then
			return false
		else
			return true
		end
	else
		-- one of the fields is missing: let's call that "not on the list"
		return true
	end
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- emptyor returns nil if its first unnamed argument is just punctuation, whitespace or html tags
-- otherwise it returns the argument unchanged (including leading/trailing space).
-- If the argument may contain "=", then it must be called explicitly:
-- |1=arg
-- (In that case, leading and trailing spaces are trimmed)
-- It finds use in infoboxes where it can replace tests like:
-- {{#if: {{#invoke:WikidatIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}} | &lt;span class="xxx"&gt;{{#invoke:WikidatIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}}&lt;/span&gt; | }}
-- with a form that uses just a single call to Wikidata:
-- {{#invoke |WikidataIB |emptyor |1= &lt;span class="xxx"&gt;{{#invoke:WikidataIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}}&lt;/span&gt; }}
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.emptyor = function(frame)
	local s = frame.args[1] or ""
	if s == "" then return nil end
	local sx = s:gsub("%s", ""):gsub("&lt;[^&gt;]*&gt;", ""):gsub("%p", "")
	if sx == "" then
		return nil
	else
		return s
	end
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- labelorid is a public function to expose the output of labelOrId()
-- Pass the Q-number as |qid= or as an unnamed parameter.
-- It returns the Wikidata label for that entity or the qid if no label exists.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: labelOrId
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.labelorid = function(frame)
	return (labelOrId(frame.args.qid or frame.args[1]))
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getLang returns the MediaWiki language code of the current content.
-- If optional parameter |style=full, it returns the language name.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getLang = function(frame)
	local style = (frame.args.style or ""):lower()
	local langcode = mw.language.getContentLanguage().code
	if style == "full" then
		return mw.language.fetchLanguageName( langcode )
	end
	return langcode
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getItemLangCode takes a qid parameter (using the current page's qid if blank)
-- If the item for that qid has property country (P17) it looks at the first preferred value
-- If the country has an official language (P37), it looks at the first preferred value
-- If that official language has a language code (P424), it returns the first preferred value
-- Otherwise it returns nothing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: _getItemLangCode()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getItemLangCode = function(frame)
	return _getItemLangCode(frame.args.qid or frame.args[1])
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- findLanguage exports the local findLang() function
-- It takes an optional language code and returns, in order of preference:
-- the code if a known language;
-- the user's language, if set;
-- the server's content language.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.findLanguage = function(frame)
	return findLang(frame.args.lang or frame.args[1]).code
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getQid returns the qid, if supplied
-- failing that, the Wikidata entity ID of the "category's main topic (P301)", if it exists
-- failing that, the Wikidata entity ID associated with the current page, if it exists
-- otherwise, nothing
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getQid = function(frame)
	local qid = (frame.args.qid or ""):upper()
	-- check if a qid was passed; if so, return it:
	if qid ~= "" then return qid end
	-- check if there's a "category's main topic (P301)":
	qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()
	if qid then
		local prop301 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P301")
		if prop301[1] then
			local mctid = prop301[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
			if mctid then return mctid end
		end
	end
	-- otherwise return the page qid (if any)
	return qid
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- followQid takes four optional parameters: qid, props, list and all.
-- If qid is not given, it uses the qid for the connected page
-- or returns nil if there isn't one.
-- props is a list of properties, separated by punctuation.
-- If props is given, the Wikidata item for the qid is examined for each property in turn.
-- If that property contains a value that is another Wikibase-item, that item's qid is returned,
-- and the search terminates, unless |all=y when all of the qids are returned, separated by spaces.
-- If |list= is set to a template, the qids are passed as arguments to the template.
-- If props is not given, the qid is returned.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p._followQid = function(args)
	local qid = (args.qid or ""):upper()
	local all = parseParam(args.all, false)
	local list = args.list or ""
	if list == "" then list = nil end
	if qid == "" then
		qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()
	end
	if not qid then return nil end
	local out = {}
	local props = (args.props or ""):upper()
	if props ~= "" then
		for p in mw.text.gsplit(props, "%p") do -- split at punctuation and iterate
			p = mw.text.trim(p)
			for i, v in ipairs( mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, p) ) do
				local linkedid = v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
				if linkedid then
					if all then
						out[#out+1] = linkedid
					else
						return linkedid
					end -- test for all or just the first one found
				end -- test for value exists for that property
			end -- loop through values of property to follow
		end -- loop through list of properties to follow
	end
	if #out &gt; 0 then
		local ret = ""
		if list then
			ret = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = list, args = out}
		else
			ret = table.concat(out, " ")
		end
		return ret
	else
		return qid
	end
end

p.followQid = function(frame)
	return p._followQid(frame.args)
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- globalSiteID returns the globalSiteID for the current wiki
-- e.g. returns "enwiki" for the English Wikipedia, "enwikisource" for English Wikisource, etc.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.globalSiteID = function(frame)
	return mw.wikibase.getGlobalSiteId()
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- siteID returns the root of the globalSiteID
-- e.g. "en" for "enwiki", "enwikisource", etc.
-- treats "en-gb" as "en", etc.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.siteID = function(frame)
	local txtlang = frame:callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}) or ""
	-- This deals with specific exceptions: be-tarask -&gt; be-x-old
	if txtlang == "be-tarask" then
		return "be_x_old"
	end
	local pos = txtlang:find("-")
	local ret = ""
	if pos then
		ret = txtlang:sub(1, pos-1)
	else
		ret = txtlang
	end
	return ret
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- projID returns the code used to link to the reader's language's project
-- e.g "en" for [[:en:WikidataIB]]
-- treats "en-gb" as "en", etc.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.projID = function(frame)
	local txtlang = frame:callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}) or ""
	-- This deals with specific exceptions: be-tarask -&gt; be-x-old
	if txtlang == "be-tarask" then
		return "be-x-old"
	end
	local pos = txtlang:find("-")
	local ret = ""
	if pos then
		ret = txtlang:sub(1, pos-1)
	else
		ret = txtlang
	end
	return ret
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- formatNumber formats a number according to the the supplied language code ("|lang=")
-- or the default language if not supplied.
-- The number is the first unnamed parameter or "|num="
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang()
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.formatNumber = function(frame)
	local lang
	local num = tonumber(frame.args[1] or frame.args.num) or 0
	lang = findLang(frame.args.lang)
	return lang:formatNum( num )
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- examine dumps the property (the unnamed parameter or pid)
-- from the item given by the parameter 'qid' (or the other unnamed parameter)
-- or from the item corresponding to the current page if qid is not supplied.
-- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |pid=P26 |qid=Q42}}
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |P26 |Q42}} or any combination of these
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |P26}} for the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.examine = function( frame )
	local args
	if frame.args[1] or frame.args.pid or frame.args.qid then
		args = frame.args
	else
		args = frame:getParent().args
	end
	local par = {}
	local pid = (args.pid or ""):upper()
	local qid = (args.qid or ""):upper()
	par[1] = mw.text.trim( args[1] or "" ):upper()
	par[2] = mw.text.trim( args[2] or "" ):upper()
	table.sort(par)
	if par[2]:sub(1,1) == "P" then par[1], par[2] = par[2], par[1] end
	if pid == "" then pid = par[1] end
	if qid == "" then qid = par[2] end
	local q1 = qid:sub(1,1)
	if pid:sub(1,1) ~= "P" then return "No property supplied" end
	if q1 ~= "Q" and q1 ~= "M" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	if not qid then return "No item for this page" end
	return "&lt;pre&gt;" .. mw.dumpObject( mw.wikibase.getAllStatements( qid, pid ) ) .. "&lt;/pre&gt;"
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- checkvalue looks for 'val' as a wikibase-item value of a property (the unnamed parameter or pid)
-- from the item given by the parameter 'qid'
-- or from the Wikidata item associated with the current page if qid is not supplied.
-- It only checks ranks that are requested (preferred and normal by default)
-- If property is not supplied, then P31 (instance of) is assumed.
-- It returns val if found or nothing if not found.
-- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |pid=P31 |qid=Q42}}
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |P31 |qid=Q42}}
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |qid=Q42}}
-- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |P31}} for the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.checkvalue = function( frame )
	local args
	if frame.args.val then
		args = frame.args
	else
		args = frame:getParent().args
	end
	local val = args.val
	if not val then return nil end
	local pid = mw.text.trim(args.pid or args[1] or "P31"):upper()
	local qid = (args.qid or ""):upper()
	if pid:sub(1,1) ~= "P" then return nil end
	if qid:sub(1,1) ~= "Q" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	if not qid then return nil end
	local ranks = setRanks(args.rank)
	local stats = {}
	if ranks.b then
		stats = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, pid)
	else
		stats = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements( qid, pid )
	end
	if not stats[1] then return nil end
	if stats[1].mainsnak.datatype == "wikibase-item" then
		for k, v in pairs( stats ) do
			local ms = v.mainsnak
			if ranks[v.rank:sub(1,1)] and ms.snaktype == "value" and ms.datavalue.value.id == val then
				return val
			end
		end
	end
	return nil
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- url2 takes a parameter url= that is a proper url and formats it for use in an infobox.
-- If no parameter is supplied, it returns nothing.
-- This is the equivalent of Template:URL
-- but it keeps the "edit at Wikidata" pen icon out of the microformat.
-- Usually it will take its url parameter directly from a Wikidata call:
-- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |url2 |url={{wdib |P856 |qid=Q23317 |fwd=ALL |osd=no}} }}
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.url2 = function(frame)
	local txt = frame.args.url or ""
	if txt == "" then return nil end
	-- extract any icon
	local url, icon = txt:match("(.+)&amp;nbsp;(.+)")
	-- make sure there's at least a space at the end
	url = (url or txt) .. " "
	icon = icon or ""
	-- extract any protocol like https://
	local prot = url:match("(https*://).+[ \"\']")
	-- extract address
	local addr = ""
	if prot then
		addr = url:match("https*://(.+)[ \"\']") or " "
	else
		prot = "//"
		addr = url:match("[^%p%s]+%.(.+)[ \"\']") or " "
	end
	-- strip trailing / from end of domain-only url and add &lt;wbr/&gt; before . and /
	local disp, n = addr:gsub( "^([^/]+)/$", "%1" ):gsub("%/", "&lt;wbr/&gt;/"):gsub("%.", "&lt;wbr/&gt;.")
	return '&lt;span class="url"&gt;[' .. prot .. addr .. " " .. disp .. "]&lt;/span&gt;&amp;nbsp;" .. icon
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getWebsite fetches the Official website (P856) and formats it for use in an infobox.
-- This is similar to Template:Official website but with a url displayed,
-- and it adds the "edit at Wikidata" pen icon beyond the microformat if enabled.
-- A local value will override the Wikidata value. "NONE" returns nothing.
-- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |getWebsite |qid= |noicon= |lang= |url= }}
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: findLang(); parseParam();
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getWebsite = function(frame)
	local url = frame.args.url or ""
	if url:upper() == "NONE" then return nil end
	local urls = {}
	local quals = {}
	local qid = frame.args.qid or ""
	if url and url ~= "" then
		urls[1] = url
	else
		if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
		if not qid then return nil end

		local prop856 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P856")
		for k, v in pairs(prop856) do
			if v.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then
				urls[#urls+1] = v.mainsnak.datavalue.value
				if v.qualifiers and v.qualifiers["P1065"] then
					 -- just take the first archive url (P1065)
					local au = v.qualifiers["P1065"][1]
					if au.snaktype == "value" then
						quals[#urls] = au.datavalue.value
					end -- test for archive url having a value
				end -- test for qualifers
			end -- test for website having a value
		end -- loop through website(s)
	end
	if #urls == 0 then return nil end

	local out = {}
	for i, u in ipairs(urls) do
		local link = quals[i] or u
		local prot, addr = u:match("(http[s]*://)(.+)")
		addr = addr or u
		local disp, n = addr:gsub("%.", "&lt;wbr/&gt;%.")
		out[#out+1] = '&lt;span class="url"&gt;[' .. link .. " " .. disp .. "]&lt;/span&gt;"
	end

	local langcode = findLang(frame.args.lang).code
	local noicon = parseParam(frame.args.noicon, false)
	if url == "" and not noicon then
		out[#out] = out[#out] .. createicon(langcode, qid, "P856")
	end

	local ret = ""
	if #out &gt; 1 then
		ret = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = "ubl", args = out}
	else
		ret = out[1]
	end

	return ret
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAllLabels fetches the set of labels and formats it for display as wikitext.
-- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAllLabels = function(frame)
	local args = frame.args or frame:getParent().args or {}

	local qid = args.qid or ""
	if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return i18n["entity-not-found"] end

	local labels = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).labels
	if not labels then return i18n["labels-not-found"] end

	local out = {}
	for k, v in pairs(labels) do
		out[#out+1] = v.value .. " (" .. v.language .. ")"
	end

	return table.concat(out, "; ")
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAllDescriptions fetches the set of descriptions and formats it for display as wikitext.
-- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAllDescriptions = function(frame)
	local args = frame.args or frame:getParent().args or {}

	local qid = args.qid or ""
	if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return i18n["entity-not-found"] end

	local descriptions = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).descriptions
	if not descriptions then return i18n["descriptions-not-found"] end

	local out = {}
	for k, v in pairs(descriptions) do
		out[#out+1] = v.value .. " (" .. v.language .. ")"
	end

	return table.concat(out, "; ")
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getAllAliases fetches the set of aliases and formats it for display as wikitext.
-- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.getAllAliases = function(frame)
	local args = frame.args or frame:getParent().args or {}

	local qid = args.qid or ""
	if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return i18n["entity-not-found"] end

	local aliases = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).aliases
	if not aliases then return i18n["aliases-not-found"] end

	local out = {}
	for k1, v1 in pairs(aliases) do
		local lang = v1[1].language
		local val = {}
		for k1, v2 in ipairs(v1) do
			val[#val+1] = v2.value
		end
		out[#out+1] = table.concat(val, ", ") .. " (" .. lang .. ")"
	end

	return table.concat(out, "; ")
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- showNoLinks displays the article titles that should not be linked.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p.showNoLinks = function(frame)
	local out = {}
	for k, v in pairs(donotlink) do
		out[#out+1] = k
	end
	table.sort( out )
	return table.concat(out, "; ")
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- checkValidity checks whether the first unnamed parameter represents a valid entity-id,
-- that is, something like Q1235 or P123.
-- It returns the strings "true" or "false".
-- Change false to nil to return "true" or "" (easier to test with #if:).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.checkValidity(frame)
	local id = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "")
	if mw.wikibase.isValidEntityId(id) then
		return true
	else
		return false
	end
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getEntityFromTitle returns the Entity-ID (Q-number) for a given title.
-- Modification of Module:ResolveEntityId
-- The title is the first unnamed parameter.
-- The site parameter determines the site/language for the title. Defaults to current wiki.
-- The showdab parameter determines whether dab pages should return the Q-number or nil. Defaults to true.
-- Returns the Q-number or nil if it does not exist.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.getEntityFromTitle(frame)
	local args=frame.args
	if not args[1] then args=frame:getParent().args end
	if not args[1] then return nil end
	local title = mw.text.trim(args[1])
	local site = args.site or ""
	local showdab = parseParam(args.showdab, true)
	local qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForTitle(title, site)
	if qid then
		local prop31 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P31")[1]
		if not showdab and prop31 and prop31.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == "Q4167410" then
			return nil
		else
			return qid
		end
	end
end


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- getDatePrecision returns the number representing the precision of the first best date value
-- for the given property.
-- It takes the qid and property ID
-- The meanings are given at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Wikibase/DataModel#Dates_and_times
-- 0 = 1 billion years .. 6 = millennium, 7 = century, 8 = decade, 9 = year, 10 = month, 11 = day
-- Returns 0 (or the second unnamed parameter) if the Wikidata does not exist.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Dependencies: parseParam; sourced;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.getDatePrecision(frame)
	local args=frame.args
	if not args[1] then args=frame:getParent().args end
	local default = tonumber(args[2] or args.default) or 0
	local prop = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "")
	if prop == "" then return default end
	local qid = args.qid or ""
	if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end
	if not qid then return default end
	local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true)
	local stat = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, prop)
	for i, v in ipairs(stat) do
		local prec = (onlysrc == false or sourced(v))
			and v.mainsnak.datavalue
			and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value
			and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.precision
		if prec then return prec end
	end
	return default
end


return p


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- List of exported functions
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[
_getValue
getValue
getPreferredValue
getCoords
getQualifierValue
getSumOfParts
getValueByQual
getValueByLang
getValueByRefSource
getPropertyIDs
getQualifierIDs
getPropOfProp
getAwardCat
getIntersectCat
getGlobe
getCommonsLink
getSiteLink
getLink
getLabel
label
getAT
getDescription
getAliases
pageId
formatDate
location
checkBlacklist
emptyor
labelorid
getLang
getItemLangCode
findLanguage
getQID
followQid
globalSiteID
siteID
projID
formatNumber
examine
checkvalue
url2
getWebsite
getAllLabels
getAllDescriptions
getAllAliases
showNoLinks
checkValidity
getEntityFromTitle
getDatePrecision
--]]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------</text>
    <sha1>cdfad4f2433151e512d5023478c35bceaf5c980a</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Module:WikidataIB/nolinks</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>71</id>
  <revision>
    <id>116</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:30:13Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "local p ={}  --[[ The values here are the English sitelinks for items that should not be linked. These 36 are not definitive and may be altered to suit. --]] p.items = { 	"Australia", 	"Austria", 	"Belgium", 	"Canada", 	"China", 	"Denmark", 	"England", 	"France", 	"Germany", 	"Greece", 	"Hungary", 	"Iceland", 	"India", 	"Republic of Ireland", 	"Israel", 	"Italy", 	"Jamaica", 	"Japan", 	"Luxembourg", 	"Mexico", 	"Netherlands", 	"New Zealand", 	"Northern Ireland", 	"Norway..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="832" xml:space="preserve">local p ={}

--[[
The values here are the English sitelinks for items that should not be linked.
These 36 are not definitive and may be altered to suit.
--]]
p.items = {
	"Australia",
	"Austria",
	"Belgium",
	"Canada",
	"China",
	"Denmark",
	"England",
	"France",
	"Germany",
	"Greece",
	"Hungary",
	"Iceland",
	"India",
	"Republic of Ireland",
	"Israel",
	"Italy",
	"Jamaica",
	"Japan",
	"Luxembourg",
	"Mexico",
	"Netherlands",
	"New Zealand",
	"Northern Ireland",
	"Norway",
	"Poland",
	"Portugal",
	"Russia",
	"Scotland",
	"South Africa",
	"Spain",
	"Sweden",
	"Switzerland",
	"Turkey",
	"United Kingdom",
	"UK",
	"United States",
	"USA",
	"Wales",
}

--[[
This provides a convenient way to create a test whether an item is on the list.
--]]
p.itemsindex = {}
for i, v in ipairs(p.items) do
	p.itemsindex[v] = true
end

return p</text>
    <sha1>d42a1e1cb5d411ab1b578dc0d36aa0266f32b2d6</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Module:WikidataIB/titleformats</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>72</id>
  <revision>
    <id>117</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:30:46Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "--[[ To satisfy Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Titles, certain types of items are italicised, and others are quoted. This submodule lists the entity-ids used in 'instance of' (P31), which allows a module to identify the values that should be formatted. The table p.formats is indexed by entity-id, and contains the value " or '' --]]  local p = {}  p.italics = { 	"Q571",			-- book 	"Q13593966",	-- literary trilogy 	"Q277759",		-- book series 	"Q2188189",		-- musical work 	"Q114..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="1061" xml:space="preserve">--[[
To satisfy Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Titles, certain types of items are italicised,
and others are quoted.
This submodule lists the entity-ids used in 'instance of' (P31),
which allows a module to identify the values that should be formatted.
The table p.formats is indexed by entity-id, and contains the value " or ''
--]]

local p = {}

p.italics = {
	"Q571",			-- book
	"Q13593966",	-- literary trilogy
	"Q277759",		-- book series
	"Q2188189",		-- musical work
	"Q11424",		-- film
	"Q13593818",	-- film trilogy
	"Q24856",		-- film series
	"Q5398426",		-- television series
	"Q482994",		-- album
	"Q169930",		-- extended play
	"Q1760610",		-- comic book
	"Q7889",		-- video game
	"Q7058673",		-- video game series
	"Q25379",		-- play
	"Q2743",		-- musical
	"Q37484",		-- epic poem
	"Q41298",		-- magazine
}

p.quotes = { 
	"Q207628",		-- musical composition
}

p.size = 0
p.formats = {}

for i, v in ipairs(p.italics) do
	p.formats[v] = "''"
	p.size = p.size + 1
end

for i, v in ipairs(p.quotes) do
	p.formats[v] = '"'
	p.size = p.size + 1
end

return p</text>
    <sha1>aecc52ff69e56d315f5b60dc21d02dd94a63dfea</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:Module other</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>73</id>
  <revision>
    <id>118</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:35:29Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#switch:   &lt;!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--&gt;   {{#if:{{{demospace|}}}   | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }}    &lt;!--Use lower case "demospace"--&gt;   | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Module}}     | module     | other     }}   }} | module = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}&lt;!--End switch--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;  {{documentation}} &lt;!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt; &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="414" xml:space="preserve">{{#switch:
  &lt;!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--&gt;
  {{#if:{{{demospace|}}}
  | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }}    &lt;!--Use lower case "demospace"--&gt;
  | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Module}}
    | module
    | other
    }}
  }}
| module = {{{1|}}}
| other
| #default = {{{2|}}}
}}&lt;!--End switch--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;

{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>503694836c1b07142e63fd35d8be69ec8bb9ffe7</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:Ombox</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>74</id>
  <revision>
    <id>119</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:36:11Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#invoke:Message box|ombox}}&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt; &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="146" xml:space="preserve">{{#invoke:Message box|ombox}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>0e54065432d540737b9e56c4e3a8e7f74d4534ea</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:Module rating</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>75</id>
  <revision>
    <id>120</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:37:07Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|&lt;!--do not show protection level of the module on the doc page, use the second and optionally third parameter if the doc page is also protected --&gt;{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{Pp|{{{2}}}|action={{{3|}}}}}}}|{{Module other|{{ombox  | type      = notice  | image     = {{#switch: {{{1|}}}    | pre-alpha | prealpha | pa = [[File:Ambox warning blue construction.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Pre-alpha]]    | alpha | a                 = File:Greek lc alph..."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="5006" xml:space="preserve">&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|&lt;!--do not show protection level of the module on the doc page, use the second and optionally third parameter if the doc page is also protected --&gt;{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{Pp|{{{2}}}|action={{{3|}}}}}}}|{{Module other|{{ombox
 | type      = notice
 | image     = {{#switch: {{{1|}}}
   | pre-alpha | prealpha | pa = [[File:Ambox warning blue construction.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Pre-alpha]]
   | alpha | a                 = [[File:Greek lc alpha icon.svg|26x26px|link=|alt=Alpha]]
   | beta | b                  = [[File:Greek lc beta icon.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Beta]]
   | release | r | general | g = [[File:Green check.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Ready for use]]
   | protected | protect | p   = [[File:{{#switch:{{#invoke:Effective protection level|edit|{{#switch:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox={{FULLBASEPAGENAME}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}}}|autoconfirmed=Semi|extendedconfirmed=Extended|accountcreator|templateeditor=Template|#default=Full}}-protection-shackle.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Protected]]
   | semiprotected | semiprotect | semi =[[File:Semi-protection-shackle.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Semi-protected]]
  }}
 | style     = 
 | textstyle = 
 | text      = {{#switch: {{{1|}}}
   | pre-alpha | prealpha | pa = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in pre-alpha development|pre-alpha]]. It is unfinished, and may or may not be in active development. It should not be used from article namespace pages. Modules remain pre-alpha until the original editor (or someone who takes one over if it is abandoned for some time) is satisfied with the basic structure.
   | alpha | a                 = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in alpha|alpha]]. It is ready for third-party input, and may be used on a few pages to see if problems arise, but should be watched. Suggestions for new features or changes in their input and output mechanisms are welcome.
   | beta | b                  = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in beta|beta]], and is ready for widespread use. It is still new and should be used with some caution to ensure the results are as expected.
   | release | r | general | g = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules for general use|ready for general use]]. It has reached a mature form and is thought to be relatively bug-free and ready for use wherever appropriate. It is ready to mention on help pages and other Wikipedia resources as an option for new users to learn. To reduce server load and bad output, it should be improved by [[Wikipedia:Template sandbox and test cases|sandbox testing]] rather than repeated trial-and-error editing.
   | protected | protect | p   = This module is [[:Category:Modules subject to page protection|subject to page protection]]. It is a [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|highly visible module]] in use by a very large number of pages, or is [[Wikipedia:Substitution|substituted]] very frequently. Because vandalism or mistakes would affect many pages, and even trivial editing might cause substantial load on the servers, it is [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|protected]] from editing.
   | semiprotected | semiprotect | semi   = This module is [[:Category:Modules subject to page protection|subject to page protection]]. It is a [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|highly visible module]] in use by a very large number of pages, or is [[Wikipedia:Substitution|substituted]] very frequently. Because vandalism or mistakes would affect many pages, and even trivial editing might cause substantial load on the servers, it is [[WP:SEMI|semi-protected]] from editing.
   | #default                  = {{error|Module rating is invalid or not specified.}}
  }}
}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#ifeq: {{ROOTPAGENAME}} | Sandbox 
     | &lt;!-- No category for user sandboxes --&gt;
     | {{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}
         | doc | sandbox =&lt;!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --&gt;
         | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true 
             | &lt;!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --&gt; 
             | {{#switch: {{{1|}}}
                 | pre-alpha | prealpha | pa = [[Category:Modules in pre-alpha development|{{PAGENAME}}]]
                 | alpha | a = [[Category:Modules in alpha|{{PAGENAME}}]]
                 | beta | b = [[Category:Modules in beta|{{PAGENAME}}]]
                 | release | r | general | g = [[Category:Modules for general use|{{PAGENAME}}]]
                 | protected | protect | p = [[Category:Modules subject to page protection|{{PAGENAME}}]]
                 | semiprotected | semiprotect | semi = [[Category:Modules subject to page protection|{{PAGENAME}}]]
               }}
           }}
       }}
    }}&lt;!--
--&gt;|{{error|Error: {{tl|Module rating}} must be placed in the Module namespace.}} [[Category:Pages with templates in the wrong namespace]]|demospace={{{demospace|&lt;noinclude&gt;module&lt;/noinclude&gt;}}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{module rating|release|nocat=true|demospace=module}}
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go in Wikidata. --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>75c928c417eb4da2a338898531fd8d501e05adbb</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:Commons category</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>76</id>
  <revision>
    <id>121</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:42:48Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{Sister project | position = {{{position|}}} | project  = commons | text     = Wikimedia Commons has {{{alt-term|media related to}}} &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; {{#ifeq:{{{nowrap|no}}}|yes|white-space:nowrap;}} {{#ifeq:{{{italic|yes}}}|yes|font-style: italic;}}"&gt;commons:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|Category:{{{1|}}}|{{if then show|{{#invoke:WikidataIB |getCommonsLink|qid={{{qid|}}}|onlycat=True|fallback=False}}|Category:{{PAGENAME}}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{lcf|{{{lcfirst|no}}}}}}|yes|{{..."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="2561" xml:space="preserve">{{Sister project
| position = {{{position|}}}
| project  = commons
| text     = Wikimedia Commons has {{{alt-term|media related to}}} &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; {{#ifeq:{{{nowrap|no}}}|yes|white-space:nowrap;}} {{#ifeq:{{{italic|yes}}}|yes|font-style: italic;}}"&gt;[[commons:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|Category:{{{1|}}}|{{if then show|{{#invoke:WikidataIB |getCommonsLink|qid={{{qid|}}}|onlycat=True|fallback=False}}|Category:{{PAGENAME}}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{lcf|{{{lcfirst|no}}}}}}|yes|{{lcfirst:{{{2|{{#if:{{{1|}}} | {{{1|}}} &lt;!--
  --&gt;|{{if then show|{{#invoke:String|replace|{{#invoke:WikidataIB |getCommonsLink|qid={{{qid|}}}|onlycat=True|fallback=False}}|Category:|}}&lt;!--
  --&gt; |{{PAGENAME}} }} }} }}} }}&lt;!--
  --&gt;|{{{2|{{#if:{{{1|}}} | {{{1|}}} &lt;!--
  --&gt;|{{if then show|{{#invoke:String|replace|{{#invoke:WikidataIB |getCommonsLink|qid={{{qid|}}}|onlycat=True|fallback=False}}|Category:|}}|{{PAGENAME}} }}&lt;!--
  --&gt;}}}}}}}]]&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;!--
 End of the template code, now add relevant tracking categories

--&gt;&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}}||{{ns:14}}=&lt;!--
 Only add tracking categories to articles and categories.
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{#ifeq:Category:{{replace|{{{1|}}}|_|&amp;#32;}}|{{#invoke:WikidataIB |getCommonsLink|qid={{{qid|}}}|onlycat=True|fallback=False}}|&lt;!--
   --&gt;[[Category:Commons category link is on Wikidata]]&lt;!--

   --&gt;|{{#ifeq:{{replace|{{{1|}}}|_|&amp;#32;}}|{{PAGENAME}}|&lt;!--
   ... the local parameter is the same as the local pagename
   --&gt;[[Category:Commons category link is defined as the pagename]]{{preview warning|Commons category does not match the Commons sitelink on Wikidata – [[Template:Commons_category#Resolving_discrepancies|please check]]}}&lt;!--

   ... the local parameter is not the pagename
   --&gt;|[[Category:Commons category link is locally defined]]{{preview warning|Commons category does not match the Commons sitelink on Wikidata – [[Template:Commons_category#Resolving_discrepancies|please check]]}}}} }}&lt;!--

  We don't have a locally-defined link 
  --&gt;|{{#if:{{#invoke:WikidataIB |getCommonsLink|qid={{{qid|}}}|onlycat=True|fallback=False}}|&lt;!--

   ... so we're using Wikidata
   --&gt;[[Category:Commons category link from Wikidata]]&lt;!--

    &lt;!-- ... or we're using the pagename
    --&gt;|[[Category:Commons category link is the pagename]]{{preview warning|Commons category does not match the Commons sitelink on Wikidata – [[Template:Commons_category#Resolving_discrepancies|please check]]}}
  }}
  }}
  }}&lt;/includeonly&gt;
}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>2bd43ed87c200ce6b7fb2125ada22b7e359dcee4</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:Preview warning</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>77</id>
  <revision>
    <id>122</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:44:28Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:If preview|pwarning}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="100" xml:space="preserve">&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:If preview|pwarning}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>cce22240e54b49011c0f21b61215790188021347</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Module:If preview</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>78</id>
  <revision>
    <id>123</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:45:19Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "local p = {}  local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:If preview/configuration')  --[[ main  This function returns either the first argument or second argument passed to this module, depending on whether the page is being previewed.  ]] function p.main(frame) 	if cfg.preview then 		return frame.args[1] or '' 	else 		return frame.args[2] or '' 	end end  --[[ pmain  This function returns either the first argument or second argument passed to this module's parent (i.e. template usi..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="1453" xml:space="preserve">local p = {}

local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:If preview/configuration')

--[[
main

This function returns either the first argument or second argument passed to
this module, depending on whether the page is being previewed.

]]
function p.main(frame)
	if cfg.preview then
		return frame.args[1] or ''
	else
		return frame.args[2] or ''
	end
end

--[[
pmain

This function returns either the first argument or second argument passed to
this module's parent (i.e. template using this module), depending on whether it
is being previewed.

]]
function p.pmain(frame)
	return p.main(frame:getParent())
end


local function warning_text(warning)
	return mw.ustring.format(
		cfg.warning_infrastructure,
		cfg.templatestyles,
		warning
	)
end

function p._warning(args)
	
	local warning = args[1] and args[1]:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') or ''
	if warning == '' then
		return warning_text(cfg.missing_warning)
	end
	
	if not cfg.preview then return '' end
	
	return warning_text(warning)
end

--[[
warning

This function returns a "preview warning", which is the first argument marked
up with HTML and some supporting text, depending on whether the page is being previewed.

disabled since we'll implement the template version in general

]]
--function p.warning(frame)
--	return p._warning(frame.args)
--end

--[[
warning, but for pass-through templates like {{preview warning}}
]]
function p.pwarning(frame)
	return p._warning(frame:getParent().args)
end

return p</text>
    <sha1>9a92196d0001b8016f2501aedfadcc3adcb974ef</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Module:If preview/configuration</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>79</id>
  <revision>
    <id>124</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:46:52Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with " --[[ We perform the actual check for whether this is a preview here since preprocessing is relatively expensive. ]] local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()  local function is_preview() 	local revision_id = frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}') 	-- {{REVISIONID}} is usually the empty string when previewed. 	-- I don't know why we're checking for nil but hey, maybe someday things 	-- would have broken 	return revision_id == nil or revision_id == '' end  local function templatesty..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="843" xml:space="preserve">
--[[
We perform the actual check for whether this is a preview here since
preprocessing is relatively expensive.
]]
local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()

local function is_preview()
	local revision_id = frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')
	-- {{REVISIONID}} is usually the empty string when previewed.
	-- I don't know why we're checking for nil but hey, maybe someday things
	-- would have broken
	return revision_id == nil or revision_id == ''
end

local function templatestyles()
	return frame:extensionTag{
		name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:If preview/styles.css' }
	}
end

return {
	preview = is_preview(),
	templatestyles = templatestyles(),
	warning_infrastructure = '%s&lt;div class="preview-warning"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preview warning:&lt;/strong&gt; %s&lt;/div&gt;',
	missing_warning = 'The template has no warning text. Please add a warning.'
}</text>
    <sha1>a8a356ec77ef10428b6ab1ebeb1bfb055f0f98b6</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Module:If preview/styles.css</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>80</id>
  <revision>
    <id>125</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:47:22Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "/* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .preview-warning { 	font-style: italic; 	/* @noflip */ 	padding-left: 1.6em; 	margin-bottom: 0.5em; 	color: red; }  /* The templatestyles element inserts a link element before hatnotes.  * TODO: Remove link if/when WMF resolves T200206 */ .preview-warning + link + .preview-warning { 	margin-top: -0.5em; }"</comment>
    <model>sanitized-css</model>
    <format>text/css</format>
    <text bytes="329" xml:space="preserve">/* {{pp|small=yes}} */
.preview-warning {
	font-style: italic;
	/* @noflip */
	padding-left: 1.6em;
	margin-bottom: 0.5em;
	color: red;
}

/* The templatestyles element inserts a link element before hatnotes.
 * TODO: Remove link if/when WMF resolves T200206 */
.preview-warning + link + .preview-warning {
	margin-top: -0.5em;
}</text>
    <sha1>8b79ffc4853d424a805b084de00030e04bbd573e</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Module:Message box/cmbox.css</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>81</id>
  <revision>
    <id>126</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:50:03Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "/* {{pp|small=y}} */ .cmbox { 	margin: 3px 0; 	border-collapse: collapse; 	border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; 	background-color: #dfe8ff;    /* Default "notice" blue */ 	box-sizing: border-box; }  .cmbox-speedy { 	border: 4px solid #b32424;    /* Red */ 	background-color: #ffdbdb;    /* Pink */ }  .cmbox-delete { 	background-color: #ffdbdb;    /* Pink */ }  .cmbox-content { 	background-color: #ffe7ce;    /* Orange */ }  .cmbox-style { 	background-color: #fff9db;    /* Yellow */..."</comment>
    <model>sanitized-css</model>
    <format>text/css</format>
    <text bytes="1119" xml:space="preserve">/* {{pp|small=y}} */
.cmbox {
	margin: 3px 0;
	border-collapse: collapse;
	border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
	background-color: #dfe8ff;    /* Default "notice" blue */
	box-sizing: border-box;
}

.cmbox-speedy {
	border: 4px solid #b32424;    /* Red */
	background-color: #ffdbdb;    /* Pink */
}

.cmbox-delete {
	background-color: #ffdbdb;    /* Pink */
}

.cmbox-content {
	background-color: #ffe7ce;    /* Orange */
}

.cmbox-style {
	background-color: #fff9db;    /* Yellow */
}

.cmbox-move {
	background-color: #e4d8ff;    /* Purple */
}

.cmbox-protection {
	background-color: #efefe1;    /* Gray-gold */
}

.cmbox .mbox-text {
	border: none;
	/* @noflip */
	padding: 0.25em 0.9em;
	width: 100%;
}

.cmbox .mbox-image {
	border: none;
	/* @noflip */
	padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em;
	text-align: center;
}

.cmbox .mbox-imageright {
	border: none;
	/* @noflip */
	padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0;
	text-align: center;
}

/* An empty narrow cell */
.cmbox .mbox-empty-cell {
	border: none;
	padding: 0;
	width: 1px;
}

.cmbox .mbox-invalid-type {
	text-align: center;
}

@media (min-width: 720px) {
	.cmbox {
		margin: 3px 10%;
	}
}</text>
    <sha1>95109477b86803acfea977ae0bce2319e72f170d</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:Cmbox</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>82</id>
  <revision>
    <id>127</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:50:11Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#invoke:Message box|cmbox}}&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt; &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="146" xml:space="preserve">{{#invoke:Message box|cmbox}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>18d654cb0dbc293e070a3e2aa97cb88f1791a273</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:Topic category</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>83</id>
  <revision>
    <id>128</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:50:34Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{Cmbox | type = notice | text = This is a '''[[WP:TOPICCAT|topic category]]'''{{#if:{{{1|}}}|&amp;#32;for the topic [[{{{1}}}]]{{nodisplay|{{Cat main|{{{1}}}}}}}|}}. }}&lt;noinclude&gt;{{Documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="205" xml:space="preserve">{{Cmbox
| type = notice
| text = This is a '''[[WP:TOPICCAT|topic category]]'''{{#if:{{{1|}}}|&amp;#32;for the topic [[{{{1}}}]]{{nodisplay|{{Cat main|{{{1}}}}}}}|}}.
}}&lt;noinclude&gt;{{Documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>e91657d9e3e1862d6326ec919baf265661b41666</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:Nodisplay</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>84</id>
  <revision>
    <id>129</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:52:21Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;div class="display-none" style="display:inline;display:none;"&gt;{{{1}}}&lt;/div&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;{{Documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="116" xml:space="preserve">&lt;div class="display-none" style="display:inline;display:none;"&gt;{{{1}}}&lt;/div&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;{{Documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>fa56c4da1e3f4ee8635c7e30d94aa3c9acecb517</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Module:Category main article</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>85</id>
  <revision>
    <id>130</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:53:31Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "-- This module implements {{cat main}}.  local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote') local mFormatLink = require('Module:Format link') local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mTableTools -- lazily initialise local mArguments -- lazily initialise  local p = {}  function p.catMain(frame) 	mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') 	mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') 	local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame, {wrappers = 'Template:Category main article'}) 	local pages..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="1852" xml:space="preserve">-- This module implements {{cat main}}.

local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote')
local mFormatLink = require('Module:Format link')
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local mTableTools -- lazily initialise
local mArguments -- lazily initialise

local p = {}

function p.catMain(frame)
	mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools')
	mArguments = require('Module:Arguments')
	local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame, {wrappers = 'Template:Category main article'})
	local pages = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args)
	local options = {
		article = args.article,
		selfref = args.selfref
	}
	return p._catMain(options, unpack(pages))
end

function p._catMain(options, ...)
	options = options or {}

	-- Get the links table.
	local links = mFormatLink.formatPages({}, {...})
	if not links[1] then
		local page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text
		links[1] = mFormatLink._formatLink{link = page}
	end
	for i, link in ipairs(links) do
		links[i] = string.format("'''%s'''", link)
	end

	-- Get the pagetype.
	local pages = {...}
	local pagetype 
	
	if options.article ~= nil then
		pagetype = yesno(options.article) ~= false and 'article' or 'page'
	elseif pages and pages[1] then
		local page = pages[1]:gsub("|.*","")
		pagetype = mw.title.new(page).namespace == 0 and "article" or "page"
	else
		pagetype = "article"
	end

	-- Work out whether we need to be singular or plural.
	local stringToFormat
	if #links &gt; 1 then
		stringToFormat = 'The main %ss for this [[Help:Categories|category]] are %s.'
	else
		stringToFormat = 'The main %s for this [[Help:Categories|category]] is %s.'
	end

	-- Get the text.
	local text = string.format(
		stringToFormat,
		pagetype,
		mw.text.listToText(links)
	)
	
	-- Pass it through to Module:Hatnote.
	local hnOptions = {}
	hnOptions.selfref = options.selfref

	return mHatnote._hatnote(text, hnOptions)
end

return p</text>
    <sha1>c9ff1251c350e2726303c7bf9568d61ed54b3881</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Module:Format link</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>86</id>
  <revision>
    <id>131</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:54:09Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Format link -- -- Makes a wikilink from the given link and display values. Links are escaped -- with colons if necessary, and links to sections are detected and displayed -- with " § " as a separator rather than the standard MediaWiki "#". Used in -- the {{format link}} template. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local libraryUtil = require(..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="6484" xml:space="preserve">--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Format link
--
-- Makes a wikilink from the given link and display values. Links are escaped
-- with colons if necessary, and links to sections are detected and displayed
-- with " § " as a separator rather than the standard MediaWiki "#". Used in
-- the {{format link}} template.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType
local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg
local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]]
local mError -- lazily initialise [[Module:Error]]
local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]]

local p = {}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function getArgs(frame)
	-- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and
	-- blanks are removed.
	mArguments = require('Module:Arguments')
	return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true})
end

local function removeInitialColon(s)
	-- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present.
	return s:match('^:?(.*)')
end

local function maybeItalicize(s, shouldItalicize)
	-- Italicize s if s is a string and the shouldItalicize parameter is true.
	if s and shouldItalicize then
		return '&lt;i&gt;' .. s .. '&lt;/i&gt;'
	else
		return s
	end
end

local function parseLink(link)
	-- Parse a link and return a table with the link's components.
	-- These components are:
	-- - link: the link, stripped of any initial colon (always present)
	-- - page: the page name (always present)
	-- - section: the page name (may be nil)
	-- - display: the display text, if manually entered after a pipe (may be nil)
	link = removeInitialColon(link)

	-- Find whether a faux display value has been added with the {{!}} magic
	-- word.
	local prePipe, display = link:match('^(.-)|(.*)$')
	link = prePipe or link

	-- Find the page, if it exists.
	-- For links like [[#Bar]], the page will be nil.
	local preHash, postHash = link:match('^(.-)#(.*)$')
	local page
	if not preHash then
		-- We have a link like [[Foo]].
		page = link
	elseif preHash ~= '' then
		-- We have a link like [[Foo#Bar]].
		page = preHash
	end

	-- Find the section, if it exists.
	local section
	if postHash and postHash ~= '' then
		section = postHash
	end
	
	return {
		link = link,
		page = page,
		section = section,
		display = display,
	}
end

local function formatDisplay(parsed, options)
	-- Formats a display string based on a parsed link table (matching the
	-- output of parseLink) and an options table (matching the input options for
	-- _formatLink).
	local page = maybeItalicize(parsed.page, options.italicizePage)
	local section = maybeItalicize(parsed.section, options.italicizeSection)
	if (not section) then
		return page
	elseif (not page) then
		return mw.ustring.format('§&amp;nbsp;%s', section)
	else
		return mw.ustring.format('%s §&amp;nbsp;%s', page, section)
	end
end

local function missingArgError(target)
	mError = require('Module:Error')
	return mError.error{message =
		'Error: no link or target specified! ([[' .. target .. '#Errors|help]])'
	}
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Main functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.formatLink(frame)
	-- The formatLink export function, for use in templates.
	yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
	local args = getArgs(frame)
	local link = args[1] or args.link
	local target = args[3] or args.target
	if not (link or target) then
		return missingArgError('Template:Format link')
	end

	return p._formatLink{
		link = link,
		display = args[2] or args.display,
		target = target,
		italicizePage = yesno(args.italicizepage),
		italicizeSection = yesno(args.italicizesection),
		categorizeMissing = args.categorizemissing
	}
end

function p._formatLink(options)
	-- The formatLink export function, for use in modules.
	checkType('_formatLink', 1, options, 'table')
	local function check(key, expectedType) --for brevity
		checkTypeForNamedArg(
			'_formatLink', key, options[key], expectedType or 'string', true
		)
	end
	check('link')
	check('display')
	check('target')
	check('italicizePage', 'boolean')
	check('italicizeSection', 'boolean')
	check('categorizeMissing')

	-- Normalize link and target and check that at least one is present
	if options.link == '' then options.link = nil end
	if options.target == '' then options.target = nil end
	if not (options.link or options.target) then
		return missingArgError('Module:Format link')
	end

	local parsed = parseLink(options.link)
	local display = options.display or parsed.display
	local catMissing = options.categorizeMissing
	local category = ''

	-- Find the display text
	if not display then display = formatDisplay(parsed, options) end

	-- Handle the target option if present
	if options.target then
		local parsedTarget = parseLink(options.target)
		parsed.link = parsedTarget.link
		parsed.page = parsedTarget.page
	end

	-- Test if page exists if a diagnostic category is specified
	if catMissing and (mw.ustring.len(catMissing) &gt; 0) then
		local title = nil
		if parsed.page then title = mw.title.new(parsed.page) end
		if title and (not title.isExternal) then
			local success, exists = pcall(function() return title.exists end)
			if success and not exists then
				category = mw.ustring.format('[[Category:%s]]', catMissing)
			end
		end
	end
	
	-- Format the result as a link
	if parsed.link == display then
		return mw.ustring.format('[[:%s]]%s', parsed.link, category)
	else
		return mw.ustring.format('[[:%s|%s]]%s', parsed.link, display, category)
	end
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Derived convenience functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.formatPages(options, pages)
	-- Formats an array of pages using formatLink and the given options table,
	-- and returns it as an array. Nil values are not allowed.
	local ret = {}
	for i, page in ipairs(pages) do
		ret[i] = p._formatLink{
			link = page,
			categorizeMissing = options.categorizeMissing,
			italicizePage = options.italicizePage,
			italicizeSection = options.italicizeSection
		}
	end
	return ret
end

return p</text>
    <sha1>1253bdd2683ee4badc33856bfd5499b09a7dca1f</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Module:TableTools</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>87</id>
  <revision>
    <id>132</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:55:01Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --                                   TableTools                                   -- --                                                                                -- -- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables.        -- -- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should not -- -- be called directly from #invoke...."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="16126" xml:space="preserve">------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                                   TableTools                                   --
--                                                                                --
-- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables.        --
-- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should not --
-- be called directly from #invoke.                                               --
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')

local p = {}

-- Define often-used variables and functions.
local floor = math.floor
local infinity = math.huge
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType
local checkTypeMulti = libraryUtil.checkTypeMulti

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- isPositiveInteger
--
-- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false
-- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is
-- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the
-- hash part of a table.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.isPositiveInteger(v)
	return type(v) == 'number' and v &gt;= 1 and floor(v) == v and v &lt; infinity
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- isNan
--
-- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false if
-- not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is useful
-- for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will generate an
-- error if a NaN is used as a table key.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.isNan(v)
	return type(v) == 'number' and v ~= v
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- shallowClone
--
-- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all
-- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned
-- table will have no metatable of its own.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.shallowClone(t)
	checkType('shallowClone', 1, t, 'table')
	local ret = {}
	for k, v in pairs(t) do
		ret[k] = v
	end
	return ret
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- removeDuplicates
--
-- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are
-- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are
-- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.removeDuplicates(arr)
	checkType('removeDuplicates', 1, arr, 'table')
	local isNan = p.isNan
	local ret, exists = {}, {}
	for _, v in ipairs(arr) do
		if isNan(v) then
			-- NaNs can't be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don't need to check existence.
			ret[#ret + 1] = v
		elseif not exists[v] then
			ret[#ret + 1] = v
			exists[v] = true
		end
	end
	return ret
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- numKeys
--
-- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical
-- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.numKeys(t)
	checkType('numKeys', 1, t, 'table')
	local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger
	local nums = {}
	for k in pairs(t) do
		if isPositiveInteger(k) then
			nums[#nums + 1] = k
		end
	end
	table.sort(nums)
	return nums
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- affixNums
--
-- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the
-- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table
-- {a1 = 'foo', a3 = 'bar', a6 = 'baz'} and the prefix "a", affixNums will return
-- {1, 3, 6}.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix)
	checkType('affixNums', 1, t, 'table')
	checkType('affixNums', 2, prefix, 'string', true)
	checkType('affixNums', 3, suffix, 'string', true)

	local function cleanPattern(s)
		-- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally.
		return s:gsub('([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])', '%%%1')
	end

	prefix = prefix or ''
	suffix = suffix or ''
	prefix = cleanPattern(prefix)
	suffix = cleanPattern(suffix)
	local pattern = '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)' .. suffix .. '$'

	local nums = {}
	for k in pairs(t) do
		if type(k) == 'string' then
			local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern)
			if num then
				nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num)
			end
		end
	end
	table.sort(nums)
	return nums
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- numData
--
-- Given a table with keys like {"foo1", "bar1", "foo2", "baz2"}, returns a table
-- of subtables in the format
-- {[1] = {foo = 'text', bar = 'text'}, [2] = {foo = 'text', baz = 'text'}}.
-- Keys that don't end with an integer are stored in a subtable named "other". The
-- compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with
-- ipairs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.numData(t, compress)
	checkType('numData', 1, t, 'table')
	checkType('numData', 2, compress, 'boolean', true)
	local ret = {}
	for k, v in pairs(t) do
		local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$')
		if num then
			num = tonumber(num)
			local subtable = ret[num] or {}
			if prefix == '' then
				-- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead.
				prefix = 1
			end
			subtable[prefix] = v
			ret[num] = subtable
		else
			local subtable = ret.other or {}
			subtable[k] = v
			ret.other = subtable
		end
	end
	if compress then
		local other = ret.other
		ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret)
		ret.other = other
	end
	return ret
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- compressSparseArray
--
-- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values
-- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with
-- ipairs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.compressSparseArray(t)
	checkType('compressSparseArray', 1, t, 'table')
	local ret = {}
	local nums = p.numKeys(t)
	for _, num in ipairs(nums) do
		ret[#ret + 1] = t[num]
	end
	return ret
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- sparseIpairs
--
-- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can
-- handle nil values.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.sparseIpairs(t)
	checkType('sparseIpairs', 1, t, 'table')
	local nums = p.numKeys(t)
	local i = 0
	local lim = #nums
	return function ()
		i = i + 1
		if i &lt;= lim then
			local key = nums[i]
			return key, t[key]
		else
			return nil, nil
		end
	end
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- size
--
-- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays,
-- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.size(t)
	checkType('size', 1, t, 'table')
	local i = 0
	for _ in pairs(t) do
		i = i + 1
	end
	return i
end

local function defaultKeySort(item1, item2)
	-- "number" &lt; "string", so numbers will be sorted before strings.
	local type1, type2 = type(item1), type(item2)
	if type1 ~= type2 then
		return type1 &lt; type2
	elseif type1 == 'table' or type1 == 'boolean' or type1 == 'function' then
		return tostring(item1) &lt; tostring(item2)
	else
		return item1 &lt; item2
	end
end
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- keysToList
--
-- Returns an array of the keys in a table, sorted using either a default
-- comparison function or a custom keySort function.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.keysToList(t, keySort, checked)
	if not checked then
		checkType('keysToList', 1, t, 'table')
		checkTypeMulti('keysToList', 2, keySort, {'function', 'boolean', 'nil'})
	end

	local arr = {}
	local index = 1
	for k in pairs(t) do
		arr[index] = k
		index = index + 1
	end

	if keySort ~= false then
		keySort = type(keySort) == 'function' and keySort or defaultKeySort
		table.sort(arr, keySort)
	end

	return arr
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- sortedPairs
--
-- Iterates through a table, with the keys sorted using the keysToList function.
-- If there are only numerical keys, sparseIpairs is probably more efficient.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.sortedPairs(t, keySort)
	checkType('sortedPairs', 1, t, 'table')
	checkType('sortedPairs', 2, keySort, 'function', true)

	local arr = p.keysToList(t, keySort, true)

	local i = 0
	return function ()
		i = i + 1
		local key = arr[i]
		if key ~= nil then
			return key, t[key]
		else
			return nil, nil
		end
	end
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- isArray
--
-- Returns true if the given value is a table and all keys are consecutive
-- integers starting at 1.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.isArray(v)
	if type(v) ~= 'table' then
		return false
	end
	local i = 0
	for _ in pairs(v) do
		i = i + 1
		if v[i] == nil then
			return false
		end
	end
	return true
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- isArrayLike
--
-- Returns true if the given value is iterable and all keys are consecutive
-- integers starting at 1.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.isArrayLike(v)
	if not pcall(pairs, v) then
		return false
	end
	local i = 0
	for _ in pairs(v) do
		i = i + 1
		if v[i] == nil then
			return false
		end
	end
	return true
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- invert
--
-- Transposes the keys and values in an array. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -&gt;
-- {a = 1, b = 2, c = 3}. Duplicates are not supported (result values refer to
-- the index of the last duplicate) and NaN values are ignored.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.invert(arr)
	checkType("invert", 1, arr, "table")
	local isNan = p.isNan
	local map = {}
	for i, v in ipairs(arr) do
		if not isNan(v) then
			map[v] = i
		end
	end

	return map
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- listToSet
--
-- Creates a set from the array part of the table. Indexing the set by any of the
-- values of the array returns true. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -&gt;
-- {a = true, b = true, c = true}. NaN values are ignored as Lua considers them
-- never equal to any value (including other NaNs or even themselves).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.listToSet(arr)
	checkType("listToSet", 1, arr, "table")
	local isNan = p.isNan
	local set = {}
	for _, v in ipairs(arr) do
		if not isNan(v) then
			set[v] = true
		end
	end

	return set
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- deepCopy
--
-- Recursive deep copy function. Preserves identities of subtables.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local function _deepCopy(orig, includeMetatable, already_seen)
	if type(orig) ~= "table" then
		return orig
	end
	
	-- already_seen stores copies of tables indexed by the original table.
	local copy = already_seen[orig]
	if copy ~= nil then
		return copy
	end
	
	copy = {}
	already_seen[orig] = copy -- memoize before any recursion, to avoid infinite loops
	
	for orig_key, orig_value in pairs(orig) do
		copy[_deepCopy(orig_key, includeMetatable, already_seen)] = _deepCopy(orig_value, includeMetatable, already_seen)
	end
	
	if includeMetatable then
		local mt = getmetatable(orig)
		if mt ~= nil then
			setmetatable(copy, _deepCopy(mt, true, already_seen))
		end
	end
	
	return copy
end

function p.deepCopy(orig, noMetatable, already_seen)
	checkType("deepCopy", 3, already_seen, "table", true)
	return _deepCopy(orig, not noMetatable, already_seen or {})
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- sparseConcat
--
-- Concatenates all values in the table that are indexed by a number, in order.
-- sparseConcat{a, nil, c, d}  =&gt;  "acd"
-- sparseConcat{nil, b, c, d}  =&gt;  "bcd"
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.sparseConcat(t, sep, i, j)
	local arr = {}

	local arr_i = 0
	for _, v in p.sparseIpairs(t) do
		arr_i = arr_i + 1
		arr[arr_i] = v
	end

	return table.concat(arr, sep, i, j)
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- length
--
-- Finds the length of an array, or of a quasi-array with keys such as "data1",
-- "data2", etc., using an exponential search algorithm. It is similar to the
-- operator #, but may return a different value when there are gaps in the array
-- portion of the table. Intended to be used on data loaded with mw.loadData. For
-- other tables, use #.
-- Note: #frame.args in frame object always be set to 0, regardless of  the number
-- of unnamed template parameters, so use this function for frame.args.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.length(t, prefix)
	-- requiring module inline so that [[Module:Exponential search]] which is
	-- only needed by this one function doesn't get millions of transclusions
	local expSearch = require("Module:Exponential search")
	checkType('length', 1, t, 'table')
	checkType('length', 2, prefix, 'string', true)
	return expSearch(function (i)
		local key
		if prefix then
			key = prefix .. tostring(i)
		else
			key = i
		end
		return t[key] ~= nil
	end) or 0
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- inArray
--
-- Returns true if valueToFind is a member of the array, and false otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.inArray(arr, valueToFind)
	checkType("inArray", 1, arr, "table")
	-- if valueToFind is nil, error?

	for _, v in ipairs(arr) do
		if v == valueToFind then
			return true
		end
	end
	return false
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- merge
--
-- Given the arrays, returns an array containing the elements of each input array
-- in sequence.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.merge(...)
	local arrays = {...}
	local ret = {}
	for i, arr in ipairs(arrays) do
		checkType('merge', i, arr, 'table')
		for _, v in ipairs(arr) do
			ret[#ret + 1] = v
		end
	end
	return ret
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- extend
--
-- Extends the first array in place by appending all elements from the second
-- array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.extend(arr1, arr2)
	checkType('extend', 1, arr1, 'table')
	checkType('extend', 2, arr2, 'table')

	for _, v in ipairs(arr2) do
		arr1[#arr1 + 1] = v
	end
end

return p</text>
    <sha1>d2b5fb8ccd1613665d6a014fbb949e07775befee</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:Cat main</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>88</id>
  <revision>
    <id>133</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:55:30Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#invoke:Category main article|catMain}}&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt; &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="158" xml:space="preserve">{{#invoke:Category main article|catMain}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>4dfdce08b683ad60aa1cd81362d9c6c397877585</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Category:Mangalia</title>
  <ns>14</ns>
  <id>89</id>
  <revision>
    <id>134</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:57:46Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{Commons category}} {{Topic category|Mangalia}}"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="48" xml:space="preserve">{{Commons category}}
{{Topic category|Mangalia}}</text>
    <sha1>d3267d9b897e4c3ff0513817293e1f240e51ed9e</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>138</id>
    <parentid>134</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T09:10:48Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="74" xml:space="preserve">{{Commons category}}
{{Topic category|Mangalia}}

[[Category: Mangalitia]]</text>
    <sha1>0a8d263c798d6733894a3115d4440a40c98f0a52</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Category:Mangalitia</title>
  <ns>14</ns>
  <id>90</id>
  <revision>
    <id>135</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T08:59:05Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{Commons category}} {{Topic category|Mangalitia}}"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="50" xml:space="preserve">{{Commons category}}
{{Topic category|Mangalitia}}</text>
    <sha1>3185e83ae9fa54db27d1408ffba62f062e5521fe</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>136</id>
    <parentid>135</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T09:08:21Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="73" xml:space="preserve">{{Commons category}}
{{Topic category|Mangalitia}}

[[Category:Mangalia]]</text>
    <sha1>9b2ba516598f7e43b73d36a04b4647e4e0dfdffc</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>137</id>
    <parentid>136</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T09:10:25Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="50" xml:space="preserve">{{Commons category}}
{{Topic category|Mangalitia}}</text>
    <sha1>3185e83ae9fa54db27d1408ffba62f062e5521fe</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Category:Laoamia</title>
  <ns>14</ns>
  <id>91</id>
  <revision>
    <id>139</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T09:12:08Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{Commons category}} {{Topic category|Laoamia}}  [[Category:Mangalitia]]"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="72" xml:space="preserve">{{Commons category}}
{{Topic category|Laoamia}}

[[Category:Mangalitia]]</text>
    <sha1>5487796583a6ae869c93667dc37ed2429906d9c2</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Category:Mangalese Language</title>
  <ns>14</ns>
  <id>92</id>
  <revision>
    <id>140</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T09:14:29Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{Commons category}} {{Topic category|Mangalese_Language}}  [[Category:Mangalia]] [[Category:Mangalitia]]"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="105" xml:space="preserve">{{Commons category}}
{{Topic category|Mangalese_Language}}

[[Category:Mangalia]]
[[Category:Mangalitia]]</text>
    <sha1>d60bcd509428bed7697e34d15e86d18886b647c1</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>141</id>
    <parentid>140</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T09:14:56Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="81" xml:space="preserve">{{Commons category}}
{{Topic category|Mangalese_Language}}

[[Category:Mangalia]]</text>
    <sha1>b53abd02114aa881f083d7963adb64ca947fdcd0</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Mangalia</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>5</id>
  <revision>
    <id>142</id>
    <parentid>83</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T10:24:53Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3237" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = '''Empire of Mangalia'''
 |nativename = Mangalelakuara ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |dates = 1973 BCE-Now
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Itsi]] (former), [[Piapao]] (former northern), [[Tsinaa]] (former southern), [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]] (current)
 |offlangs = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |comlangs = [[Laoanese Language]], [[Komishinite Language]]
 |demonyms = Mangalese
 |government = Absolute monarchy
 |firstking = [[Pailamu|Piukama Pailamu]] (2025-1973-1962 BCE)
 |lastking = [[Kauk|Piukama Kauk]] (1989-2016-Now)
 |currency = [[Amakilapulonesh]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''.

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== History ==
=== Beginning of Empire ===
Many city-states begin to gain power and establish their kingdoms. Each kingdom is ruled by a Pawa or lord/king. One of the more powerful is the City of Piapao, which starts to assimilate other kingdoms. The [[Pawa]] of Piapao, whose name was [[Pailamu]], became the first Piukama, and all the other Pawas became the first [[Pakama|Pakamas]] of the modern provinces.

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces: 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]], 2-[[Oloparunga]], 3-[[Whurawhurani]], 4-[[Tanilaparang]], 5-[[Qulaku]], 6-[[Suruniqu]], 7-[[Olobuni]], 8-[[Puna]], 9-[[Gahlani]], 10-[[Basharlakuara]], 11-[[Mawiaikan]], 12-[[Saruna]], 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]], 14-[[Babania]], 15-[[Jalapo]]]]

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Northern region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Aatsulaoparunga || Piapao || WIP
|-
| Oloparunga || Chuqatsi || WIP
|-
| Whurawhurani || Druiuna || WIP
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Central region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Tanilaparang || Uraxaalaparang || WIP
|-
| Qulaku || Lakuaralaluma || WIP
|-
| Suruniqu || Trotoni || WIP
|-
| Olobuni || Whurama || WIP
|-
| Puna || Maniaka || WIP
|-
| Gahlani || Xarii || WIP
|-
| Basharlakuara|| Suna || WIP
|-
| Mawiaikan || Talaria || WIP
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Southern region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Saruna || Huuni || WIP
|-
| Babasharhuplalakuara || Xanijana || WIP
|-
| Babania || Sira || WIP
|-
| Jalapo || Tsinaa || WIP
|}

[[Category: Mangalitia]]
[[Category: Mangalia]]</text>
    <sha1>744e55fe242652112895b1e0e76378a1e33cf8fd</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Mangalese Language</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>7</id>
  <revision>
    <id>143</id>
    <parentid>89</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T10:25:45Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="958" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ''Mangalemang''
 |image = [[File:Mangalemang.svg|thumb]]
 |native = [[File:Mangalia_Flag.png|20px|frameless]] [[Mangalia]]
 |ethnicity = [[mangalese]], [[Mauri karaka]]
 |family = [[Mangalic Language Family|Mangalic]]
 |earlyforms = [[Proto-Mangalic]]
* Eastern-Mangalic
** [[Ancient Mangalese]]
*** '''Mangalese'''
 |dialects = 
* [[Mangalese northern dialects]]
** [[Piapao dialect]]
* [[Mangalese central dialects]]
** [[Uraxaalaparang dialect]]
* [[Mangalese southern dialects]]
** [[Jalapo dialects]]
*** [[Tsinaa dialect]]
* [[Insular polyphyletic dialects]]
** [[Mawiaikanian dialects]]
 |signlang = 
[[Mangalese military sign language]]
 |official = [[Mangalia]] (de facto)
 |minority = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/New_Zealand New Zealand]
 |regulated = Mangalese corpus, [[Wailamang|Wailamang]]
}}
The '''Mangalese language''' is the main language of the mangalese people, spoken mainly in [[Mangalia|Mangalia]].</text>
    <sha1>92a3f9d330bf69423131e80a71bd1ebc4231dc96</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Template:Infobox war faction</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>93</id>
  <revision>
    <id>144</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T10:35:21Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "&lt;infobox&gt;   &lt;title source="name"&gt;     &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;   &lt;/title&gt;   &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;data source="nativename2"&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;data source="dates"&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;image source="image" /&gt;   &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;   &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;data source="leader"&gt;     &lt;label&gt;Leader&lt;/label&gt;   &lt;/data&gt;   &lt;data source="ideology"/&gt;     &lt;label&gt;Ideology&lt;/label&gt;   &lt;/data&gt; &lt;/infobox&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="461" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="dates"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="leader"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Leader&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="ideology"/&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Ideology&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>a37a8c8caf1c79ec82fc3ad0800d74ca661451e3</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>145</id>
    <parentid>144</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T10:36:55Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="470" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="dates"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="leader"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Leader&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="ideology"/&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Ideology&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>a2ff1e1b8bca34fbb5056db53ce304007c9d5b63</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>146</id>
    <parentid>145</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T12:01:55Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="474" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="dates"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data&gt;
    &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
    &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="leader"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Leader&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="ideology"/&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Ideology&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>2d587d0dc36ac9b1a0caddc948ac64d08796e5a2</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>148</id>
    <parentid>146</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T12:03:18Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="473" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="dates"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data&gt;
    &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
    &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="leader"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Leader&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="ideology"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Ideology&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>d2db327306ba4dea1862dfc0a7ad50b300733b10</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>149</id>
    <parentid>148</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T12:04:36Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="460" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="dates"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="leader"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Leader&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="ideology"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Ideology&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>13c3eb9ac0675ee67349ccb4e542bb4d6e0b7190</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>154</id>
    <parentid>149</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T15:39:43Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="460" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="dates"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="leader"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Leader&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="ideology"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Ideology&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>5bc333425293de52609fa012565ad9212eb9eb73</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>Ngaxaaxakamalahu</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>94</id>
  <revision>
    <id>147</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T12:02:45Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{Infobox war faction  |nativename = &lt;br&gt;Islamic Group of People for Jihad and Instauration of the Charia on Mangalia  |dates = ?-Now  |ideology = Islamism fundamentalism }}  The '''Ngaxaaxakamalahu'''"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="201" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox war faction
 |nativename = &lt;br&gt;Islamic Group of People for Jihad and Instauration of the Charia on Mangalia
 |dates = ?-Now
 |ideology = Islamism fundamentalism
}}

The '''Ngaxaaxakamalahu'''</text>
    <sha1>b35c4320bb9e0894baa72e7bfa56cbe3848a7b51</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>150</id>
    <parentid>147</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T12:42:50Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="603" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox war faction
 |nativename = جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بِالمَنجَلِيَة&lt;br&gt;Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of the Sharia'a on Mangalia
 |dates = ?-Now
 |ideology = Islamism fundamentalism
}}

'''''Jamā3at islāmiyya 'ahl lil-jihad watā'sīs ash-sharia3a bil-Manjaliyya''''' (In Arabic: جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بالمنجلية, lit. 'Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of Sharia'a on Mangalia') or mainly known as '''Ngaxaaxakamalahu'''</text>
    <sha1>467818d21aa2b6bc5f8e6529916e2c1f19289e19</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>151</id>
    <parentid>150</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T12:54:07Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="760" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox war faction
 |nativename = جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بِالمَنجَلِيَة&lt;br&gt;Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of the Shari'a on Mangalia
 |dates = ?-Now
 |ideology = Islamism fundamentalism
}}

'''''Jamā3at islāmiyya 'ahl lil-jihad watā'sīs ash-sharia3a bil-Manjaliyya''''' (In Arabic: جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بالمنجلية, lit. 'Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of Shari'a on Mangalia') or mainly known as '''Ngaxaaxakamalahu''' is a terrorist organization composed by mangalese Islam converted people whose main goal is convert the people from [[Mangalia]] to an fundamentalistic Islam.</text>
    <sha1>e2da99bd8af4594116b7063e3e542b2100c87872</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>153</id>
    <parentid>151</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T15:37:55Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="828" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox war faction
 |nativename = جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بِالمَنجَلِيَة&lt;br&gt;Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of the Shari'a on Mangalia
 |image = Ngaxaaxamalahu_flag.svg
 |dates = ?-Now
 |ideology = Islamism fundamentalism
}}

'''''Jamā3at islāmiyya 'ahl lil-jihad watā'sīs ash-sharia3a bil-Manjaliyya''''' (In Arabic: جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بالمنجلية, lit. 'Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of Shari'a on Mangalia') or mainly known as '''Ngaxaaxakamalahu''' is a terrorist group composed by mangalese converted to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam] people whose main goal is convert the people from [[Mangalia]] to an fundamentalistic Islam.</text>
    <sha1>8c47b15918eb84fdb4f9bef2bb70d86a6e6d0400</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240511232212|105">
  <title>File:Ngaxaaxakamalahu Flag.svg</title>
  <ns>6</ns>
  <id>95</id>
  <revision>
    <id>152</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T15:36:12Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="32" xml:space="preserve">The flag of the Ngaxaaxakamalahu</text>
    <sha1>2217116843fa0ca3a34b891bf9a251e0a4592b4b</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240512161609|155">
  <title>Ngaxaaxakamalahu</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>94</id>
  <revision>
    <id>155</id>
    <parentid>153</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T16:16:09Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="848" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox war faction
 |nativename = جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بِالمَنجَلِيَة&lt;br&gt;Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of the Shari'a on Mangalia
 |image = Ngaxaaxakamalahu Flag.svg
 |imagesub = Flag
 |dates = ?-Now
 |ideology = Islamism fundamentalism
}}

'''''Jamā3at islāmiyya 'ahl lil-jihad watā'sīs ash-sharia3a bil-Manjaliyya''''' (In Arabic: جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بالمنجلية, lit. 'Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of Shari'a on Mangalia') or mainly known as '''Ngaxaaxakamalahu''' is a terrorist group composed by mangalese converted to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam] people whose main goal is convert the people from [[Mangalia]] to an fundamentalistic Islam.</text>
    <sha1>b2bda91658f447ae18a523a2969458691f389793</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>159</id>
    <parentid>155</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T21:26:36Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1251" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox war faction
 |nativename = جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بِالمَنجَلِيَة&lt;br&gt;Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of the Shari'a on Mangalia
 |image = Ngaxaaxakamalahu Flag.svg
 |imagesub = Flag
 |dates = ?-Now
 |activeregion = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indonesia Indonesia]
 |ideology = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamism_fundamentalism Islamism fundamentalism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Salafi_Jihadism Salafi Jihadism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wahhabism Wahhabism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anti-Christian_sentiment Anti-Christianism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anti-Western_sentiment Anti-Westernism]
}}

'''''Jamā3at islāmiyya 'ahl lil-jihad watā'sīs ash-sharia3a bil-Manjaliyya''''' (In Arabic: جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بالمنجلية, lit. 'Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of Shari'a on Mangalia') or mainly known as '''Ngaxaaxakamalahu''' is a terrorist group composed by mangalese converted to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam] people whose main goal is convert the people from [[Mangalia]] to an fundamentalistic Islam.</text>
    <sha1>72a6b92d5156f4f3de83d98fa9f4777ee84c5e2c</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>177</id>
    <parentid>159</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T11:04:12Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1357" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox war faction
 |nativename = جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بِالمَنجَلِيَة&lt;br&gt;Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of the Shari'a on Mangalia
 |image = Ngaxaaxakamalahu Flag.svg
 |imagesub = Flag
 |dates = ?-Now
 |activeregion = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indonesia Indonesia]
 |ideology = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamism_fundamentalism Islamism fundamentalism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Salafi_Jihadism Salafi Jihadism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wahhabism Wahhabism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anti-Christian_sentiment Anti-Christianism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anti-Western_sentiment Anti-Westernism]
}}

'''''Jamā3at islāmiyya 'ahl lil-jihad watā'sīs ash-sharia3a bil-Manjaliyya''''' (In Arabic: جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بالمنجلية, lit. 'Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/shari'a Shari'a] on Mangalia') or mainly known as '''Ngaxaaxakamalahu''' is a terrorist group composed by mangalese converted to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam] people whose main goal is to convert people from [[Mangalia]] to an fundamentalistic Islam and to overthrone the government in order to establish the Shari'a.</text>
    <sha1>3a977a65d15b7f2ee6e0f838ca4456037eea81dc</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>178</id>
    <parentid>177</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T11:25:45Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1452" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox war faction
 |nativename = جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بِالمَنجَلِيَة&lt;br&gt;Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of the Shari'a on Mangalia
 |image = Ngaxaaxakamalahu Flag.svg
 |imagesub = Flag
 |dates = ?-Now
 |activeregion = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indonesia Indonesia]
 |ideology = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamism_fundamentalism Islamism fundamentalism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Salafi_Jihadism Salafi Jihadism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wahhabism Wahhabism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anti-Christian_sentiment Anti-Christianism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anti-Western_sentiment Anti-Westernism]
}}

'''''Jamā3at islāmiyya 'ahl lil-jihad watā'sīs ash-sharia3a bil-Manjaliyya''''' (In Arabic: جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بالمنجلية, lit. 'Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/shari'a Shari'a] on Mangalia') or mainly known as '''Ngaxaaxakamalahu''' is a terrorist group composed by mangalese converted to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam] people whose main goal is to convert people from [[Mangalia]] to an fundamentalistic Islam and to overthrone the government in order to establish the Shari'a.
y
==Origins==
The leader of the group came from a family of mangalese immigrants to Indonesia.</text>
    <sha1>fd11b29ad2606d55c9a67b94a25a776eb4650667</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>182</id>
    <parentid>178</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T12:51:33Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1451" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox war faction
 |nativename = جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بِالمَنجَلِيَة&lt;br&gt;Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of the Shari'a on Mangalia
 |image = Ngaxaaxakamalahu Flag.svg
 |imagesub = Flag
 |dates = ?-Now
 |activeregion = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indonesia Indonesia]
 |ideology = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamism_fundamentalism Islamism fundamentalism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Salafi_Jihadism Salafi Jihadism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wahhabism Wahhabism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anti-Christian_sentiment Anti-Christianism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anti-Western_sentiment Anti-Westernism]
}}

'''''Jamā3at islāmiyya 'ahl lil-jihad watā'sīs ash-sharia3a bil-Manjaliyya''''' (In Arabic: جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بالمنجلية, lit. 'Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/shari'a Shari'a] on Mangalia') or mainly known as '''Ngaxaaxakamalahu''' is a terrorist group composed by mangalese converted to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam] people whose main goal is to convert people from [[Mangalia]] to an fundamentalistic Islam and to overthrone the government in order to establish the Shari'a.

==Origins==
The leader of the group came from a family of mangalese immigrants to Indonesia.</text>
    <sha1>1ad0cd057263f3f49cda12ebea78da6a0d3e88d4</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>183</id>
    <parentid>182</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T15:53:02Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* Origins */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1497" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox war faction
 |nativename = جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بِالمَنجَلِيَة&lt;br&gt;Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of the Shari'a on Mangalia
 |image = Ngaxaaxakamalahu Flag.svg
 |imagesub = Flag
 |dates = ?-Now
 |activeregion = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indonesia Indonesia]
 |ideology = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamism_fundamentalism Islamism fundamentalism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Salafi_Jihadism Salafi Jihadism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wahhabism Wahhabism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anti-Christian_sentiment Anti-Christianism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anti-Western_sentiment Anti-Westernism]
}}

'''''Jamā3at islāmiyya 'ahl lil-jihad watā'sīs ash-sharia3a bil-Manjaliyya''''' (In Arabic: جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بالمنجلية, lit. 'Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/shari'a Shari'a] on Mangalia') or mainly known as '''Ngaxaaxakamalahu''' is a terrorist group composed by mangalese converted to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam] people whose main goal is to convert people from [[Mangalia]] to an fundamentalistic Islam and to overthrone the government in order to establish the Shari'a.

==Origins==
The leader of the group,  came from a family of mangalese immigrants to Indonesia, a country mostly Muslim. Later he converted</text>
    <sha1>c71835e2af836321f9a94fe37ca70c07ea8b3395</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>184</id>
    <parentid>183</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T16:12:51Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1507" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox war faction
 |nativename = جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بِالمَنغَلِيَة&lt;br&gt;Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of the Shari'a on Mangalia
 |image = Ngaxaaxakamalahu Flag.svg
 |imagesub = Flag
 |dates = ?-Now
 |activeregion = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indonesia Indonesia]
 |ideology = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamism_fundamentalism Islamism fundamentalism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Salafi_Jihadism Salafi Jihadism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wahhabism Wahhabism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anti-Christian_sentiment Anti-Christianism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anti-Western_sentiment Anti-Westernism]
}}

'''''Jamā3at islāmiyya 'ahl lil-jihad watā'sīs ash-sharī3a bil-Manghaliyya''''' (In Arabic: جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بِالمَنغَلِيَة, lit. 'Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/shari'a Shari'a] on Mangalia') or mainly known as '''Ngaxaaxakamalahu''' is a terrorist group composed by mangalese converted to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam] people whose main goal is to convert people from [[Mangalia]] to a fundamentalistic Islam and to overthrone the government in order to establish the Shari'a.

==Origins==
The leader of the group,  came from a family of mangalese immigrants to Indonesia, a country mostly Muslim. Later he converted</text>
    <sha1>52ed611c1e0e8ff55a6df712db41ab73dcd17fd2</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>185</id>
    <parentid>184</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T18:50:24Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1618" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox war faction
 |nativename = جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بِالمَنغَلِيَة&lt;br&gt;Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of the Shari'a on Mangalia
 |image = Ngaxaaxakamalahu Flag.svg
 |imagesub = Flag
 |dates = ?-Now
 |activeregion = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indonesia Indonesia]
 |ideology = [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamism_fundamentalism Islamism fundamentalism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Salafi_Jihadism Salafi Jihadism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wahhabism Wahhabism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anti-Christian_sentiment Anti-Christianism]&lt;br&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anti-Western_sentiment Anti-Westernism]
}}

'''''Jamā3at islāmiyya 'ahl lil-jihad watā'sīs ash-sharī3a bil-Manghaliyya''''' (In Arabic: جماعة إسلامية أهل للجهاد وتأسيس الشريعة بِالمَنغَلِيَة, lit. 'Islamic Group of People for Jihad and the Establishment of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/shari'a Shari'a] on Mangalia') or mainly known as '''Ngaxaaxakamalahu''' (From mangalese ''Ngaxaaxakama'', "Warriors" and "Alahu" which comes from Arabic الله ''Allah(u)'', "God") is a terrorist group composed by mangalese converted to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam] people whose main goal is to convert people from [[Mangalia]] to a fundamentalistic Islam and to overthrone the government in order to establish the Shari'a.

==Origins==
The leader of the group,  came from a family of mangalese immigrants to Indonesia, a country mostly Muslim. Later he converted</text>
    <sha1>62cecb35bfa048ed4f22af766d1831369910f402</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240512161609|155">
  <title>Module:Babel</title>
  <ns>828</ns>
  <id>96</id>
  <revision>
    <id>156</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T19:12:27Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "local p = {}  local getArgs  local function showUserbox(frame, v, nocat) 	local maybeNocat = '' 	if nocat then 		maybeNocat = '|nocat=yes' 	end 	return frame:preprocess('{{User ' .. v .. maybeNocat .. '}}') end  function p.main(frame) 	if not getArgs then 		getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs 	end 	local args = getArgs(frame, { 		wrappers = 'Template:Babel' 	}) 	 	local ret = mw.html.create('table') 		:attr('role', 'presentation') 		:addClass('userboxes') 		:cs..."</comment>
    <model>Scribunto</model>
    <format>text/plain</format>
    <text bytes="2735" xml:space="preserve">local p = {}

local getArgs

local function showUserbox(frame, v, nocat)
	local maybeNocat = ''
	if nocat then
		maybeNocat = '|nocat=yes'
	end
	return frame:preprocess('{{User ' .. v .. maybeNocat .. '}}')
end

function p.main(frame)
	if not getArgs then
		getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
	end
	local args = getArgs(frame, {
		wrappers = 'Template:Babel'
	})
	
	local ret = mw.html.create('table')
		:attr('role', 'presentation')
		:addClass('userboxes')
		:css({
			float = args.align or 'right',
			['margin-left'] = (args.left or '1') .. 'em',
			['margin-bottom'] = (args.bottom or '0') .. 'em',
			width = (args.width or '248') .. 'px',
			clear = args.align or 'right',
			color = args.textcolor or '#000000',
			border = (args.bordercolor or '#99B3FF') .. ' solid ' .. (args.solid or 1) .. 'px'
		})
	
	local nocat = args.nocat and string.lower(args.nocat) == 'yes'
	
	if args.shadow and string.lower(args.shadow) == 'yes' then
		ret:css({
			['box-shadow'] = '0 2px 4px rgb(0, 0, 0, 0.2)'
		})
	end
	
	ret:cssText(args['extra-css'] or '')
	
	local color = args.color or 'inherit'
	local row1 = ret:tag('tr')
	local row2 = ret:tag('tr')
	local row3 = ret:tag('tr')

	local body_cells = row2:tag('td')
		:css('vertical-align', 'middle !important')
	
	local userboxes
	-- Special message for when first argument is blank; otherwise treat it as normal
	if args[1] and args[1]:find('%S') then
		userboxes = showUserbox(frame, args[1], nocat)
	else
		userboxes = args.noboxestext or
			"''You haven't set up any languages. Please see [[:en:Template:Babel/doc|the template's documentation]] for help.''"
	end
	
	body_cells:wikitext(userboxes)
	
	-- "remove" args[1] so it isn't looked at in the loop
	-- table.remove(args,1) doesn't produce desired result
	args[1] = ''
	
	-- Keep track of how many columns are in this table
	local col_span = 1
	for _, v in ipairs(args) do
		-- ! indicates a new cell should be created
		if v:find('%S') and v ~= '!' then
			body_cells:wikitext(showUserbox(frame, v, nocat))
		-- Recycling body_cells for &lt;td&gt;
		elseif v and v == '!' then
			col_span = col_span + 1
			body_cells:done()
			body_cells = row2:tag('td')
		end
	end
	
	row1:tag('th')
		:attr('colspan', col_span)
		:css({
			['background-color'] = color,
			['text-align'] = 'center'
		})
		:wikitext(args.header or '[[:m:User language|User language]]')
		:done()
	
	row3:tag('td')
		:attr('colspan', col_span)
		:css({
			['background-color'] = color,
			['text-align'] = 'center'
		})
		:wikitext(args.footer or '[[:Category:Users by language|Search user languages]]')
		:done()
	
	if args['special-boxes'] then
		body_cells:wikitext(args['special-boxes'])
	end
	
	body_cells:done()
	
	return tostring(ret)
end

return p</text>
    <sha1>d8e446c8d4e08a47d108e43a55645144eb89818c</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240512161609|155">
  <title>Template:Bable</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>97</id>
  <revision>
    <id>157</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T19:12:47Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{#invoke:Babel|main}}&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;"</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="64" xml:space="preserve">{{#invoke:Babel|main}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
    <sha1>d9de77e4db62a81edc6f720d69dfb154ce22bbb4</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240512161609|155">
  <title>Template:Infobox war faction</title>
  <ns>10</ns>
  <id>93</id>
  <revision>
    <id>158</id>
    <parentid>154</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-12T19:17:57Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="669" xml:space="preserve">&lt;infobox&gt;
  &lt;title source="name"&gt;
    &lt;default&gt;{{PAGENAME}}&lt;/default&gt;
  &lt;/title&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="nativename2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;image source="image2" /&gt;
  &lt;data source="imagesub2"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="dates"&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="leader"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Leader&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="headquarter"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Headquarter(s)&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="activeregion"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Active region(s)&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="war"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;War(s)&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
  &lt;data source="ideology"&gt;
    &lt;label&gt;Ideology&lt;/label&gt;
  &lt;/data&gt;
&lt;/infobox&gt;</text>
    <sha1>7f2ea48a48b8b187ea479698a8c0756d61e47a35</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240512161609|155">
  <title>Mangalic Language Family</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>63</id>
  <revision>
    <id>160</id>
    <parentid>107</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T05:58:35Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="663" xml:space="preserve">The '''Mangalic languages''' are a group of languages spoken mainly by the inhabitants of the Western island of [[Mangalitia]].

== Mangalic family tree ==
{{Tree list|title=Mangalic family}}
* [[Proto-Mangalic]]
** Western Mangalic
*** Balopoan of Biatuna
**** Central Balopoan languages
***** Möna
***** Ra'i
****** Mi
***** T'umpa
****** Pants
****** Rhiani
*** Kaonese
*** Western Balopoan languages
**** Bami
***** Muk
**** Chòn'ý
** Eastern Mangalic
*** Ancient Mangalese
**** [[Mangalese]]
***** Northern Dialects
***** Southern Dialects
*** Ancient Laoanese
**** Laoanese continuum
***** Kimiatsio Laoanese
***** Marean
***** Apaxo†
{{Tree list/end}}</text>
    <sha1>84537e9bc093dff942ef234193a06436e5bd2170</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>161</id>
    <parentid>160</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T05:59:37Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* Mangalic family tree */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="682" xml:space="preserve">The '''Mangalic languages''' are a group of languages spoken mainly by the inhabitants of the Western island of [[Mangalitia]].

== Mangalic family tree ==
{{Tree list|title=Mangalic family}}
* [[Proto-Mangalic]]
** Western Mangalic
*** Balopoan of Biatuna
**** Central Balopoan languages
***** Möna
***** Ra'i
****** Mi
***** T'umpa
****** Pants
****** Rhiani
*** Kaonese
*** Western Balopoan languages
**** Bami
***** Muk
**** Chòn'ý
** Eastern Mangalic
*** Ancient Mangalese
**** [[Mangalese_Language|Mangalese]]
***** Northern Dialects
***** Southern Dialects
*** Ancient Laoanese
**** Laoanese continuum
***** Kimiatsio Laoanese
***** Marean
***** Apaxo†
{{Tree list/end}}</text>
    <sha1>20709d670f40b9f9e21c63de9099a41b16093c5d</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>201</id>
    <parentid>161</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-16T14:23:41Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* Mangalic family tree */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="675" xml:space="preserve">The '''Mangalic languages''' are a group of languages spoken mainly by the inhabitants of the Western island of [[Mangalitia]].

== Mangalic family tree ==
{{Tree list|title=Mangalic family}}
* [[Proto-Mangalic]]
** Western Mangalic
*** Balopoan of Biatuna
*** Central Balopoan languages
**** Möna
**** Ra'i
***** Mi
**** T'umpa
***** Pants
***** Rhiani
*** Kaonese
*** Western Balopoan languages
**** Bami
***** Muk
**** Chòn'ý
** Eastern Mangalic
*** Ancient Mangalese
**** [[Mangalese_Language|Mangalese]]
***** Northern Dialects
***** Southern Dialects
*** Ancient Laoanese
**** Laoanese continuum
***** Kimiatsio Laoanese
***** Marean
***** Apaxo†
{{Tree list/end}}</text>
    <sha1>04140414d72ed102dd35a31b56b14800de1a73a2</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240512161609|155">
  <title>Mangalia</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>5</id>
  <revision>
    <id>162</id>
    <parentid>142</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T06:04:48Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* Divisions - Administration */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3273" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = '''Empire of Mangalia'''
 |nativename = Mangalelakuara ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |dates = 1973 BCE-Now
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Itsi]] (former), [[Piapao]] (former northern), [[Tsinaa]] (former southern), [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]] (current)
 |offlangs = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |comlangs = [[Laoanese Language]], [[Komishinite Language]]
 |demonyms = Mangalese
 |government = Absolute monarchy
 |firstking = [[Pailamu|Piukama Pailamu]] (2025-1973-1962 BCE)
 |lastking = [[Kauk|Piukama Kauk]] (1989-2016-Now)
 |currency = [[Amakilapulonesh]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''.

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== History ==
=== Beginning of Empire ===
Many city-states begin to gain power and establish their kingdoms. Each kingdom is ruled by a Pawa or lord/king. One of the more powerful is the City of Piapao, which starts to assimilate other kingdoms. The [[Pawa]] of Piapao, whose name was [[Pailamu]], became the first Piukama, and all the other Pawas became the first [[Pakama|Pakamas]] of the modern provinces.

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces: 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]], 2-[[Oloparunga]], 3-[[Whurawhurani]], 4-[[Tanilaparang]], 5-[[Qulaku]], 6-[[Suruniqu]], 7-[[Olobuni]], 8-[[Puna]], 9-[[Gahlani]], 10-[[Basharlakuara]], 11-[[Mawiaikan]], 12-[[Saruna]], 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]], 14-[[Babania]], 15-[[Jalapo]]]]

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Northern region
|-
! colspan ="3" | Northern region
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Aatsulaoparunga || Piapao || WIP
|-
| Oloparunga || Chuqatsi || WIP
|-
| Whurawhurani || Druiuna || WIP
! 
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Central region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Tanilaparang || Uraxaalaparang || WIP
|-
| Qulaku || Lakuaralaluma || WIP
|-
| Suruniqu || Trotoni || WIP
|-
| Olobuni || Whurama || WIP
|-
| Puna || Maniaka || WIP
|-
| Gahlani || Xarii || WIP
|-
| Basharlakuara|| Suna || WIP
|-
| Mawiaikan || Talaria || WIP
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Southern region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Saruna || Huuni || WIP
|-
| Babasharhuplalakuara || Xanijana || WIP
|-
| Babania || Sira || WIP
|-
| Jalapo || Tsinaa || WIP
|}

[[Category: Mangalitia]]
[[Category: Mangalia]]</text>
    <sha1>fbb22f475d3368beba6dbe2f4fb50c9ddbafff24</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>163</id>
    <parentid>162</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T06:07:55Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3183" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = '''Empire of Mangalia'''
 |nativename = Mangalelakuara ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |dates = 1973 BCE-Now
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Itsi]] (former), [[Piapao]] (former northern), [[Tsinaa]] (former southern), [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]] (current)
 |offlangs = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |comlangs = [[Laoanese Language]], [[Komishinite Language]]
 |demonyms = Mangalese
 |government = Absolute monarchy
 |firstking = [[Pailamu|Piukama Pailamu]] (2025-1973-1962 BCE)
 |lastking = [[Kauk|Piukama Kauk]] (1989-2016-Now)
 |currency = [[Amakilapulonesh]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''.

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== History ==
=== Beginning of Empire ===
Many city-states begin to gain power and establish their kingdoms. Each kingdom is ruled by a Pawa or lord/king. One of the more powerful is the City of Piapao, which starts to assimilate other kingdoms. The [[Pawa]] of Piapao, whose name was [[Pailamu]], became the first Piukama, and all the other Pawas became the first [[Pakama|Pakamas]] of the modern provinces.

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces: 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]], 2-[[Oloparunga]], 3-[[Whurawhurani]], 4-[[Tanilaparang]], 5-[[Qulaku]], 6-[[Suruniqu]], 7-[[Olobuni]], 8-[[Puna]], 9-[[Gahlani]], 10-[[Basharlakuara]], 11-[[Mawiaikan]], 12-[[Saruna]], 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]], 14-[[Babania]], 15-[[Jalapo]]]]

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Northern region
|-
! colspan ="3" | Northern region
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
| Aatsulaoparunga || Piapao || WIP
|-
| Oloparunga || Chuqatsi || WIP
|-
| Whurawhurani || Druiuna || WIP
|-
! colspan = "3" | Central region
|-
| Tanilaparang || Uraxaalaparang || WIP
|-
| Qulaku || Lakuaralaluma || WIP
|-
| Suruniqu || Trotoni || WIP
|-
| Olobuni || Whurama || WIP
|-
| Puna || Maniaka || WIP
|-
| Gahlani || Xarii || WIP
|-
| Basharlakuara|| Suna || WIP
|-
| Mawiaikan || Talaria || WIP
|-
! colspan = "3" | Southern region
|-
| Saruna || Huuni || WIP
|-
| Babasharhuplalakuara || Xanijana || WIP
|-
| Babania || Sira || WIP
|-
| Jalapo || Tsinaa || WIP
|}

[[Category: Mangalitia]]
[[Category: Mangalia]]</text>
    <sha1>2b52e38a588ca4597b36fd88f779949d670d1513</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>164</id>
    <parentid>163</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T06:10:29Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3177" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = '''Empire of Mangalia'''
 |nativename = Mangalelakuara ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |dates = 1973 BCE-Now
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Itsi]] (former), [[Piapao]] (former northern), [[Tsinaa]] (former southern), [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]] (current)
 |offlangs = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |comlangs = [[Laoanese Language]], [[Komishinite Language]]
 |demonyms = Mangalese
 |government = Absolute monarchy
 |firstking = [[Pailamu|Piukama Pailamu]] (2025-1973-1962 BCE)
 |lastking = [[Kauk|Piukama Kauk]] (1989-2016-Now)
 |currency = [[Amakilapulonesh]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or ''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama''.

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== History ==
=== Beginning of Empire ===
Many city-states begin to gain power and establish their kingdoms. Each kingdom is ruled by a Pawa or lord/king. One of the more powerful is the City of Piapao, which starts to assimilate other kingdoms. The [[Pawa]] of Piapao, whose name was [[Pailamu]], became the first Piukama, and all the other Pawas became the first [[Pakama|Pakamas]] of the modern provinces.

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces: 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]], 2-[[Oloparunga]], 3-[[Whurawhurani]], 4-[[Tanilaparang]], 5-[[Qulaku]], 6-[[Suruniqu]], 7-[[Olobuni]], 8-[[Puna]], 9-[[Gahlani]], 10-[[Basharlakuara]], 11-[[Mawiaikan]], 12-[[Saruna]], 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]], 14-[[Babania]], 15-[[Jalapo]]]]

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Provinces
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
! colspan ="3" | Northern region
|-
| Aatsulaoparunga || Piapao || WIP
|-
| Oloparunga || Chuqatsi || WIP
|-
| Whurawhurani || Druiuna || WIP
|-
! colspan = "3" | Central region
|-
| Tanilaparang || Uraxaalaparang || WIP
|-
| Qulaku || Lakuaralaluma || WIP
|-
| Suruniqu || Trotoni || WIP
|-
| Olobuni || Whurama || WIP
|-
| Puna || Maniaka || WIP
|-
| Gahlani || Xarii || WIP
|-
| Basharlakuara|| Suna || WIP
|-
| Mawiaikan || Talaria || WIP
|-
! colspan = "3" | Southern region
|-
| Saruna || Huuni || WIP
|-
| Babasharhuplalakuara || Xanijana || WIP
|-
| Babania || Sira || WIP
|-
| Jalapo || Tsinaa || WIP
|}

[[Category: Mangalitia]]
[[Category: Mangalia]]</text>
    <sha1>f55e999244852410fdcac814c4318fb5c5309463</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>165</id>
    <parentid>164</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T06:41:55Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3189" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = '''Empire of Mangalia'''
 |nativename = Mangalelakuara ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |dates = 1973 BCE-Now
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Itsi]] (former), [[Piapao]] (former northern), [[Tsinaa]] (former southern), [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]] (current)
 |offlangs = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |comlangs = [[Laoanese Language]], [[Komishinite Language]]
 |demonyms = Mangalese
 |government = Absolute monarchy
 |firstking = [[Pailamu|Piukama Pailamu]] (2025-1973-1962 BCE)
 |lastking = [[Kauk|Piukama Kauk]] (1989-2016-Now)
 |currency = [[Amakilapulonesh]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or [[Piukama|''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama'']].

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== History ==
=== Beginning of Empire ===
Many city-states begin to gain power and establish their kingdoms. Each kingdom is ruled by a Pawa or lord/king. One of the more powerful is the City of Piapao, which starts to assimilate other kingdoms. The [[Pawa]] of Piapao, whose name was [[Pailamu]], became the first Piukama, and all the other Pawas became the first [[Pakama|Pakamas]] of the modern provinces.

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces: 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]], 2-[[Oloparunga]], 3-[[Whurawhurani]], 4-[[Tanilaparang]], 5-[[Qulaku]], 6-[[Suruniqu]], 7-[[Olobuni]], 8-[[Puna]], 9-[[Gahlani]], 10-[[Basharlakuara]], 11-[[Mawiaikan]], 12-[[Saruna]], 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]], 14-[[Babania]], 15-[[Jalapo]]]]

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Provinces
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
! colspan ="3" | Northern region
|-
| Aatsulaoparunga || Piapao || WIP
|-
| Oloparunga || Chuqatsi || WIP
|-
| Whurawhurani || Druiuna || WIP
|-
! colspan = "3" | Central region
|-
| Tanilaparang || Uraxaalaparang || WIP
|-
| Qulaku || Lakuaralaluma || WIP
|-
| Suruniqu || Trotoni || WIP
|-
| Olobuni || Whurama || WIP
|-
| Puna || Maniaka || WIP
|-
| Gahlani || Xarii || WIP
|-
| Basharlakuara|| Suna || WIP
|-
| Mawiaikan || Talaria || WIP
|-
! colspan = "3" | Southern region
|-
| Saruna || Huuni || WIP
|-
| Babasharhuplalakuara || Xanijana || WIP
|-
| Babania || Sira || WIP
|-
| Jalapo || Tsinaa || WIP
|}

[[Category: Mangalitia]]
[[Category: Mangalia]]</text>
    <sha1>07bf86ff348577491ffea9ecd93e6688cc4550d0</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>203</id>
    <parentid>165</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-16T14:29:57Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* Beginning of Empire */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3201" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = '''Empire of Mangalia'''
 |nativename = Mangalelakuara ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |dates = 1973 BCE-Now
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Itsi]] (former), [[Piapao]] (former northern), [[Tsinaa]] (former southern), [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]] (current)
 |offlangs = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |comlangs = [[Laoanese Language]], [[Komishinite Language]]
 |demonyms = Mangalese
 |government = Absolute monarchy
 |firstking = [[Pailamu|Piukama Pailamu]] (2025-1973-1962 BCE)
 |lastking = [[Kauk|Piukama Kauk]] (1989-2016-Now)
 |currency = [[Amakilapulonesh]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or [[Piukama|''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama'']].

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== History ==
=== Beginning of Empire ===
Many city-states begin to gain power and establish their kingdoms. Each kingdom is ruled by a Pawa or lord/king. One of the more powerful is the City of Piapao, which starts to assimilate other kingdoms. The [[Pawa]] of Piapao, whose name was [[Pailamu]], in 1973 BC, became the first Piukama, and all the other Pawas became the first [[Pakama|Pakamas]] of the modern provinces.

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces: 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]], 2-[[Oloparunga]], 3-[[Whurawhurani]], 4-[[Tanilaparang]], 5-[[Qulaku]], 6-[[Suruniqu]], 7-[[Olobuni]], 8-[[Puna]], 9-[[Gahlani]], 10-[[Basharlakuara]], 11-[[Mawiaikan]], 12-[[Saruna]], 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]], 14-[[Babania]], 15-[[Jalapo]]]]

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Provinces
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
! colspan ="3" | Northern region
|-
| Aatsulaoparunga || Piapao || WIP
|-
| Oloparunga || Chuqatsi || WIP
|-
| Whurawhurani || Druiuna || WIP
|-
! colspan = "3" | Central region
|-
| Tanilaparang || Uraxaalaparang || WIP
|-
| Qulaku || Lakuaralaluma || WIP
|-
| Suruniqu || Trotoni || WIP
|-
| Olobuni || Whurama || WIP
|-
| Puna || Maniaka || WIP
|-
| Gahlani || Xarii || WIP
|-
| Basharlakuara|| Suna || WIP
|-
| Mawiaikan || Talaria || WIP
|-
! colspan = "3" | Southern region
|-
| Saruna || Huuni || WIP
|-
| Babasharhuplalakuara || Xanijana || WIP
|-
| Babania || Sira || WIP
|-
| Jalapo || Tsinaa || WIP
|}

[[Category: Mangalitia]]
[[Category: Mangalia]]</text>
    <sha1>f1a2242bec4dd69477cc578aafbf74f814f6163d</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>204</id>
    <parentid>203</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-16T14:36:17Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* Beginning of Empire */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3314" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = '''Empire of Mangalia'''
 |nativename = Mangalelakuara ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |dates = 1973 BCE-Now
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Itsi]] (former), [[Piapao]] (former northern), [[Tsinaa]] (former southern), [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]] (current)
 |offlangs = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |comlangs = [[Laoanese Language]], [[Komishinite Language]]
 |demonyms = Mangalese
 |government = Absolute monarchy
 |firstking = [[Pailamu|Piukama Pailamu]] (2025-1973-1962 BCE)
 |lastking = [[Kauk|Piukama Kauk]] (1989-2016-Now)
 |currency = [[Amakilapulonesh]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or [[Piukama|''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama'']].

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== History ==
=== Beginning of Empire ===
Many city-states begin to gain power and establish their kingdoms. Each kingdom is ruled by a Pawa or lord/king. One of the more powerful is the City of Piapao, which starts to assimilate other kingdoms. The [[Pawa]] of Piapao, whose name was [[Pailamu]], in 1973 BC, became the first Piukama, and all the other Pawas became the first [[Pakama|Pakamas]] of the modern provinces.

=== The Two Mangalias ===
AD 248, the Southern part of Mangalia gain independence and form a Kingdom separated.

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces: 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]], 2-[[Oloparunga]], 3-[[Whurawhurani]], 4-[[Tanilaparang]], 5-[[Qulaku]], 6-[[Suruniqu]], 7-[[Olobuni]], 8-[[Puna]], 9-[[Gahlani]], 10-[[Basharlakuara]], 11-[[Mawiaikan]], 12-[[Saruna]], 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]], 14-[[Babania]], 15-[[Jalapo]]]]

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Provinces
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
! colspan ="3" | Northern region
|-
| Aatsulaoparunga || Piapao || WIP
|-
| Oloparunga || Chuqatsi || WIP
|-
| Whurawhurani || Druiuna || WIP
|-
! colspan = "3" | Central region
|-
| Tanilaparang || Uraxaalaparang || WIP
|-
| Qulaku || Lakuaralaluma || WIP
|-
| Suruniqu || Trotoni || WIP
|-
| Olobuni || Whurama || WIP
|-
| Puna || Maniaka || WIP
|-
| Gahlani || Xarii || WIP
|-
| Basharlakuara|| Suna || WIP
|-
| Mawiaikan || Talaria || WIP
|-
! colspan = "3" | Southern region
|-
| Saruna || Huuni || WIP
|-
| Babasharhuplalakuara || Xanijana || WIP
|-
| Babania || Sira || WIP
|-
| Jalapo || Tsinaa || WIP
|}

[[Category: Mangalitia]]
[[Category: Mangalia]]</text>
    <sha1>2f0575296fa121818e7e3c58b1f5a5e20fd3502b</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240512161609|155">
  <title>Piukama</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>45</id>
  <revision>
    <id>166</id>
    <parentid>108</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T07:11:45Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="508" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

== First Emperor ==
{{hiden begin|title="Pawanat  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
*** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}

{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi
** Hup II
** Amia
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hiden end}}</text>
    <sha1>37fe480ed9e8aee169856cafec8cdbcb99f1ab0c</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>167</id>
    <parentid>166</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T07:12:29Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="510" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

== First Emperor ==
{{hidden begin|title="Pawanat  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
*** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}

{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi
** Hup II
** Amia
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>79ade440c7c694d9aeae65e38c4ae6ac4c0b7d57</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>168</id>
    <parentid>167</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T07:14:25Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="631" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperor came from the Pawanat of [[Piapao]] which started gain power and anexed other city-states.

{{hidden begin|title="Pawanat  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
*** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}

{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi
** Hup II
** Amia
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>f66b3eb7b0cefb3c788c9cc6e01f15b05a1e78b7</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>169</id>
    <parentid>168</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T07:15:42Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="685" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperor came from the Pawanat of [[Piapao]] which started gain power and anexed other city-states.

{{hidden begin|title="Pawanat  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
*** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi
** Hup II
** Amia
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>b8855006cc39c7858b963197ad6adb274a0bbffd</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>170</id>
    <parentid>169</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T07:20:59Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="873" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperor came from the Pawanat of [[Piapao]] which started gain power and anexed other city-states.

{{hidden begin|title="Pawanat  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
*** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi '''(2)'''
** Hup II '''(3)'''
*** Parow '''(9)'''
**** ? '''(10)'''
**** Hup III '''(11)'''
**** 
** Amia '''(4)'''
*** Kima  '''(5)'''
**** Amia II '''(6)'''
***** ? '''(7)'''
***** ? '''(8)'''

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>410328c0dc933839bba35b32280894125f65950e</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>171</id>
    <parentid>170</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T07:21:40Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="894" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperor came from the Pawanat of [[Piapao]] which started gain power and anexed other city-states.

{{hidden begin|title="Pawanat  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
*** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi '''(2)'''
** Hup II '''(3)'''
*** Parow '''(9)'''
**** ? '''(10)'''
**** Hup III '''(11)'''
**** Shukhi II '''(12)''' 
** Amia '''(4)'''
*** Kima  '''(5)'''
**** Amia II '''(6)'''
***** ? '''(7)'''
***** ? '''(8)'''

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>cca46cd3f791a3ff145722f8140e8bdcd370ff28</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>172</id>
    <parentid>171</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T09:49:45Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="902" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperor came from the Pawanat of [[Piapao]] which started gain power and anexed other city-states.

{{hidden begin|title="Pawanat  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi '''(2)'''
** Hup II '''(3)'''
*** Parow '''(9)'''
**** ? '''(10)'''
**** Hup III '''(11)'''
**** Shukhi II '''(12)''' 
** Amia '''(4)'''
*** Kima  '''(5)'''
**** Amia II '''(6)'''
***** ? '''(7)'''
***** ? '''(8)'''

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>30b8e2a21f35e9b9a946e275916e408fef39a36e</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>173</id>
    <parentid>172</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T09:53:08Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="911" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperor came from the [[Pawa|Pawanat]] of [[Piapao]] which started gain power and anexed other city-states.

{{hidden begin|title="Pawanat  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi '''(2)'''
** Hup II '''(3)'''
*** Parow '''(9)'''
**** ? '''(10)'''
**** Hup III '''(11)'''
**** Shukhi II '''(12)''' 
** Amia '''(4)'''
*** Kima  '''(5)'''
**** Amia II '''(6)'''
***** ? '''(7)'''
***** ? '''(8)'''

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>02fc6af8f2611db27824e48276440883785739a6</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>174</id>
    <parentid>173</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T10:02:12Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="911" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperor came from the [[Pawa|Pawadom]] of [[Piapao]] which started gain power and anexed other city-states.

{{hidden begin|title="Pawadom  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi '''(2)'''
** Hup II '''(3)'''
*** Parow '''(9)'''
**** ? '''(10)'''
**** Hup III '''(11)'''
**** Shukhi II '''(12)''' 
** Amia '''(4)'''
*** Kima  '''(5)'''
**** Amia II '''(6)'''
***** ? '''(7)'''
***** ? '''(8)'''

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>252862c9017f7ba4708060a8e95773b70cd0b3b9</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>175</id>
    <parentid>174</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T10:22:13Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1115" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Different from must monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the first born, but for being the fist of their siblings to have a child.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperor came from the [[Pawa|Pawadom]] of [[Piapao]] which started gain power and anexed other city-states.

{{hidden begin|title="Pawadom  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi '''(2)'''
** Hup II '''(3)'''
*** Parow '''(9)'''
**** ? '''(10)'''
**** Hup III '''(11)'''
**** Shukhi II '''(12)''' 
** Amia '''(4)'''
*** Kima  '''(5)'''
**** Amia II '''(6)'''
***** ? '''(7)'''
***** ? '''(8)'''

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>fcad3ba68095acc8864aa71d18d09087dbc9bff3</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>176</id>
    <parentid>175</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T10:26:05Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1243" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Different from must monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the first born, but for being the fist of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there are no male-preference for being Piukama. Any children of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperor came from the [[Pawa|Pawadom]] of [[Piapao]] which started gain power and anexed other city-states.

{{hidden begin|title="Pawadom  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi '''(2)'''
** Hup II '''(3)'''
*** Parow '''(9)'''
**** ? '''(10)'''
**** Hup III '''(11)'''
**** Shukhi II '''(12)''' 
** Amia '''(4)'''
*** Kima  '''(5)'''
**** Amia II '''(6)'''
***** ? '''(7)'''
***** ? '''(8)'''

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>5ce56ff2cb60ca07b40634572d697bd885ebeca4</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>179</id>
    <parentid>176</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T11:30:25Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1241" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Different from must monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the first born, but for being the fist of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there are no male-preference for being Piukama. Any children of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperor came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]] which started gain power and anexed other city-states.

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi '''(2)'''
** Hup II '''(3)'''
*** Parow '''(9)'''
**** ? '''(10)'''
**** Hup III '''(11)'''
**** Shukhi II '''(12)''' 
** Amia '''(4)'''
*** Kima  '''(5)'''
**** Amia II '''(6)'''
***** ? '''(7)'''
***** ? '''(8)'''

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>c15347a5fdfb01238e04cab446a26829ea9d5e23</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>188</id>
    <parentid>179</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-15T21:10:16Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1339" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Different from must monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the first born, but for being the fist of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there are no male-preference for being Piukama. Any children of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperor came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]] which started gain power and anexed other city-states.

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BCE)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BCE)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BCE)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BCE)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BCE)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)'''
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BCE)
*** Kima  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BCE)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BCE)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>a0556b39d029929e5f9dcb17473943b0881a7321</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>189</id>
    <parentid>188</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-15T21:53:16Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1341" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Different from must monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the first born, but for being the fist of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there are no male-preference for being Piukama. Any children of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperor came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]] which started gain power and anexed other city-states.

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BCE)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BCE)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BCE)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BCE)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BCE)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)'''
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BCE)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BCE)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BCE)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>d316d16d075d168263daaec8709ae39979d53154</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>190</id>
    <parentid>189</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-15T22:04:42Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1496" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Unlike most monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the firstborn but for being the first of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there is no male preference for being Piukama. Any child of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperors came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]], which started to gain power and annexed other city-states. The first Emperor was Pailamu, Pawa of Piapao, in 1973 BC, and he became the first Powiu ("Great Pawa"; later, the term "Powiu" became "Piu" and then "Piukama").

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BCE)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BCE)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BCE)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BCE)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BCE)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BCE)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BCE)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BCE)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BCE)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BCE)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)'''
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BCE)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BCE)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BCE)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>efa2b09dce9105949b880ad1fc04575d262fac4f</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>191</id>
    <parentid>190</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-15T23:06:50Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3361" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Unlike most monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the firstborn but for being the first of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there is no male preference for being Piukama. Any child of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperors came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]], which started to gain power and annexed other city-states. The first Emperor was Pailamu, Pawa of Piapao, in 1973 BC, and he became the first Powiu ("Great Pawa"; later, the term "Powiu" became "Piu" and then "Piukama").

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Pawas  of Piapao before imperial era
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Khi || 2065 BC || 2045 BC (20) || colspan = "2" | 2022 BC (43) || 23 years ||
|-
| Muntsa || 2043 BC || 2022 BC (21) || colspan = "2" | 2020 BC (23) || 2 years ||
|-
| Hup || 2039 BC || 2020 BC (19) || colspan = "2" | 1989 BC (50) || 31 years || Muntsa's brother who became Powiu since Muntsa didn't have an heir.
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1989 BC (36) || 1973 BC (52) || 1962 BC (63) || 16 years ||
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Powius, first dynasty
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1973 BC (52) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (63) || 11 years ||
|-
| Sukhi || 2000 BC || 1962 BC (38) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (38) || 4 months and 9 days || Pailamu's son and Hup II and Amia's brother. Died without an heir
|-
| Hup II || 1998 BC || 1962 BC (36) || colspan = "2" | 1959 BC (39) || 3 years || Sukhi and Amia's brother.
|-
| Amia || 1994 BC || 1959 BC (35) || colspan = "2" | 1945 BC (49) || 13 years || Sister of the precedent emperors. She assumed the throne before knowing of Hup II's wife's pregnancy and the birth of Parow, son of Hup II.
|-
| Kimawe || 1969 BC || 1945 BC (24) || colspan = "2" | 1935 BC (34) || 10 years || Amia's son.
|-
| Amia II || 1941 BC || 1935 BC (6) || colspan = "2" | 1883 BC (58) || 51 years || Kimawe's daughter.
|-
| Parow || 1959 BC || 1883 BC (76) || colspan = "2" | 1882 BC (76) || 11 months || Hup II's son and Amia II's great-cousin.
|-
| Fafawra || 1915 BC || 1882 BC (33) || colspan = "2" | 1857 BC (58) || 25 years || Parow's son
|-
|Budaa || 1882 BC || 1857 BC (25) || colspan = "2" | 1837 BC (45) || 20 years ||
|-
| Fatambabaia || 1855 BC || 1837 BC (18) || colspan = "2" | 1786 BC (79) || 61 years ||
|}

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BC)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BC)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BC)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BC)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BC)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BC)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BC)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BC)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BC)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BC)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)''' (1837-1786 BC)
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BC)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BC)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BC)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>4ae988a114fa0699e641a9000ea57bc60d752d4f</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>192</id>
    <parentid>191</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-16T08:26:37Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3375" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Unlike most monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the firstborn but for being the first of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there is no male preference for being Piukama. Any child of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperors came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]], which started to gain power and annexed other city-states. The first Emperor was Pailamu, Pawa of Piapao, in 1973 BC, and he became the first Powiu ("Great Pawa"; later, the term "Powiu" became "Piu" and then "Piukama").

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Pawas  of Piapao before imperial era
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Khi || 2065 BC || 2045 BC (20) || colspan = "2" | 2022 BC (43) || 23 years ||
|-
| Muntsa || 2043 BC || 2022 BC (21) || colspan = "2" | 2020 BC (23) || 2 years ||
|-
| Hup || 2039 BC || 2020 BC (19) || colspan = "2" | 1989 BC (50) || 31 years || Muntsa's brother who became Powiu since Muntsa didn't have an heir.
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1989 BC (36) || 1973 BC (52) || 1962 BC (63) || 16 years ||
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Powius, first dynasty
|-
! Order !! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
! 1 || Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1973 BC (52) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (63) || 11 years ||
|-
| Sukhi || 2000 BC || 1962 BC (38) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (38) || 4 months and 9 days || Pailamu's son and Hup II and Amia's brother. Died without an heir
|-
| Hup II || 1998 BC || 1962 BC (36) || colspan = "2" | 1959 BC (39) || 3 years || Sukhi and Amia's brother.
|-
| Amia || 1994 BC || 1959 BC (35) || colspan = "2" | 1945 BC (49) || 13 years || Sister of the precedent emperors. She assumed the throne before knowing of Hup II's wife's pregnancy and the birth of Parow, son of Hup II.
|-
| Kimawe || 1969 BC || 1945 BC (24) || colspan = "2" | 1935 BC (34) || 10 years || Amia's son.
|-
| Amia II || 1941 BC || 1935 BC (6) || colspan = "2" | 1883 BC (58) || 51 years || Kimawe's daughter.
|-
| Parow || 1959 BC || 1883 BC (76) || colspan = "2" | 1882 BC (76) || 11 months || Hup II's son and Amia II's great-cousin.
|-
| Fafawra || 1915 BC || 1882 BC (33) || colspan = "2" | 1857 BC (58) || 25 years || Parow's son
|-
|Budaa || 1882 BC || 1857 BC (25) || colspan = "2" | 1837 BC (45) || 20 years ||
|-
| Fatambabaia || 1855 BC || 1837 BC (18) || colspan = "2" | 1786 BC (79) || 61 years ||
|}

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BC)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BC)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BC)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BC)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BC)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BC)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BC)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BC)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BC)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BC)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)''' (1837-1786 BC)
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BC)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BC)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BC)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>e0b5275049703ca4ce61fb8b9e820677d5132fae</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>193</id>
    <parentid>192</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-16T08:27:47Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3375" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Unlike most monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the firstborn but for being the first of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there is no male preference for being Piukama. Any child of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperors came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]], which started to gain power and annexed other city-states. The first Emperor was Pailamu, Pawa of Piapao, in 1973 BC, and he became the first Powiu ("Great Pawa"; later, the term "Powiu" became "Piu" and then "Piukama").

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Pawas  of Piapao before imperial era
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Khi || 2065 BC || 2045 BC (20) || colspan = "2" | 2022 BC (43) || 23 years ||
|-
| Muntsa || 2043 BC || 2022 BC (21) || colspan = "2" | 2020 BC (23) || 2 years ||
|-
| Hup || 2039 BC || 2020 BC (19) || colspan = "2" | 1989 BC (50) || 31 years || Muntsa's brother who became Powiu since Muntsa didn't have an heir.
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1989 BC (36) || 1973 BC (52) || 1962 BC (63) || 16 years ||
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Powius, first dynasty
|-
! Order !! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| 1 !! Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1973 BC (52) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (63) || 11 years ||
|-
| Sukhi || 2000 BC || 1962 BC (38) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (38) || 4 months and 9 days || Pailamu's son and Hup II and Amia's brother. Died without an heir
|-
| Hup II || 1998 BC || 1962 BC (36) || colspan = "2" | 1959 BC (39) || 3 years || Sukhi and Amia's brother.
|-
| Amia || 1994 BC || 1959 BC (35) || colspan = "2" | 1945 BC (49) || 13 years || Sister of the precedent emperors. She assumed the throne before knowing of Hup II's wife's pregnancy and the birth of Parow, son of Hup II.
|-
| Kimawe || 1969 BC || 1945 BC (24) || colspan = "2" | 1935 BC (34) || 10 years || Amia's son.
|-
| Amia II || 1941 BC || 1935 BC (6) || colspan = "2" | 1883 BC (58) || 51 years || Kimawe's daughter.
|-
| Parow || 1959 BC || 1883 BC (76) || colspan = "2" | 1882 BC (76) || 11 months || Hup II's son and Amia II's great-cousin.
|-
| Fafawra || 1915 BC || 1882 BC (33) || colspan = "2" | 1857 BC (58) || 25 years || Parow's son
|-
|Budaa || 1882 BC || 1857 BC (25) || colspan = "2" | 1837 BC (45) || 20 years ||
|-
| Fatambabaia || 1855 BC || 1837 BC (18) || colspan = "2" | 1786 BC (79) || 61 years ||
|}

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BC)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BC)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BC)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BC)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BC)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BC)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BC)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BC)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BC)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BC)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)''' (1837-1786 BC)
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BC)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BC)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BC)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>034db0edd9ca4fb7a0e1a65a966951e333d13cde</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>194</id>
    <parentid>193</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-16T08:33:37Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3361" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Unlike most monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the firstborn but for being the first of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there is no male preference for being Piukama. Any child of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperors came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]], which started to gain power and annexed other city-states. The first Emperor was Pailamu, Pawa of Piapao, in 1973 BC, and he became the first Powiu ("Great Pawa"; later, the term "Powiu" became "Piu" and then "Piukama").

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Pawas  of Piapao before imperial era
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Khi || 2065 BC || 2045 BC (20) || colspan = "2" | 2022 BC (43) || 23 years ||
|-
| Muntsa || 2043 BC || 2022 BC (21) || colspan = "2" | 2020 BC (23) || 2 years ||
|-
| Hup || 2039 BC || 2020 BC (19) || colspan = "2" | 1989 BC (50) || 31 years || Muntsa's brother who became Powiu since Muntsa didn't have an heir.
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1989 BC (36) || 1973 BC (52) || 1962 BC (63) || 16 years ||
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Powius, first dynasty
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1973 BC (52) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (63) || 11 years ||
|-
| Sukhi || 2000 BC || 1962 BC (38) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (38) || 4 months and 9 days || Pailamu's son and Hup II and Amia's brother. Died without an heir
|-
| Hup II || 1998 BC || 1962 BC (36) || colspan = "2" | 1959 BC (39) || 3 years || Sukhi and Amia's brother.
|-
| Amia || 1994 BC || 1959 BC (35) || colspan = "2" | 1945 BC (49) || 13 years || Sister of the precedent emperors. She assumed the throne before knowing of Hup II's wife's pregnancy and the birth of Parow, son of Hup II.
|-
| Kimawe || 1969 BC || 1945 BC (24) || colspan = "2" | 1935 BC (34) || 10 years || Amia's son.
|-
| Amia II || 1941 BC || 1935 BC (6) || colspan = "2" | 1883 BC (58) || 51 years || Kimawe's daughter.
|-
| Parow || 1959 BC || 1883 BC (76) || colspan = "2" | 1882 BC (76) || 11 months || Hup II's son and Amia II's great-cousin.
|-
| Fafawra || 1915 BC || 1882 BC (33) || colspan = "2" | 1857 BC (58) || 25 years || Parow's son
|-
|Budaa || 1882 BC || 1857 BC (25) || colspan = "2" | 1837 BC (45) || 20 years ||
|-
| Fatambabaia || 1855 BC || 1837 BC (18) || colspan = "2" | 1786 BC (79) || 61 years ||
|}

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BC)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BC)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BC)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BC)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BC)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BC)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BC)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BC)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BC)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BC)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)''' (1837-1786 BC)
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BC)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BC)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BC)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>4ae988a114fa0699e641a9000ea57bc60d752d4f</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>195</id>
    <parentid>194</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-16T14:00:56Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3362" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Unlike most monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the firstborn but for being the first of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there is no male preference for being Piukama. Any child of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperors came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]], which started to gain power and annexed other city-states. The first Emperor was Pailamu, Pawa of Piapao, in 1973 BC, and he became the first Powiu ("Great Pawa"; later, the term "Powiu" became "Piu" and then "Piukama").

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Pawas  of Piapao before imperial era
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Khi || 2065 BC || 2045 BC (20) || colspan = "2" | 2022 BC (43) || 23 years || 
|-
| Muntsa || 2043 BC || 2022 BC (21) || colspan = "2" | 2020 BC (23) || 2 years ||
|-
| Hup || 2039 BC || 2020 BC (19) || colspan = "2" | 1989 BC (50) || 31 years || Muntsa's brother who became Powiu since Muntsa didn't have an heir.
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1989 BC (36) || 1973 BC (52) || 1962 BC (63) || 16 years ||
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Powius, first dynasty
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1973 BC (52) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (63) || 11 years ||
|-
| Sukhi || 2000 BC || 1962 BC (38) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (38) || 4 months and 9 days || Pailamu's son and Hup II and Amia's brother. Died without an heir
|-
| Hup II || 1998 BC || 1962 BC (36) || colspan = "2" | 1959 BC (39) || 3 years || Sukhi and Amia's brother.
|-
| Amia || 1994 BC || 1959 BC (35) || colspan = "2" | 1945 BC (49) || 13 years || Sister of the precedent emperors. She assumed the throne before knowing of Hup II's wife's pregnancy and the birth of Parow, son of Hup II.
|-
| Kimawe || 1969 BC || 1945 BC (24) || colspan = "2" | 1935 BC (34) || 10 years || Amia's son.
|-
| Amia II || 1941 BC || 1935 BC (6) || colspan = "2" | 1883 BC (58) || 51 years || Kimawe's daughter.
|-
| Parow || 1959 BC || 1883 BC (76) || colspan = "2" | 1882 BC (76) || 11 months || Hup II's son and Amia II's great-cousin.
|-
| Fafawra || 1915 BC || 1882 BC (33) || colspan = "2" | 1857 BC (58) || 25 years || Parow's son
|-
|Budaa || 1882 BC || 1857 BC (25) || colspan = "2" | 1837 BC (45) || 20 years ||
|-
| Fatambabaia || 1855 BC || 1837 BC (18) || colspan = "2" | 1786 BC (79) || 61 years ||
|}

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BC)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BC)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BC)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BC)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BC)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BC)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BC)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BC)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BC)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BC)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)''' (1837-1786 BC)
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BC)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BC)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BC)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>23259690e28b4c1a0b87fc48a565cd5996f29987</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>196</id>
    <parentid>195</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-16T14:13:56Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3543" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Unlike most monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the firstborn but for being the first of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there is no male preference for being Piukama. Any child of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperors came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]], which started to gain power and annexed other city-states. The first Emperor was Pailamu, Pawa of Piapao, in 1973 BC, and he became the first Powiu ("Great Pawa"; later, the term "Powiu" became "Piu" and then "Piukama").

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Pawas  of Piapao before imperial era
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Khi || 2065 BC || 2045 BC (20) || colspan = "2" | 2022 BC (43) || 23 years || Due to lack of trustful source, Khi's predecessor emperor is unknown. What it is known is that it was a man. Some sources says it was his own father and some says it was his uncle. 
|-
| Muntsa || 2043 BC || 2022 BC (21) || colspan = "2" | 2020 BC (23) || 2 years ||
|-
| Hup || 2039 BC || 2020 BC (19) || colspan = "2" | 1989 BC (50) || 31 years || Muntsa's brother who became Powiu since Muntsa didn't have an heir.
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1989 BC (36) || 1973 BC (52) || 1962 BC (63) || 16 years ||
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Powius, first dynasty
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1973 BC (52) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (63) || 11 years ||
|-
| Sukhi || 2000 BC || 1962 BC (38) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (38) || 4 months and 9 days || Pailamu's son and Hup II and Amia's brother. Died without an heir
|-
| Hup II || 1998 BC || 1962 BC (36) || colspan = "2" | 1959 BC (39) || 3 years || Sukhi and Amia's brother.
|-
| Amia || 1994 BC || 1959 BC (35) || colspan = "2" | 1945 BC (49) || 13 years || Sister of the precedent emperors. She assumed the throne before knowing of Hup II's wife's pregnancy and the birth of Parow, son of Hup II.
|-
| Kimawe || 1969 BC || 1945 BC (24) || colspan = "2" | 1935 BC (34) || 10 years || Amia's son.
|-
| Amia II || 1941 BC || 1935 BC (6) || colspan = "2" | 1883 BC (58) || 51 years || Kimawe's daughter.
|-
| Parow || 1959 BC || 1883 BC (76) || colspan = "2" | 1882 BC (76) || 11 months || Hup II's son and Amia II's great-cousin.
|-
| Fafawra || 1915 BC || 1882 BC (33) || colspan = "2" | 1857 BC (58) || 25 years || Parow's son
|-
|Budaa || 1882 BC || 1857 BC (25) || colspan = "2" | 1837 BC (45) || 20 years ||
|-
| Fatambabaia || 1855 BC || 1837 BC (18) || colspan = "2" | 1786 BC (79) || 61 years ||
|}

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BC)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BC)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BC)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BC)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BC)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BC)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BC)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BC)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BC)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BC)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)''' (1837-1786 BC)
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BC)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BC)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BC)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>adce4757c2818046a91f772e72c35d08ece1930e</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>197</id>
    <parentid>196</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-16T14:14:43Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3554" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Unlike most monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the firstborn but for being the first of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there is no male preference for being Piukama. Any child of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperors came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]], which started to gain power and annexed other city-states. The first Emperor was Pailamu, Pawa of Piapao, in 1973 BC, and he became the first Powiu ("Great Pawa"; later, the term "Powiu" became "Piu" and then "Piukama").

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Pawas  of Piapao before imperial era
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Khi || 2065 BC || 2045 BC (20) || colspan = "2" | 2022 BC (43) || 23 years || Due to the lack of trustful source, Khi's predecessor pawa's identity is unknown. What it is known is that it was a man. Some sources says it was his own father and some says it was his uncle.
|-
| Muntsa || 2043 BC || 2022 BC (21) || colspan = "2" | 2020 BC (23) || 2 years ||
|-
| Hup || 2039 BC || 2020 BC (19) || colspan = "2" | 1989 BC (50) || 31 years || Muntsa's brother who became Powiu since Muntsa didn't have an heir.
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1989 BC (36) || 1973 BC (52) || 1962 BC (63) || 16 years ||
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Powius, first dynasty
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1973 BC (52) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (63) || 11 years ||
|-
| Sukhi || 2000 BC || 1962 BC (38) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (38) || 4 months and 9 days || Pailamu's son and Hup II and Amia's brother. Died without an heir
|-
| Hup II || 1998 BC || 1962 BC (36) || colspan = "2" | 1959 BC (39) || 3 years || Sukhi and Amia's brother.
|-
| Amia || 1994 BC || 1959 BC (35) || colspan = "2" | 1945 BC (49) || 13 years || Sister of the precedent emperors. She assumed the throne before knowing of Hup II's wife's pregnancy and the birth of Parow, son of Hup II.
|-
| Kimawe || 1969 BC || 1945 BC (24) || colspan = "2" | 1935 BC (34) || 10 years || Amia's son.
|-
| Amia II || 1941 BC || 1935 BC (6) || colspan = "2" | 1883 BC (58) || 51 years || Kimawe's daughter.
|-
| Parow || 1959 BC || 1883 BC (76) || colspan = "2" | 1882 BC (76) || 11 months || Hup II's son and Amia II's great-cousin.
|-
| Fafawra || 1915 BC || 1882 BC (33) || colspan = "2" | 1857 BC (58) || 25 years || Parow's son
|-
|Budaa || 1882 BC || 1857 BC (25) || colspan = "2" | 1837 BC (45) || 20 years ||
|-
| Fatambabaia || 1855 BC || 1837 BC (18) || colspan = "2" | 1786 BC (79) || 61 years ||
|}

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BC)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BC)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BC)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BC)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BC)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BC)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BC)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BC)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BC)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BC)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)''' (1837-1786 BC)
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BC)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BC)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BC)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>87479b4069c543e68b8781671cabfb6a72932270</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>198</id>
    <parentid>197</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-16T14:16:57Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3584" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Unlike most monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the firstborn but for being the first of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there is no male preference for being Piukama. Any child of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperors came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]], which started to gain power and annexed other city-states. The first Emperor was Pailamu, Pawa of Piapao, in 1973 BC, and he became the first Powiu ("Great Pawa"; later, the term "Powiu" became "Piu" and then "Piukama").

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Pawas  of Piapao before imperial era
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Khi || 2065 BC || 2045 BC (20) || colspan = "2" | 2022 BC (43) || 23 years || Due to the lack of trustful source, Khi's predecessor pawa's identity is unknown. What it is known is that it was a man. Some sources says it was his own father and some says it was his uncle.
|-
| Muntsa || 2043 BC || 2022 BC (21) || colspan = "2" | 2020 BC (23) || 2 years || Khi's son. Died of a disease.
|-
| Hup || 2039 BC || 2020 BC (19) || colspan = "2" | 1989 BC (50) || 31 years || Muntsa's brother who became Powiu since Muntsa didn't have an heir.
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1989 BC (36) || 1973 BC (52) || 1962 BC (63) || 16 years ||
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Powius, first dynasty
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1973 BC (52) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (63) || 11 years ||
|-
| Sukhi || 2000 BC || 1962 BC (38) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (38) || 4 months and 9 days || Pailamu's son and Hup II and Amia's brother. Died without an heir
|-
| Hup II || 1998 BC || 1962 BC (36) || colspan = "2" | 1959 BC (39) || 3 years || Sukhi and Amia's brother.
|-
| Amia || 1994 BC || 1959 BC (35) || colspan = "2" | 1945 BC (49) || 13 years || Sister of the precedent emperors. She assumed the throne before knowing of Hup II's wife's pregnancy and the birth of Parow, son of Hup II.
|-
| Kimawe || 1969 BC || 1945 BC (24) || colspan = "2" | 1935 BC (34) || 10 years || Amia's son.
|-
| Amia II || 1941 BC || 1935 BC (6) || colspan = "2" | 1883 BC (58) || 51 years || Kimawe's daughter.
|-
| Parow || 1959 BC || 1883 BC (76) || colspan = "2" | 1882 BC (76) || 11 months || Hup II's son and Amia II's great-cousin.
|-
| Fafawra || 1915 BC || 1882 BC (33) || colspan = "2" | 1857 BC (58) || 25 years || Parow's son
|-
|Budaa || 1882 BC || 1857 BC (25) || colspan = "2" | 1837 BC (45) || 20 years ||
|-
| Fatambabaia || 1855 BC || 1837 BC (18) || colspan = "2" | 1786 BC (79) || 61 years ||
|}

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BC)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BC)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BC)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BC)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BC)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BC)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BC)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BC)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BC)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BC)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)''' (1837-1786 BC)
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BC)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BC)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BC)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>4d2d8d44563dc554f19f8265f633a569828b8478</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>199</id>
    <parentid>198</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-16T14:19:08Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3630" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Unlike most monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the firstborn but for being the first of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there is no male preference for being Piukama. Any child of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperors came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]], which started to gain power and annexed other city-states. The first Emperor was Pailamu, Pawa of Piapao, in 1973 BC, and he became the first Powiu ("Great Pawa"; later, the term "Powiu" became "Piu" and then "Piukama").

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Pawas  of Piapao before imperial era
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Khi || 2065 BC || 2045 BC (20) || colspan = "2" | 2022 BC (43) || 23 years || Due to the lack of trustful source, Khi's predecessor pawa's identity is unknown. What it is known is that it was a man. Some sources says it was his own father and some says it was his uncle.
|-
| Muntsa || 2043 BC || 2022 BC (21) || colspan = "2" | 2020 BC (23) || 2 years || Khi's son. Died of a disease.
|-
| Hup || 2039 BC || 2020 BC (19) || colspan = "2" | 1989 BC (50) || 31 years || Muntsa's brother who became Powiu since Muntsa didn't have an heir.
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1989 BC (36) || 1973 BC (52) || 1962 BC (63) || 16 years ||
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Powius, first dynasty
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1973 BC (52) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (63) || 11 years ||
|-
| Sukhi || 2000 BC || 1962 BC (38) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (38) || 4 months and 9 days || Pailamu's son and Hup II and Amia's brother. Died without an heir
|-
| Hup II || 1998 BC || 1962 BC (36) || colspan = "2" | 1959 BC (39) || 3 years || Sukhi and Amia's brother.
|-
| Amia || 1994 BC || 1959 BC (35) || colspan = "2" | 1945 BC (49) || 13 years || Sister of the precedent emperors. She assumed the throne before knowing of Hup II's wife's pregnancy and the birth of Parow, son of Hup II.
|-
| Kimawe || 1969 BC || 1945 BC (24) || colspan = "2" | 1935 BC (34) || 10 years || Amia's son.
|-
| Amia II || 1941 BC || 1935 BC (6) || colspan = "2" | 1883 BC (58) || 51 years || Kimawe's daughter. For thirteen years his mother was his regent.
|-
| Parow || 1959 BC || 1883 BC (76) || colspan = "2" | 1882 BC (76) || 11 months || Hup II's son and Amia II's great-cousin.
|-
| Fafawra || 1915 BC || 1882 BC (33) || colspan = "2" | 1857 BC (58) || 25 years || Parow's son
|-
|Budaa || 1882 BC || 1857 BC (25) || colspan = "2" | 1837 BC (45) || 20 years ||
|-
| Fatambabaia || 1855 BC || 1837 BC (18) || colspan = "2" | 1786 BC (79) || 61 years ||
|}

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BC)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BC)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BC)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BC)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BC)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BC)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BC)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BC)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BC)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BC)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)''' (1837-1786 BC)
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BC)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BC)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BC)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>ff0cf201e9056e40d3a5e1fd7989a051263aab5e</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>200</id>
    <parentid>199</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-16T14:19:52Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* First Emperor */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3658" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Unlike most monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the firstborn but for being the first of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there is no male preference for being Piukama. Any child of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperors came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]], which started to gain power and annexed other city-states. The first Emperor was Pailamu, Pawa of Piapao, in 1973 BC, and he became the first Powiu ("Great Pawa"; later, the term "Powiu" became "Piu" and then "Piukama").

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Pawas  of Piapao before imperial era
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Khi || 2065 BC || 2045 BC (20) || colspan = "2" | 2022 BC (43) || 23 years || Due to the lack of trustful source, Khi's predecessor pawa's identity is unknown. What it is known is that it was a man. Some sources says it was his own father and some says it was his uncle.
|-
| Muntsa || 2043 BC || 2022 BC (21) || colspan = "2" | 2020 BC (23) || 2 years || Khi's son. Died of a disease.
|-
| Hup || 2039 BC || 2020 BC (19) || colspan = "2" | 1989 BC (50) || 31 years || Muntsa's brother who became Powiu since Muntsa didn't have an heir.
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1989 BC (36) || 1973 BC (52) || 1962 BC (63) || 16 years ||
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Powius, first dynasty
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Crowning !! End !! Death !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1973 BC (52) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (63) || 11 years ||
|-
| Sukhi || 2000 BC || 1962 BC (38) || colspan = "2" | 1962 BC (38) || 4 months and 9 days || Pailamu's son and Hup II and Amia's brother. Died without an heir
|-
| Hup II || 1998 BC || 1962 BC (36) || colspan = "2" | 1959 BC (39) || 3 years || Sukhi and Amia's brother.
|-
| Amia || 1994 BC || 1959 BC (35) || colspan = "2" | 1945 BC (49) || 13 years || Sister of the precedent emperors. She assumed the throne before knowing of Hup II's wife's pregnancy and the birth of Parow, son of Hup II.
|-
| Kimawe || 1969 BC || 1945 BC (24) || colspan = "2" | 1935 BC (34) || 10 years || Amia's son.
|-
| Amia II || 1941 BC || 1935 BC (6) || colspan = "2" | 1883 BC (58) || 51 years || Kimawe's daughter. For thirteen years his mother was his regent since he was 6 when crowned.
|-
| Parow || 1959 BC || 1883 BC (76) || colspan = "2" | 1882 BC (76) || 11 months || Hup II's son and Amia II's great-cousin.
|-
| Fafawra || 1915 BC || 1882 BC (33) || colspan = "2" | 1857 BC (58) || 25 years || Parow's son
|-
|Budaa || 1882 BC || 1857 BC (25) || colspan = "2" | 1837 BC (45) || 20 years ||
|-
| Fatambabaia || 1855 BC || 1837 BC (18) || colspan = "2" | 1786 BC (79) || 61 years ||
|}

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BC)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BC)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BC)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BC)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BC)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BC)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BC)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BC)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BC)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BC)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)''' (1837-1786 BC)
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BC)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BC)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BC)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>30cb5241fba8e38cb58ed7a8ea57a2214bdddcf5</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240512161609|155">
  <title>Nuboku Language</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>98</id>
  <revision>
    <id>180</id>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T11:50:54Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>Created page with "{{Infobox language  |nativename = ''Nuboku''?  |native = [[Laoamia]]  |ethnicity = [[Nuboku People]]  |family = Unclassified  |earlyforms = Proto-Nuboku?&lt;br&gt;[[Paleo-Kaipan]]? }}  The '''Nuboku language''' is a poorly known language from the Nuboku people of the [[Sapuja Islands]]."</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="281" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ''Nuboku''?
 |native = [[Laoamia]]
 |ethnicity = [[Nuboku People]]
 |family = Unclassified
 |earlyforms = Proto-Nuboku?&lt;br&gt;[[Paleo-Kaipan]]?
}}

The '''Nuboku language''' is a poorly known language from the Nuboku people of the [[Sapuja Islands]].</text>
    <sha1>fd956960dd43ff1bf3782c0c0f73a41eec4e81c2</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>181</id>
    <parentid>180</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-13T12:10:30Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="303" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ''Nuboku''?
 |native = [[Laoamia]]
 |ethnicity = [[Nuboku People]]
 |family = Unclassified
 |earlyforms = Proto-Nuboku?&lt;br&gt;[[Paleo-Kaipan Language|Paleo-Kaipan]]?
}}

The '''Nuboku language''' is a poorly known language from the Nuboku people of the [[Sapuja Islands]].</text>
    <sha1>f944b01fa92bf212c78913de076e003ef09be9ea</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>186</id>
    <parentid>181</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-14T06:00:58Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="363" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ''Nuboku''?
 |native = [[Laoamia]]
 |ethnicity = [[Nuboku People]]
 |family = Unclassified&lt;br&gt;mangalic?
 |earlyforms = Proto-Nuboku?&lt;br&gt;[[Paleo-Kaipan Language|Paleo-Kaipan]]?&lt;br&gt;[[Proto-Mangalic Language|Proto-Mangalic]]?
}}

The '''Nuboku language''' is a poorly known language from the Nuboku people of the [[Sapuja Islands]].</text>
    <sha1>082c96b9860ebc45cb6eb82c592cde261c3c1c89</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>187</id>
    <parentid>186</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-14T06:03:34Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="381" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ''Nuboku''?
 |native = [[Laoamia]]
 |ethnicity = [[Nuboku People]]
 |family = Unclassified&lt;br&gt;mangalic?
 |earlyforms = Proto-Nuboku?&lt;br&gt;[[Paleo-Kaipan Language|Paleo-Kaipan]]?&lt;br&gt;[[Proto-Mangalic Language|Proto-Mangalic]]?
}}

The '''Nuboku language''' is a poorly known language from the [[Nuboku People|Nuboku people]] of the [[Sapuja Islands]].</text>
    <sha1>bf5cacae4529c0c9e301c4d26763c578d7285173</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240512161609|155">
  <title>Uraxaalaparang</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>8</id>
  <revision>
    <id>202</id>
    <parentid>27</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-16T14:26:51Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="993" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement
 |name = Uraxaalaparang
 |province = [[Tanilaparang]]
 |ruler = Emperor Kauk (Political leader, since 2016)&lt;br&gt;[[Great Priest of Uraxaalaparang]] [[Tahlanu]] (Religious leader)
}}

'''Uraxaalaparang''', formerly known as '''Whiaka''' is the political capital and religious capital of [[Mangalia]].

==History==

===Reunion of the two Mangalias===
After centuries of scission, the [[Northern Mangalia|Northern]] and [[Southern Mangalia|Southern]] Mangalias reunited and decided a new Capital city for the empire. The main goal of choosing a new Capital instead of choosing one of the capitals of each former state, [[Piapao]] on Northern Mangalia, or [[Tsinaa]] on Southern Mangalia, is not to cause any other scission or war. If, for example, Piapao was chosen, it would be implied that Northern Mangalia was the "winner" and vice-versa.

The chosen city was Whiaka and was then given a new name: ''Uraxaalaparang'' - "the World's centre" or literally "the World's navel".</text>
    <sha1>170c538ba235f8b7ce75d6478208ddb5b734b34e</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240517173639|205">
  <title>Mangalia</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>5</id>
  <revision>
    <id>205</id>
    <parentid>204</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-17T17:36:39Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <comment>/* Beginning of Empire */</comment>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3325" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox country
 |name = '''Empire of Mangalia'''
 |nativename = Mangalelakuara ([[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]])
 |dates = 1973 BCE-Now
 |image = Mangalia_Flag.png
 |imagesub = Flag
 |image2 = Mangalia map 2.svg
 |imagesub2 = Map
 |capital = [[Itsi]] (former), [[Piapao]] (former northern), [[Tsinaa]] (former southern), [[Uraxaalaparang|Uraxaalaparang]] (current)
 |offlangs = [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]], [[Mauri Karaka|Mauri Karaka]]
 |comlangs = [[Laoanese Language]], [[Komishinite Language]]
 |demonyms = Mangalese
 |government = Absolute monarchy
 |firstking = [[Pailamu|Piukama Pailamu]] (2025-1973-1962 BCE)
 |lastking = [[Kauk|Piukama Kauk]] (1989-2016-Now)
 |currency = [[Amakilapulonesh]]
}}
The '''Mangalia''' or '''Mangalese Empire''' (in [[Mangalese Language|Mangalese]] ''Mangalelakuara'') is one of the nations on the [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan archipelago]].

It's an absolute monarchy ruled by an Emperor/Empress or [[Piukama|''Piukama''/''Piuqoakama'']].

== Name ==
Mangalia comes from Mangalese, which comes from the root mangalese word ''Mangale-'' and from [[Mangala Valley|Mangala]], the name of a valley that the Mangalese people believe was the original place where the first man and woman came.

== History ==
=== Beginning of Empire ===
Many city-states begin to gain power and establish their kingdoms. Each kingdom is ruled by a Pawa or lord/king. One of the more powerful is the City of Piapao, which starts to assimilate other kingdoms. The [[Pawa]] [[Piapao|of Piapao]], whose name was [[Pailamu]], in 1973 BC, became the first Piukama, and all the other Pawas became the first [[Pakama|Pakamas]] of the modern provinces.

=== The Two Mangalias ===
AD 248, the Southern part of Mangalia gain independence and form a Kingdom separated.

== Divisions - Administration ==

Mangalia is divided into three non-administrative regions: the North, Centre, and South. Each region is divided into provinces, with a total of fifteen provinces: thirteen on the main island, one composed of two islands, and one composed of two islands and half an island (the other half belongs to the [[Komishinite Empire]]).

The provinces are ruled by a [[Pakama]] or "King", similar to the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nomarch Nomarchs] of ancient Egypt.


[[File:Mangalia map.svg|thumb|Provinces: 1-[[Aatsulaoparunga]], 2-[[Oloparunga]], 3-[[Whurawhurani]], 4-[[Tanilaparang]], 5-[[Qulaku]], 6-[[Suruniqu]], 7-[[Olobuni]], 8-[[Puna]], 9-[[Gahlani]], 10-[[Basharlakuara]], 11-[[Mawiaikan]], 12-[[Saruna]], 13-[[Babasharhuplalakuara]], 14-[[Babania]], 15-[[Jalapo]]]]

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Provinces
|-
! Provinces !! Capitals !! Blasons
|-
! colspan ="3" | Northern region
|-
| Aatsulaoparunga || Piapao || WIP
|-
| Oloparunga || Chuqatsi || WIP
|-
| Whurawhurani || Druiuna || WIP
|-
! colspan = "3" | Central region
|-
| Tanilaparang || Uraxaalaparang || WIP
|-
| Qulaku || Lakuaralaluma || WIP
|-
| Suruniqu || Trotoni || WIP
|-
| Olobuni || Whurama || WIP
|-
| Puna || Maniaka || WIP
|-
| Gahlani || Xarii || WIP
|-
| Basharlakuara|| Suna || WIP
|-
| Mawiaikan || Talaria || WIP
|-
! colspan = "3" | Southern region
|-
| Saruna || Huuni || WIP
|-
| Babasharhuplalakuara || Xanijana || WIP
|-
| Babania || Sira || WIP
|-
| Jalapo || Tsinaa || WIP
|}

[[Category: Mangalitia]]
[[Category: Mangalia]]</text>
    <sha1>60e7059fee8c8f5c2dd0aec32aaaef625f771db5</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240517173639|205">
  <title>Piukama</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>45</id>
  <revision>
    <id>206</id>
    <parentid>200</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-20T15:22:26Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3521" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Unlike most monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the firstborn but for being the first of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there is no male preference for being Piukama. Any child of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperors came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]], which started to gain power and annexed other city-states. The first Emperor was Pailamu, Pawa of Piapao, in 1973 BC, and he became the first Powiu ("Great Pawa"; later, the term "Powiu" became "Piu" and then "Piukama").

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Pawas  of Piapao before imperial era
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Reign start !! Reign end !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Khi || 2065 BC || 2045 BC (20) || 2022 BC (43) || 23 years || Due to the lack of trustful source, Khi's predecessor pawa's identity is unknown. What it is known is that it was a man. Some sources says it was his own father and some says it was his uncle.
|-
| Muntsa || 2043 BC || 2022 BC (21) || 2020 BC (23) || 2 years || Khi's son. Died of a disease.
|-
| Hup || 2039 BC || 2020 BC (19) || 1989 BC (50) || 31 years || Muntsa's brother who became Powiu since Muntsa didn't have an heir.
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1989 BC (36) || 1973 BC (52) || 16 years || Hup's son. In 1973 BC Pailamu officially ends his Pawate, and became the first Powiu 
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Powius, first dynasty
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Reign start !! Reign end !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1973 BC (52) || 1962 BC (63) || 11 years ||
|-
| Sukhi || 2000 BC || 1962 BC (38) || 1962 BC (38) || 4 months and 9 days || Pailamu's son and Hup II and Amia's brother. Died without an heir
|-
| Hup II || 1998 BC || 1962 BC (36) || 1959 BC (39) || 3 years || Sukhi and Amia's brother.
|-
| Amia || 1994 BC || 1959 BC (35) || 1945 BC (49) || 13 years || Sister of the precedent emperors. She assumed the throne before knowing of Hup II's wife's pregnancy and the birth of Parow, son of Hup II.
|-
| Kimawe || 1969 BC || 1945 BC (24) || 1935 BC (34) || 10 years || Amia's son.
|-
| Amia II || 1941 BC || 1935 BC (6) || 1883 BC (58) || 51 years || Kimawe's daughter. For thirteen years his mother was his regent since he was 6 when crowned.
|-
| Parow || 1959 BC || 1883 BC (76) || 1882 BC (76) || 11 months || Hup II's son and Amia II's great-cousin.
|-
| Fafawra || 1915 BC || 1882 BC (33) || 1857 BC (58) || 25 years || Parow's son
|-
| Budaa || 1882 BC || 1857 BC (25) || 1837 BC (45) || 20 years ||
|-
| Fatambabaia || 1855 BC || 1837 BC (18) || 1786 BC (79) || 61 years ||
|}

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BC)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BC)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BC)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BC)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BC)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BC)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BC)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BC)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BC)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BC)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)''' (1837-1786 BC)
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BC)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BC)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BC)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>fa3fd2cc5c0c29f9167c772921fd74441e9649c7</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>207</id>
    <parentid>206</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-05-26T21:04:35Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3751" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Unlike most monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the firstborn but for being the first of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there is no male preference for being Piukama. Any child of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperors came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]], which started to gain power and annexed other city-states. The first Emperor was Pailamu, Pawa of Piapao, in 1973 BC, and he became the first Powiu ("Great Pawa"; later, the term "Powiu" became "Piu" and then "Piukama").

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Pawas  of Piapao before imperial era
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Reign start !! Reign end !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Khi || 2065 BC || 2045 BC (20) || 2022 BC (43) || 23 years || Due to the lack of trustful source, Khi's predecessor pawa's identity is unknown. What it is known is that it was a man. Some sources says it was his own father and some says it was his uncle.
|-
| Muntsa || 2043 BC || 2022 BC (21) || 2020 BC (23) || 2 years || Khi's son. Died of a disease.
|-
| Hup || 2039 BC || 2020 BC (19) || 1989 BC (50) || 31 years || Muntsa's brother who became Powiu since Muntsa didn't have an heir.
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1989 BC (36) || 1973 BC (52) || 16 years || Hup's son. In 1973 BC Pailamu officially ends his Pawate, and became the first Powiu 
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Powius, first dynasty
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Reign start !! Reign end !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1973 BC (52) || 1962 BC (63) || 11 years ||
|-
| Sukhi || 2000 BC || 1962 BC (38) || 1962 BC (38) || 4 months and 9 days || Pailamu's son and Hup II and Amia's brother. Died without an heir
|-
| Hup II || 1998 BC || 1962 BC (36) || 1959 BC (39) || 3 years || Sukhi and Amia's brother.
|-
| Amia || 1994 BC || 1959 BC (35) || 1945 BC (49) || 13 years || Sister of the precedent emperors. She assumed the throne before knowing of Hup II's wife's pregnancy and the birth of Parow, son of Hup II.
|-
| Kimawe || 1969 BC || 1945 BC (24) || 1935 BC (34) || 10 years || Amia's son.
|-
| Amia II || 1941 BC || 1935 BC (6) || 1883 BC (58) || 51 years || Kimawe's daughter. For thirteen years his mother was his regent since he was 6 when crowned.
|-
| Parow || 1959 BC || 1883 BC (76) || 1882 BC (76) || 11 months || Hup II's son and Amia II's great-cousin. Since no one knows about the pregnancy of Parow's mother, his aunt, Amia, was crowned instead. After Amia's granddaughter, Amia II, died, Parow became the first-line heir, but at time he was already old, and died 11 months later.
|-
| Fafawra || 1915 BC || 1882 BC (33) || 1857 BC (58) || 25 years || Parow's son
|-
| Budaa || 1882 BC || 1857 BC (25) || 1837 BC (45) || 20 years ||
|-
| Fatambabaia || 1855 BC || 1837 BC (18) || 1786 BC (79) || 61 years ||
|}

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BC)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BC)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BC)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BC)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BC)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BC)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BC)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BC)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BC)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BC)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)''' (1837-1786 BC)
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BC)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BC)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BC)

{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>8eeeb0cd32c5b7555bb4b0d3b0aab9b456f9f87a</sha1>
  </revision>
  <revision>
    <id>208</id>
    <parentid>207</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-06-11T16:37:04Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="3779" xml:space="preserve">The '''Piukama''' (female: Piuqoakama) is the title given to the ruler of the [[Mangalia|Empire of Mangalia]], which usually is translated as "Emperor".

Unlike most monarchies in Europe, when the current ''Piukama'' has many children, their child becomes heir not for being the firstborn but for being the first of their siblings to have a child. Another difference is that there is no male preference for being Piukama. Any child of a Piukama can be heir to the throne.

== First Emperor ==
The first dynasty of Emperors came from the [[Pawa|Pawate]] of [[Piapao]], which started to gain power and annexed other city-states. The first Emperor was Pailamu, Pawa of Piapao, in 1973 BC, and he became the first Powiu ("Great Pawa"; later, the term "Powiu" became "Piu" and then "Piukama").

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Pawas  of Piapao before imperial era
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Reign start !! Reign end !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Khi || 2065 BC || 2045 BC (20) || 2022 BC (43) || 23 years || Due to the lack of trustful source, Khi's predecessor pawa's identity is unknown. What it is known is that it was a man. Some sources says it was his own father and some says it was his uncle.
|-
| Muntsa || 2043 BC || 2022 BC (21) || 2020 BC (23) || 2 years || Khi's son. Died of a disease.
|-
| Hup || 2039 BC || 2020 BC (19) || 1989 BC (50) || 31 years || Muntsa's brother who became Powiu since Muntsa didn't have an heir.
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1989 BC (36) || 1973 BC (52) || 16 years || Hup's son. In 1973 BC Pailamu officially ends his Pawate, and became the first Powiu 
|}

{| class="wikitable"
|+ List of Powius, first dynasty
|-
! Ruler !! Birth !! Reign start !! Reign end !! Duration !! Notes
|-
| Pailamu || 2025 BC || 1973 BC (52) || 1962 BC (63) || 11 years ||
|-
| Sukhi || 2000 BC || 1962 BC (38) || 1962 BC (38) || 4 months and 9 days || Pailamu's son and Hup II and Amia's brother. Died without an heir
|-
| Hup II || 1998 BC || 1962 BC (36) || 1959 BC (39) || 3 years || Sukhi and Amia's brother.
|-
| Amia || 1994 BC || 1959 BC (35) || 1945 BC (49) || 13 years || Sister of the precedent emperors. She assumed the throne before knowing of Hup II's wife's pregnancy and the birth of Parow, son of Hup II.
|-
| Kimawe || 1969 BC || 1945 BC (24) || 1935 BC (34) || 10 years || Amia's son.
|-
| Amia II || 1941 BC || 1935 BC (6) || 1883 BC (58) || 51 years || Kimawe's daughter. For thirteen years his mother was his regent since he was 6 when crowned.
|-
| Parow || 1959 BC || 1883 BC (76) || 1882 BC (76) || 11 months || Hup II's son and Amia II's great-cousin. Since no one knows about the pregnancy of Parow's mother, his aunt, Amia, was crowned instead. After Amia's granddaughter, Amia II, died, Parow became the first-line heir, but at time he was already old, and died 11 months later.
|-
| Fafawra || 1915 BC || 1882 BC (33) || 1857 BC (58) || 25 years || Parow's son
|-
| Budaa || 1882 BC || 1857 BC (25) || 1837 BC (45) || 20 years ||
|-
| Fatambabaia || 1855 BC || 1837 BC (18) || 1786 BC (79) || 61 years ||
|}

{{hidden begin|title="Pawate  of Piapao before imperial era"}}
{{Tree list}}
* ?
** Khi '''(1)''' (2045-2022 BC)
*** Muntsa '''(2)''' (2022-2020 BC)
*** Hup '''(3)''' (2020-1989 BC)
**** Pailamu '''(4)''' (1989-1973 BC)
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}

{{hidden begin|title="First dynasty"}}
{{Tree list}}
* Pailamu '''(1)''' (1973-1962 BC)
** Shukhi '''(2)''' (1962-1962 BC)
** Hup II '''(3)''' (1962-1959 BC)
*** Parow '''(7)''' (1883-1882 BC)
**** Fafawra '''(8)''' (1882-1857 BC)
***** Budaa '''(9)''' (1857-1837 BC)
****** Fatambabaia '''(10)''' (1837-1786 BC)
** Amia '''(4)''' (1959-1945 BC)
*** Kimawe  '''(5)''' (1945-1935 BC)
**** Amia II '''(6)''' (1935-1883 BC)

--I will continue on July--
{{Tree list/end}}
{{hidden end}}</text>
    <sha1>3b1507b2afa97d3fe91c15bc21d31aaad5a34a67</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
<page arvcontinue="20240517173639|205">
  <title>Paleo-Kaipan Language</title>
  <ns>0</ns>
  <id>13</id>
  <revision>
    <id>209</id>
    <parentid>51</parentid>
    <timestamp>2024-06-16T11:47:55Z</timestamp>
    <contributor>
      <username>NoKiAthami</username>
      <id>2</id>
    </contributor>
    <model>wikitext</model>
    <format>text/x-wiki</format>
    <text bytes="1416" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox language
 |nativename = ?
 |ethnicity = [[Paleo-Kaipan people]]
 |natnumber = 0
 |family = unclassified
}}
The '''Paleo-Kaipan''' or '''Tsian language''' is a hypothetical language from a people before mangalic arrival on [[Mangalitia island]] or even other [[Kaipan archipelago|Kaipan people]] arrival on other lands. The basis of this hypothesis is some toponyms and hydronyms with names that don't seem to be from any other known mangalic language.
== Feautures and basis for the Hypothesis ==
Many hydronyms are written ending ⟨-i⟩ or ⟨-iy⟩ or are written in two words:

Hydronyms in [[Mangalia]]:

* ⟨Tsi⟩ - ⟨Tsi i⟩
* ⟨Gai⟩ - ⟨Ga i⟩
* ⟨Tsiki⟩ - ⟨Tsiki i⟩
* ⟨Sui⟩ - ⟨Su i⟩
* ⟨Maai⟩ - ⟨Maa i⟩
* ⟨Liei⟩ - ⟨Lie i⟩

Hydronyms in [[Balopal]]:

* ⟨Bei iy⟩
* ⟨Xi iy⟩
* ⟨Ibi i⟩

Some scholars speculate ⟨i⟩ could mean "river" or "waters" while the other part could be the name of the river. Reconstruct it as *i or *ʔi. It is speculated of having an initial glottal stop due to the orthography, especially in mangalese, of some river names. Some old texts have ⟨Tsi i⟩ written with two consecutive ⟨i⟩s, as well as many other hydronyms ending with i (e.g. ⟨Tsiki⟩ - ⟨Tsikii⟩). Mangalese doesn't have a glottal stop, so the mangalese writers could have separated the name of the river and *ʔi to indicate a pause between.</text>
    <sha1>f96684bec0d687ab036aa2c6b47f8a8b49272cce</sha1>
  </revision>
</page>
</mediawiki>